17d-012 2002 improvements Building 29
Building-Unit#_1 29-11 29-12 29-13 29-14 29-21 29-22 29-23 29-24 29-31 29-32129-3 29-34 *�
#br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 2 br 12 br 2 br
i
Entryway idoor 0
'door hardware x x Ix x Ix Ix x Ix x x x Ix
closet door-large 1 x
closet door-small x x x x x Ix x
vcttcarpet x x x x x x x x x x x
boiler room
,storm door
lweatherstri
:sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing
1/2 bath Mirror
Wed Cabinet
Vanity
i Vanity To
Faucet
Lino
'GFI
'Towel Bars
!Toilet
!Exhaust Fan
!washer/dryer hu
;window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x jx Ix x Ix I Ix x x x x x
'Countertops x 1X IX x x x Ix ix x x 1x x
;Sink x i x n.
!Faucet x jX Ix x x x x Ix Ix x x x
;Lino �x x x x x x x x x x
'Gfl x x x x (x x ix x x x x x
Appliances !Refrigerator
x ( i x
!Dishwasher ( x x
i
!Stove ix x x x x x x x ;x x
Range Hood I x ix x x x x !x x x x !x I x
Bathroom Mirror !x I x x ix x x x Ix x
Wed Cabinet Ix x x x ix x x x x x
!Tub Surround ! x Ix j
Tile Surround x x x I x
x
!Vanity Ix x x x x x x x x jx x
'Vanity Top ix x x x x x x x Ix x ■„
Faucet !x x x x x ix x x Ix x x
Lino i x lx x x x x x
GFI x !x x x x x !x x x x x x
iShowerhead x x x x x ix x x x x x
Towel Bars ;x x x x Ix x x x ,x x
tToilet I x x x x x x
l Exhaust Fan x Ix x x x x x x x x x x
Bedroom 1 !en door I x x x x x
!closet door Ix x x x x x x no
;carpet x x x x Ix Ix x x x jX x
Bedroom 2 entry door i x Ix x x
;closet door jx x Ix x
carpet Ix x x x x x x x Ix x
Bedroom 3 !entry door i
!closet door
!carpet
Bedroom 4 tentry door i
,closet door
carpet
common baseboard covers x x x Ix x x x x x x
a/c x x x x x x
I aint x x x x x x x x x x
!window sills count 5 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
!electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x x
!fogged window 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 2
Ifogged slider
Izone valve count 2 2 2 2 2 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
!lead dint test) *:!x x x x x x x x x x
.window treatments 5 61 51 5I 51 5 5 5 5 5
r�
Building 28
Buildin -Unit# 128-11128-12128-13128-14128-21128-221 2&23 28-24128-31128-32 28-33128-34
#br 2br 2br 2br k2br 2br 2br 2br 2 b 2 b 2 b 2 b 2 b
Ent a door
door hardware x x Ix I Ix x x x x x
closet door-large
closet door-small x x Ix I Ix x x
vct/carpet Ix x x Ix Ix I Ix x Ix Ix x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-floodn
stairs-railing
1/2 bath IMirror I
• i Med Cabinet
IVanity
lVanity To
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
Iwasher/dryer hu
window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x x x x ix x x x x ix x x
Counterto s x Ix x I x 'x Ix Ix Ix x x x
Sink
Faucet Ix Ix I Ix Ix Ix I Ix Ix
Lino Ix x x Ix I Ix Ix Ix jx Ix Ix Ix
Gfl Ix Ix Ix ix Ix Ix jx Ix Ix Ix ix
Appliances IRefricierator Ix I x
Dishwasher x I x x
Stove Ix x x x 'x x x x
Range Hood ;x x x i x x x x I I x x
Bathroom Mirror Ix x x x 1.x x x x Ix I x x
Med Cabinet x x x x 'x x x x x x x
Tub Surround I x I
Tile Surround I x I
IV ant x x x x Ix x x x Ix jx
Vanity Top Ix x x x ix x x x x x
Faucet Ix x x x ix x x x x x x
Lino Ix x x x Ix x x x x x x x
GFI Ix Ix Ix Ix 'x Ix It x x x x x x
Showerhead Ix I.. x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x x x Ix x x x x x x
Toilet Ix Ix Jx Ix x x Ix x x
Exhaust Fan ix I x Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix I x Ix Ix I x
Bedroom 1 en door x I x x x
closet door x x x x x x
carpet x x x x x x x x x x x
Bedroom 2 1 entry door I Ix
closet door I I Ix Ix x x I Ix
carpet Ix Ix Ix x Ix I Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 3 jentry door
closet door
carpet
Bedroom 4 jentry door
closet door
carpet
Pier'baseboard covers x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x 40 x x x x x x ls count 6 6 6 6 oudets/switches x x x x x dow der x x
zone valve count 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
lead paint test x x x x x x x x x x x x
window treatments 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Building 27
Buiidin -Unit#r 27-11 27-12 27-13 27-14 27-21 27-22 27-23 27-24 27-31 27-32 27-33
#br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br 2br
I �
Entryway door
door hardware x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x (x Ix x x x
closet door-large
closet door-small Ix x x Ix
vct/carpet x x x x x x x x x x x Ix
boiler room I
storm door j
weatherstrip
sideli hts w
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing
1/2 bath Mirror j
Med Cabinet
Vanity
Vanity To
Faucet
Lino
GFI ( W
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
washer/dryer hu j
window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x x Ix Ix x x I x x x x x j
Countertops x Ix ! x x x x x x x Ix
Sink I
so
Faucet x x x 1 x x x jx x x x Ix
Lino x x x 1 x Ix x x x x •,x
Gfi x x ix =;x x Ix x ix x x x Ix
Appliances Refri erator I ix
Dishwasher j x I ix
Stove x Ix x x
Range Hood x x Ix x x x I x x x Ix
Bathroom Mirror x Ix Ix ;x Ix Ix x ix x x Ix Ix
Med Cabinet x Ix x `x Ix IX x Ix x x x ;x
Tub Surround x x I #x
Tile Surround
Vanity x Ix Ix ix I Ix x x x x Ix
Vanity Top x Ix ix I x x ix x x 'x
Faucet x Ix ix .x x x Ix x Ix x
Lino x x Ix x Ix x x I x x Ix x
GFI x x x �x x x x x x x x x
Showerhead x x i x x Ix x x j x x x x .x '
Towel Bars x x '""
x x x x x Ix x x x Ix
Toilet x Ix jx jx Ix x Ix Ix x x x Ix
(Exhaust Fan x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix :,x x x x Ix
Bedroom 1 j entry door Ix Ix x Ix I I x I x ;x
closet door x jx x x I Ix w
carpet x I x 1x I x x x x x x x x ;x
Bedroom 2 1 entry door x I x x x I
closet door x x jx x x Ix
carpet x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x x Ix IX w
Bedroom 3 1 entry door
closet door
carpet
Bedroom 4 en door I
closet door AW
carpet
common baseboard covers x x x Ix x x x x x x x j
a/c x x x x x x Ix x x x x
paint x x x Ix x x x x x x x x
window sills count 6 6 61 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 51 5
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x I x x x x x
fogged window 3 1 21 3 1 1 2. 1 1 2 1 3
fogged slider x x x x wo
zone valve count 2 2 21 2 2 2 2' 2 2 2 2
lead aint test x x x x x x x x x x x x
window treatments 6 6; 6; 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
A
Building 26
A
Building-Unit# 26-11 26-12 26-13126-14126-21126-22126-23126-24 26-31126-32126-33 26-34
#br 2 br 1 br 3 br 11 br 2 br 1 br 13 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 3 br 1 br
f
Entryway door j
door hardware Ix x x x x x x x x x x Ix
closet door-large I x Ix
closet door-small x x x
vcVcarpet Ix x x Ix x x x x x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing I I j
1/2 bath Mirror I Ix I I I Ix
Med Cabinet Ix I I I Ix
Vanity x I I I I x
VanitV To ; x I x
Faucet x I x
Lino x x x
GFI x i x x
Towel Bars j x x
Toilet x
Exhaust Fan x x x
washer/d er hu i x i x
window/vent j
Kitchen Cabinets Ix x x Ix x !x Ix x I x Ix x Ix
Counterto s x x Ix x Ix x x x Ix x x
Sink i
Faucet ;x x x x x x x x x x x
Lino i x x x i x x x x x x
Gfi jx x x x x Ix Ix x x ix x x
Appliances IRefrigerator { x x x Ix
Dishwasher i x x x Ix
Stove Ix x Ix Ix Ix 1 x x Ix
Range Hood Ix x I Ix Ix Ix Ix x x Ix Ix
Bathroom Mirror ix x Ix x Jx Ix x Ix Ix ;x x Ix
Med Cabinet jx x Ix x x Ix x x x Ix x Ix
Tub Surround
Tile Surround I x j x
Vani !x x x ix x jx x x
Vani To Ix x x ix x x x x
Faucet Ix x x x Ix x x x x
Lino x x x x x x x x x x x
GFI Ix x x x x ix x x x jx x x
Showerhead x x x x x ix x x x Ix x x
Towel Bars Ix x x x x x x x x �x x x
Toilet jx x x x ix x x x Ix x
Exhaust Fan 1X IX x x x ;x x x x Ix x Ix
Bedroom 1 lentry door Ix
closet door Ix Ix Ix x x I I Ix
carpet Ix Ix Ix I Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 2 jentry door I x j x j x
closet door x x I x I Ix
carpet Ix I Ix Ix I Ix x I Ix
Bedroom 3 jentry door I Ix I I I I Ix
closet door x I I x x
carpet I x I I x x
Bedroom 4 lentry door I
closet door
carpet I I I j
common baseboard covers Ix x x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix I Ix Ix
a/c Ix x x x x Ix x x
paint x x x x x x x x x x x
window sills count 6 3 7 2 5 3 6 2 5 3 6 2
electrical-oudets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 1 1 3 21 3 1 1 1 2
fogged slider I x Ix x
zone valve count 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
lead paint test x x x x x x x x x x x x
window treatments 6 3 7 2 51 3 6 21 5 3 6 2
Building 25
Building-Unit# 25-11125-12 25-13 25-14 25-21 25-22125-23125-24 25-31 25-32125-33 2534
#br 2 br I 1 br 3 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 3 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
Entryway door
w
door hardware x x Ix IX x Ix 1x x Ix x x x
closet door-large
closet door-small x x x x x x
vct/carpet x x x x x x x x x x x
boiler room j
storm door j
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing I
1/2 bath Mirror ;x x
Med Cabinet I 1X jx
Vanity j x x J
Vanity Top x x
Faucet x x
Lino x x
GFI (x x 110
Towel Bars x x
Toilet x x
Exhaust Fan x ;x
washer/dryer hu I Ix *.
window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x Ix ix x Ix x Ix Ix x x Ix x
Counierto s z Ix ;x x Ix x Ix x x I x
Sink j I ■r
Faucet x x Ix x x x 'x x x x x x
Lino x x jx x x ix x x x x x
Gfi x x Ix x x x Ix x x x Ix x
Appliances Refrigerator x Ix I ! x j Ix
Dishwasher x x ix x i x x x I x w
Stove x Ix x x x ,x x x x x
Range Hood IX Ix ix x Ix Ix ;x x x x ix x
Bathroom I Mirror x x .x x x x x x x x x x
Mad Cabinet x i x:x x x x x x x ,x x
Tub Surround x x x x
Tile Surround x x 1 x x i
Vani x x 'x x x x ix x x x Ix x
Vanity Top x x ';.x x x x !x x x x ix x
Faucet x x !x x x x x x x x jX x
Lino x x i x x x x x x x x x_
GFI x x 'x x x x Ix x x x jx x
Showerhead x x Ix x x x jx x x x Ix x
Towel Bars x x Ix x x x Xx x x x x x Am
Toilet x x Ix x x x !x x x x Ix x
Exhaust Fan x Ix x x x x Ix x x x I—X --j x
Bedroom 1 entry door x I I x I I I ix
closet door x x x x x x-_ x
carpet x I Ix x x x x Ix x ix (z x
Bedroom 2 entry door x x I
closet door x Ix I x
carpet x x x x x x—
Bedroom 3 entry door
closet door
carpet x x
Bedroom 4 1 entry door I
closet door
carpet
common baseboard covers x x x x x x x x x x x x
a/c x x x x x j x x x x x
paint x x x x x x x x x x x x '
window sills count 6 4 T 2 5 3 6 2 5 3 4 2
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2
fogged slider -- ---
zone valve count 2 1 2 1 2 1 x 2 x 1 x 2 x 1 �2 tx—
lead paint test x x x x x x x x Ix x x
window treatments 6 4, 7 2 5 3j 6 2 5 3 4 2
w
A
Building 24
A
Building-Unit# 1 24-11124-12124-13124-14124-21124-22'24-23124-24 24-31124-32124-33 24-34
#br 2 br 1 br 3 br 1 br. 2 br 1 br 3 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 3 br 1 br
� I
Entryway 'door
door hardware x x x x x x x x x
closet door-large I I I 1x
,closet door-small x I Ix
vctIca et x x Ix Ix x x x Ix
!boiler room
!storm door I
•weatherstri
Isideli hts
!stairs-flooring
Istairs-railing I
1/2 bath (Mirror I Ix I I x x
!Med Cabinet Ix x x
!Van! Ix x x
iVani To x ix x
(Faucet x x x
Lino x x x
IGFI x Ix x
Towel Bars x x z
!Toilet x x
;Exhaust Fan x x x
washer/d er hu x Ix x
,window/vent i Ix
Kitchen !Cabinets x x I x I x Ix x jx x x Ix x x
1Counterto s Ix Ix I Ix Ix x Ix x Ix Ix 'x Ix
!Sink Ix I i + i
Faucet x x Ix x x x !x x x x Ix x
!Lino x x ix x x x Ix x x x 1 I x
Gfi x x .x x x x Ix x x x I x x
Appliances !Refrigerator I I x ! x
(Dishwasher x x x I z x x
:Stove Ix x x Ix x x 'x x
.Range Hood I x !x x x x x x x x jx x
Bathroom Mirror x !. x x Ix x x I x ix Ix
Med Cabinet x x x x x x x Ix x
:Tub Surround 1 ! Ix '
!Tile Surround ! x ! x
;Van! x x x x x x x ix x
Nanity Top x I x x x x x x ;x x
!Faucet x i x x x x x x 'x x
!Lino x x !x x x Ix x x x x x
IGFI x x x x x x !x x x x Ix x
Showerhead x x x x x x x ix I x
Towel Bars x x x Ix x x x Ix x
;Toilet x Ix x x x x
!Exhaust Fan x x x x x x !x x x x Ix x
Bedroom 1 lentry door I I I. x
closet door Ix I I I.. I x I x x I ix
;carpet Ix Ix Ix Ix I I Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix IX
Bedroom 2 i entry door Ix
closet door x Ix
!carpet Ix I Ix I I I Ix I Ix I x
Bedroom 3 'entry door I I I I x Ix
,closet door Ix x
carpet Ix I Ix Ix
Bedroom 4 ien door I I
,closet door
I carpet I i
common !baseboard covers Ix x x x x Ix x x x x x
a/c I x x x x x x x x
paint x x x x x x x x x x
'window sills count 6 4 7 3 5 31 6 2 4 3' 6 2
jelectrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x x
Ifogged window 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 3
Ifogged slider x x
Izone valve count 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
!lead paint test x x x x x x x x x x x x
;window treatments 6 4 7 3 5 3; 6 2 4 31 6 2
4W
Building 23
Building-Unit# 23-11'23-12 23-13 23-14 23-21 23-22 23-2323-24 23-31 23-32 2333 23-34
#br 2 br 1 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
En ay Idoor
door hardware x x IX IX x x Ix jX x
closet door-large
closet door-small x x x
vct(carpet x I x x Ix x x x x x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sideli hts
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing
1/2 bath Mirror
Med Cabinet
Vanity
Vanity To
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
washer/dryer hu so
- window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x x x x x x x x x x x Ix
Counterto s x x Ix IX x x x x x
Sink x x x
Faucet x x ;x x x x x x x
Lino x ix ix x Ix Ix x ix IX x x x
Gfi x Ix IX x Ix Ix x Ix IX x x
Ix
Appliances Refrigerator Ix I j Ix ix I i
Dishwasher x J x Ix x Ix x .A
Stove x x 'x x ix Ix x x x
Range Hood x Ix x Lx x x x !x x x x Ix
Bathroom 'Mirror x jx IX x x x Ix x x x
Med Cabinet x x Ix x x x ix x x ;x
Tub Surround x j
Tile Surround Ix ix I x Ix
Vani x Ix x x x x x x x x
Vanity Top x !x x x x x ;x x x x
Faucet x x Ix x Ix x x Ix
iLino x jx x--,x x x Ix ,x x x x
IGFI x Ix x x x x x x x x x !x
Showerhead x x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x ix jx x x x x x x �x
Toilet ' x x x !x x x x x
Exhaust Fan x Ix x ,x x x x x x x x x
Bedroom 1 en door I x Ix
closet door x x x x
carpet x Ix x x x x Ix x x x '
Bedroom 2 en door x x j
closet door x x
(carpet x x I x I x x
Bedroom 3 Ien door
closet door
j carpet
Bedroom 4 entry door
closet door
carpet so
common Ibaseboard covers x x x x x x x x x x x
a/c x x x x x x x x
aint x x x x x x x x x x
window sills count 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 5 40
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 3 1 2 2 1 3I 1 2 2 2
fogged slider x x x
zone valve(count) 2 1 2 1 2 2' 1 2 1 2 1
lead paint(test) x x x x x x x x x x x x
window treatments 61 4 61 4 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 5
Building 21
Building-Unit# 21-11 21-12 21-13121-141,21-21 21-22 21-23 21-24121-31 21-32 21-33 21-34
#br 2 br 1 br 3 br I 1 br 12 br 1 br 3 br 1 br 12 br 1 br 3 br 1 br
I
Entryway door
door hardware Ix x x ,x IX x Ix x x Ix
closet door-large I x Ix x
closet door-small Ix
vcttcarpet Ix x x Ix I x x x x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
K!
sidelights I
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing I
1/2 bath Mirror 1, I Ix I i Ix I I x
kv Med Cabinet Ix I I x x
Vanity x { x x
Vanity Top x 1, x x
Faucet x x x
Lino x x x
GFI x x x
Towel Bars x x
Toilet x x x
_ Exhaust Fan x x x
washer/dryer hu x IX x
window/vent I
Kitchen Cabinets Ix Ix x Ix Ix I Ix x Ix x x Ix
Countertops Ix Ix x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x Ix
Sink I 1
Faucet x x x :x x x x x x x
Lino Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix ix Ix x Ix
Gfi x x x x 1,x x x x Ix x x x
Appliances Refrigerator Ix
ilk Dishwasher Ix 1, i x x
Stove LXL± I I x x
Range Hood 1,x x ix x x x
Bathroom Mirror ix Ix I Ix ix I Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
�t Med Cabinet Ix x Ix ix I Ix I x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Tub Surround I
Tile Surround Ix I I Ix
Vanity x x I Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Vanity Top Ix x Ix ix I I x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Faucet 'x x x x x ix x Ix Ix
Lino Ix x Ix Ix Ix I Ix x 11 x Ix Ix x
GFI jx x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Showerhead 1x Ix Ix `x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Towel Bars ,x ix I Ix Ix I I x {x x Ix Ix
Toilet x Ix Ix Ix Ix x i 1 1 Ix
Exhaust Fan x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 I entry door j I I I I
AlM closet door Ix I I I I Ix I Ix
carpet I x Ix Ix I I Ix ix Ix I Ix
Bedroom 2 1 entry door
closet door 1 1 1 ix E Ix I Ix
carpet Ix Ix I I I Ix I Ix
Bedroom 3 en door
closet door x
carpet I x
Bedroom 4 1 entry door I I
closet door
carpet
common I baseboard covers Ix Ix I Ix Ix I I Ix Ix Ix Ix
a/c x I x I I I I I x I x x x x
aint x I x I I x I x I I I x x x x
window sills count 6 4 71. 3; 5 6 2 5 3 6 2
electrical- (count) x x x x x x x x x x x x
fnaint w 3 1 2 3 2 I 1 1 2 2
f x x x
zount 2 1 2 1 2 2 1' 2 1 2 1
lst x x x x x x x x x x x x
window tr eatments 6 4 7 3i 5 6 '71 5 3 6 2
w
Building 20
Building-Unit# i 20-11120-12 20 13 20-14 20-2112-22 20-23 20-24 20-31 20-32 20-33 20-34 s
#br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
i
Entryway door
;door hardware x x x x x i x I x x I x x
!closet door-large
!closet door-small
jvctIcarpet x x x I x IX x x x MA
'boiler room
!storm door j
iweatherstri
i sidelights a
j stairs-flooring
'stairs-railing
1/2 bath !Mirror I j
t Med Cabinet dft
I Vani
Vanity To I I
;Faucet
Lino
I GFI W
'Towel Bars
'Toilet
'Exhaust Fan
.Iwasherldryer hu s,
!window/vent j � j
Kitchen !Cabinets x lx Ix x Ix x x x x Ix Ix x
iCounterto s x jX Ix x x Ix x IX jx IX x
(Sink I
AN
Faucet x Ix x jx x x IX Ix x x
iUno x ix x x x x x x x Ix Ix x
Gfi x Ix x x x x x x x Ix Ix x
Appliances 1 Refrigerator I I I x x I x x
'Dishwasher jx I x I ; x
Stove i x x J x x x I x x
Range Hood Ix ix x I x jx x x x Ix x
Bathroom ;Mirror x Ix x x x x x ix x x
Wed Cabinet x 'x x x x x x !x x x *r+
Tub Surround I
;Tile Surround x ! !
Vanity x x x x x x x Ix x x
!Vanity Top x ix x x x x x ix x x
'Faucet x jx x Ix x IX IX Ix x x
Lino x x x x Ix x x Ix Ix x x
GFI x !x x x x x x x x ;x x x
Showerhead x Ix x ix x I x x x x x
Towel Bars x ix I x I x x I x x ;x x x
'Toilet x jx x x x x x x x x x x I;Exhaust Fan x ix x x x !x x x x x x x
Bedroom 1 entry door j
.closet door I x x ..�
'carpet x x x j x x x x x
Bedroom 2 enta door i
closet door x I x
carpet x Ix x x x iA►
Bedroom 3 lentry door
!closet door
carpet
Bedroom 4 ientry door
Icloset door 40
!carpet =###
common baseboard covers x x x x x x x x x x x x
!a/c x x x x x x x x x
!paint x x x x x x x x x x x 41%
'window sills count 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 5, 3 5 3
!.electrical-outlets/switches x x T64.x x x x x x x x
Ifo ed window 3 1 3 1 1 2I 1 3 1
Ifo ed slider x x
izone valve count 2I 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 x 2 Ix x 1
Read paint test x x x x x x x x x
Wndow treatments 6 4 51 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
Building 99
Building-Unit# 1 19-01 19-02
#br 4 br 4 br
R I
Entryway ;door
'door hardware x x
;closet door-large x
:closet door-small x
ivct/carpet x x
I boiler room
;storm door x
1weatherstrip Ix x
Isidelights Ix x
i stairs-flooring Ix
'stairs-railing Ix x
1/2 bath !Mirror Ix x
Ir Ned Cabinet Ix x
Vanity x x
;Vanity Top x Ix
;Faucet x x
(Lino x x
iGFI x x
Towei Bars x
IToilet Ix x
;Exhaust Fan Ix
iwasheddryer hu Ix x
Kitchen .Cabinets Ix Ix
lCountertops Ix Ix
is
ink
�► ;Faucet x Ix
Lino x x
jGfi x I x
Appliances lRefri erator 1 x
Dishwasher x
!Stove x
!Range Hood x x
Bathroom Mirror ix x
iMed Cabinet yx x
'Tub Surround x
Tile Surround Ix
'.Vanity x
Vanity Top I x
Faucet !x Ix
'Lino Ix
'GFI jx • x
Showerhead x* x
'.Towel Bars I x x
;Toilet x x
Exhaust Fan jx x
Bedroom 1 !entry door 1
;closet door ix
;carpet jx Ix
Bedroom 2 lentry door Ix
!closet door Ix
!carpet x x
Bedroom 3 1 entry door Ix
!closet door x
(carpet x x
Bedroom 1 entry door. x
IN ?closet door Ix
!carpet Ix x
common !baseboard covers I x Ix
!a/c x
!paint x
!,window sills(count) 91 9
!electrical-outlets/switches x Ix
;fogged window 31 4
+#A !fogged slider x
zone valve(count) 1 1
lead paint(test) x x
;window treatments 9 9
Building 18
Building-Unit# 18-01118-02
#br ' 4 br 4 br
f
I
Entryway !door
!door hardware x x
!closet door-large
closet door-small
vct/carpet
boiler room
I storm door
!weatherstrip x x
Isidelights x x so
stairs-flooring
Isaairs-railing I x x
1/2 bath Mirror x x
Med Cabinet x x ,
lVanity x
Yanity Top x
;Faucet x x
Lino x x
iGFI x x
Towel Bars x Ix
(Toilet x x
!Exhaust Fan jx x
,washer/dryer hu x IX A"
Kitchen !Cabinets jx x
ICounterto s x x
;Sink j
;Faucet jx x .r
'Lino
ix x
IGfi
Appliances I Refs erator
;Dishwasher x x
r
i Stove x
!Range Hood i x
Bathroom ;Mirror Ix x
Med Cabinet x x .�
;Tub Surround
:Tile Surround I
;Vanity I x
Vanity Top ix x
.Faucet ix x
;Lino x x
!GFI x
1Showerhead Ix x
;Towel Bars !x x w
Toilet jx x
'Exhaust Fan Ix x
Bedroom 1 entry door i
closet door Ix x
carpet I
Bedroom 2 ;en door jx
Icooset door x
;carpet i
Bedroom 3 !entry door x
I closet door
IX x
;carpet
Bedroom 4 fentry door
closet door
x
carpet
common !baseboard covers Ix x
la/c x x
!paint Ix x rw
;window sills(count) 9 9
electrical-outlets/switches x x
;fogged window 4 3
;fogged slider x >r
;zone valve count 1 EX ,lead aint test) x
,window treatments g g
wA
w
Building 17
Building-Unit# I 17-01 17-02
#br 3 br 3 br
f
Entryway ;door
door hardware x x
l closet door-large x
!closet door-small x
Ivct/carpet
I boiler room
stone door x x
weatherstrip x Ix
sidelights I x x
I stairs-flooring
!stairs-railing x x
1/2 bath Mirror !x I x
IMed Cabinet Ix Ix
'Yanity Ix
(Vanity Top Ix
M'Faucet x x
ino x
FI x x
owel Bars x x
oilet
xhaust Fan x x
OA I(washer/dryer hu ,x x
Kitchen ;Cabinets x I x
'Countertops x x
I Sink
;Faucet ,x Ix
;Lino I
IGfi Ix Ix
Appliances Aefri erator
1 Dishwasher
(Stove
(Range Hood x
Bathroom (Mirror Ix
Med Cabinet Ix
;Tub Surround I
;.Tile Surround ; x
(Vanity ix
Nnnity Top Ix
Faucet Ix x
Lino Ix
GFI 'x Ix
IShowerhead x x
;Towel Bars ix Ix
;Toilet Ix x
Exhaust Fan Ix x
Bedroom 1 eentry door
i 'closet door ix
`carpet
Bedroom 2 'entry door
closet door
!carpet I
Bedroom 3 (entry door I
(closet door I Ix
I.carpet
IWX Bedroom 4 !,entry door.
I closet door
!carpet I
common baseboard covers !X Ix
a/c I x Ix
I aint x x
(window sills count 9 9
electrical-outlets/switches x x
fog ed window 2 4
(fogged slider x
zone valve(count 1 1
(lead paint test x x
(window treatments 9 9
w
Building 96
Building-Unit# [16-01 16-02 40
#br 4 br 4 br
I
Entryway ddoor
door hardware x x
;closet door-large x I x
Icloset door-small x x
lvct/carpet x
boiler room
storm door x
weatherstrip x x
sidelights x
!,stairs-flooring x
stairs-railing Ix I x
1/2 bath ;Mirror x x
Wed Cabinet Ix x '
.!Vanity x x
'vanity Top x x
!Faucet x x
;Lino x
GFI x x
Towel Bars x x
(Toilet x
Exhaust Fan x x
AM
(washer/dryer hu Ix x
Kitchen !Cabinets Ix x
ICounterto s x x
!Sink
!Faucet Ix x
1Lino jx x
!Gfi x x
Appliances i Refri erator I
Dishwasher x ■.
Stove x
;Range Hood ix x
Bathroom ;Mirror Ix x
Med Cabinet ax x
(Tub Surround
!Tile Surround 1
'Vanity Ix x
;Vanity Top Ix x
;Faucet Ix x
Lino ix x
GFI x x
Showerhead x x
;Towel Bars x x
I Toilet x
.Exhaust Fan Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 entry door j Ix
closet door 'x
!carpet Ix
Bedroom 2 entry door
!closet door x
!carpet Ix
Bedroom 3 ientry door
icooset door x x
!carpet
Ix
Bedroom 4 !entry door rMe
closet door x x
Icarpet ,x
common !baseboard covers ;x x
a/c x x
;paint x x
!window sills(count) 9 9
I electrical-outlets/switches x x
'fogged window 4 3
!fogged slider x "*
zone valve (count)1 1
lead paint(test)x x
Iwindow treatments 9 9
Building 15
Building-Unit# 15-01 15-02
#br 3 br 3 br
Entryway door
I door hardware x Ix
closet door-large x
closet door-small x _x
vct/carpet x _x
boiler room
storm door x
weatherstrip x x I
Isidelights Ix x
I stairs-flooring I x
I stairs-railing Ix Ix I
1/2 bath rror x x
I Med Cabinet x x
lVanity x —x
Vanity Top x x
Faucet x x
Lino x x
GFI x x
Towel Bars Ix Ix
Toilet x
lExhaustFan Ix x
Iwasherldryer hu Ix Ix
Kitchen Cabinets x Ix
Countertops X x
Sink
Faucet x x
Lino x x
Gfi x x
Appliances Refrigerator Ix I
Dishwasher Ix
Stove Ix
Range'Hood Ix Ix
Bathroom IMirror Ix Ix
I Med Cabinet Ix Ix
ITub Surround I
ITile Surround I x
lVanity Ix x
IVanity Top Ix x
Faucet Ix x
Lino Ix x
GFI x Ix
Showerhead x Ix
Towel Bars x x
Toilet x Ix
I Exhaust Fan Ix
Bedroom 1 lentry door I
I closet door
Icarpet Ix
Bedroom 2 jentry door I I
I closet door I I
Icarpet Ix x
Bedroom
I closet door
Icarpet x Ix
Bedroom 4 jentry door I
Icloset door
Icarpet
common I baseboard covers Ix Ix
I a/c x x
Ipaint x x
1window sills(count) 1 91 9
electrical-outlets/switches x Ix
fogged window 31 4
fogged slider x I
zone valve(count)
lead paint(test) x x
window treatments 91 9
Building 14
Building-Unit# 1 14-01 14-02
#br i 4 b 4 b
1
I •
Entryway —1 door
door hardware x !x
!closet door-large x
;closet door-small x ,&
vct/carpet x
boiler room
!storm door
1weatherstrip x x so
isidelights x x
stairs-flooring x
'stairs-railing ix x
1/2 bath ;Mirror MRX
Wed Cabinet
rl�+
IVani
iVanity Top i Faucet ilino GFI
;Towel Bars x x
iToilet
.Exhaust Fan Ix Ix
iwasher/dryer hu x x
Kitchen iCabinets x
!CounteRo s x
iSink !
'Faucet x 'x
Lino x !
iGfi x ;x
Appliances ;Refrigerator I
`Dishwasher x !
.Stove x
'Range Hood x !
Bathroom :Mirror x ix
Med Cabinet x ix
Tub Surround ;
.Tile Surround
;Vanity x
'Vanity Top ix
Faucet x Ix
t-ino i x
!GFI x x
iShowerhead x x
:Towel Bars x x
iToilet x
Exhaust Fan Ix x
Bedroom 1 entry door
;closet door x
carpet I x
Bedroom 2 ientry door I
Icooset door x Ix
carpet x ! ..
Bedroom 3 1 entry door
!closet door x
;carpet x
Bedroom 4 ientry door
!closet door
!carpet Ix
common ibaseboard covers x Ix
a/c x x
paint x Ix
;window sills(count) 9i 8
eeeectrical-outlets/switches x x
fogged window 31 3
{fogged slider
;zone valve(count) 1
!lead paint(test) x x
window treatments 9 8
so
Building 13
-Unit#
Building 13-01113-02
#br 3 br 3 br
Entryway door
Woor hardware x x
I closet door-l-----+x
arge
!closet door-small
lvct/carpet__ x
'boiler room
I storm door x
1weatherstrip x x
Isidelights x x
I stairs-flooring x
,stairs-railing x x
1/2 bath
jMirror Ix
W I
ed Cabinet
,Vanity Ix
!Vanity Top x
jFaucet x
ILino x
JGFI x x
ITowel Bars x
!Toilet Ix x
iExhaustFan Ix x
Iwasher/dryer hu Ix x
Kitchen lCabinets 1x x
'Countertops Ix x
jSink i
Taucet jx x
jUno Ix
IGfl Ix Ix
Appliances I Refrigerator x
IlDishwasher x x
'Stove x
Range Hood x
Bathroom Mirror I x
Wed Cabinet x
Jub Surround ix
,Tile Surround 1 x
Vanity Ix
IVanity Top Ix
'Faucet ix
iLino Ix
'GFI jx x
Showerhead x
ft Jowell Bars Ix
Joilet 1x
,ExhaustFan Ix x
Bedroom 1 ientry door I
'closet door
Icarpet Ix
Bedroom 2 1 entry door
Icloset door Ix
I
Icarpet Ix I
Bedroom 3 lentry door
I closet door Ix
!carpet Ix
Bedroom 4 1 entry door
I closet door
!carpet
common baseboard covers Ix Ix
a/c I x I x
paint I x Ix
jwindow sills(count) 1 91 9
electrical-..outlets/switches Ix Ix
fogged window 3 2
1fogged slider —x
!zone valve(count)
lead paint(test) Ix x
!window treatments 1 9 9
Building 8
Building-Unit# i 8-01 8-02
#br 3 br 3 br
w
Entryway ;door
idoorhardware x Ix
!closet door-large Ix
Icloset door-small x x
lvct/carpet x x
!boiler room
!storm door x x
!weatherstrip x x
w
Isidelights x
stairs-flooring
Is
tairs-railing IX Ix
1/2 bath ,Mirror ix Ix
Wed Cabinet Ix x
;Vanity 'x x
Nanity Top x x
(Faucet ix x
4LIno 1X x ws
IGFI x x
Towel Bars x Ix
!Toilet x
!Exhaust Fan (x x
!washer/dryer hu ,x x
Kitchen 'Cabinets Ix x
ICountertops !x x
Sink
!Faucet ix x
4Lino I x Ix
3Gfi x Ix
Appliances IRefri erator I x
Dishwasher x
Stove i
iRange Hood i x x
Bathroom IMirror Ix x
!Med Cabinet Ix x **�
!Tub Surround x
'Tile Surround ! x
`Vanity jx x
(Vanity Top Ix x
(Faucet x x
.Lino x x
IGFI Ix x
iShowerhead Ix IX
;Towel Bars ix IX
Toilet IX
;Exhaust Fan x x
Bedroom 1 ;entry door i
closet door
Icarpet Ix Ix
Bedroom 2 !entry door I
!closet door
carpet !x Ix +
Bedroom 3 i entry door IX
closet door !x IX
carpet x Ix
Bedroom 4 ientry door
!closet door
icarpet
common !baseboard covers ix IX
ia/c x x
,paint x x
!window sills(count) 8 8
Jelectrical-outlets/switches x x
fo ged window 3 2
jfogged slider ! x
zone valve(count) ! 1 1
(lead paint(test) !x x
;window treatments 8 8
r
Building 7
Building-Unit# 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 1-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 17-31 7-32 7-33 7-34
#br 2 br 1 br 2 br 11 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 11 br
Entryway door I
door hardware Ix x x x x x x Ix x x
closet door-large i
closet door-small
vct/carpet Ix x x IX I Ix Ix x x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-flooring
(stairs-railing I
1/2 bath Mirror I
Med Cabinet
Vanity
Vanity To
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
washer/dryer hu
window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets 1x Ix x Ix Ix Ix x x ix Ix x Ix
Countertops Ix x x x Ix Ix x x Ix Ix x x
Sink I i
Faucet 1x x x x Ix Ix Ix
Lino ix x x x ix x x x x x x
Gf x ix x x jx x x x ;x x x x
Appliances Refrigerator x I ! x
Dishwasher x x x Ix I Ix
Stove !x x x x x x x x
Range Hood !x x x x !x x x x Ix Ix
Bathroom (Mirror x x Ix ;x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix
Med Cabinet !x x x Ix x !x Ix Ix x
�1 Tub Surround x x
ITile Surround Ix Ix x Ix
Vani ! Ix x x x x x x x x
!Vanity Top jx x x x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Faucet ix x WIX x x x x x
,Lino x x x x x
(GFI 'x x x x ix x x x
Showerhead i x x x x x x x
Towel Bars ';x x x Ix x x x
"4 Toilet !x x x x !x x x
Exhaust Fan Ix x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 I entry door 1 I !
closet door 1, Ix Ix Ix Ix I ! Ix
—
:carpet ix Ix I I I I x Ix x Ix
Bedroom 2 1 entry door 1 !
(closet door x
!carpet 1x Ix
Bedroom 3 entry door I
closet door I
Icarpet I I
Bedroom 4 lentry door !
closet door
n!► carpet I
common I baseboard covers Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix I I Ix Ix Ix
a/c I x I x I x x I x I x I I I x I x
paint x x x x x x x x x x
window sills count 5 3 5 41 5 3 3 3I 5 3 3 3
electrical-outlets/switches Ix x x x x x x x Ix x x x
f000ed window 21 11 31x 1 21 11 11 1 2 _21 11 1
fogged slider jx x
zone valve count 2 11 21 11 2 1 2 1. 21 1 2 1
lead paint(test) x x Ix Ix x x x x x x x x
window treatments 5 3 5 41 5 3 3 3; 5 3 3 3
Building 12
Bull in -Unit# 12-01 12-02
#br 4 br 4 br
i
Entryway ;door
I door hardware -X--Tx
I closet door-large Ix
;closet door-small x
vct/carpet x x
!boiler room
storm door x x
weatherstrip x x Ma
sidelights x
stairs-flooring x x
!stairs-railing x Ix
1/2 bath ;Mirror x x
Wed Cabinet x x
Vanity x
.Vanity Top x x
!Faucet x x
1 Lino x x A*
IGFI x x
Towel Bars x x
Toilet x x
I Exhaust Fan x x
washer/dryer hu x x
Kitchen 'Cabinets x x
'Countertops x IX
Sink
Faucet
x x
;Lino x x
Gfi x x
A pliances !Refri erator x
Dishwasher EXEIE
(Stove(Range Hood x
Bathroom Mirror x x
Wed Cabinet x x +
ITub Surround x
'Tile Surround
Vanity x
Vanity Top x
!Faucet x x
!Lino x
GFI x x
Showerhead x x
'Towel Bars x x '
i Toilet x
Exhaust Fan x x
Bedroom 1 lentry door x
!closet door x x
'carpet Ix
Bedroom 2 lentry door
I closet door x
Icarpet x x ,
Bedroom.3 I entry door
closet door x
Icarpet x x
Bedroom 4 lentry door x MW
;closet door x
Icarpet x x
common baseboard covers x x
a/c x x
,paint x x
Iwindow sills(count) g g
!electrical-outlets/switches x x
'fogged window 3 2
;fogged slider x
zone valve(count) 1 1
lead paint(test) x X
window treatments g g
r
Building 11
Building-Unit# 11-01 11-02
#br 3 br 3 br
NO Entryway door
door hardware x x
closet door-large
closet door-small
vcVcarpet
boiler room
storm door x
weatherstrip x
Mr
sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing IX Ix
112 bath Mirror x x
Mad Cabinet x x
Vanity x x
Vanity Top x x
Faucet x x
tA Lino x x
GFI Ix x
Towel Bars x x
Toilet x x
Exhaust Fan x x
41 washer/dryer hu x x
Kitchen Cabinets x x
Countertops x x
Sink
Faucet x x
Lino x x
Gfi x x
Appliances Refrigerator
Dishwasher
Stove
Range Hood Ix x
Bathroom Mirror x x
Med Cabinet x x
0 Tub Surround
Tile Surround
Vanity x x
Vanity Top x x
16 Faucet x x
Lino x x
GFI x x
Showerhead x x
00 Towel Bars x x
Toilet x
Exhaust Fan x x
Bedroom 1 entry door
closet door x
carpet
Bedroom 2 entry door
closet door Ix
carpet
Bedroom 3 lentry door
closet door Ix x
carpet
Bedroom 4 jentry door
closet door
carpet
common baseboard covers x x
a/c
paint x x
window sills(count) 9 9
electrical-outlets/switches x x
f ged window 2 3
fogged slider x
zone valve(count) 1 1
lead paint test x x
window treatments 9 9
..
Building 10
Building-Unit# 10-01 10-02
#br 3 br 3 br
Entryway door
door hardware x x
closet door-large
closet door-small x x
vctIcarpet x
boiler room
storm door x x
weatherstrip x Ix AM
sidelights
stairs-flooring x
stairs-railing x x
1/2 bath Minor x x
Med Cabinet x x
Vanity x x
Vanity Top x x
Faucet x x
Lino x Ix
GFI x Ix
Towel Bars x Ix
Toilet Ix
Exhaust Fan x Ix
washer/dryer hu x x
Kitchen Cabinets x x
Countertops x x
Sink
Faucet x x
Lino x x
Gfi x Ix
Appliances Refrigerator x
Dishwasher x
Stove x
Range Hood x x
Bathroom Minor x x
Med Cabinet x x
Tub Surround x Ix
Tile Surround
Vanity x x
Vanity Top x x
Faucet x x
Lino x x
GFI x x
Showerhead x x
Towel Bars x Ix
Toilet x Ix
Exhaust Fan x Ix
Bedroom 1 jentry door
closet door x
carpet x
Bedroom 2 en door
closet door x
carpet Ix I «r
Bedroom 3 1 entry door
closet door x Ix
carpet x
Bedroom 4 entry door I I AW
closet door
carpet
common baseboard covers x Ix
a/c x ,*
paint x x
window sills(count) 9 9
electrical-outlets/switches x x
fogged window 4 2
fo ged slider X ""
zone valve(count) 1 1
lead paint(test) Ix x
window treatments 1 91 9
r
Building 9
Building-Unit# I 9-01 9-02
#br i 3 br 3 br
i
M I
Entryway ;door
door hardware x x
;closet door-large
closet door-small Ix x
'vcUcarpet x
boiler room
'storm door x
1weatherstrip x x
Ih Isidelights
istairs-flooring x
!stairs-railing Ix x
1/2 bath !Mirror Ix
R Med Cabinet x Ix
'Vanity
lVanity Top x
:Faucet x
;Lino x
jGFI Ix x
'Towel Bars Ix x
jToilet I x
;Exhaust Fan x x
washer/dryer hu x x
Kitchen 'Cabinets ix x
'Countertops Ix x
(Sink
" 'Faucet Ix x
;Lino x
!Gfi Ix x
Appliances IRefrigerator I x
Il1A 'Dishwasher ( x
'Stove I x
Range Hood x
Bathroom Mirror i x
Wed Cabinet !x Ix
Tub Surround x
'Tile Surround
(Vanity I x
;Vanity Top Ix x
;Faucet Ix x
;Lino I x
GFI ix x
IShowerhead x Ix
Towel Bars 'x IX
'Toilet Ix Ix
'Exhaust Fan Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 Sentry door 1
a�IR 'closet door !x Ix
Icarpet ix Ix
Bedroom 1 entry door
!closet door x
:carpet Ix x
Bedroom 3
entry door
(closet door x
'carpet x
Bedroom 4 jentry door i
I closet door
j carpet
common Ibaseboard covers Ix x
!a/c x
'paint I x x
'window sills(count) 1 91 9
electrical-outlets/switches Ix Ix
(fogged window 3 3
1Ali
Jogged slider
!Zone valve(count) 1 1
Ilead paint(test) Ix x
!window treatments I 9 9
401
on
Building 7
Building-Unit# 17-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 17-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38
#br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 11 br 2 br 11 br 2 br
Entryway door
door hardware Ix Ix x x Ix x x x Ix x x x
closet door-large
closet door-small x x
vct(carpet x x x x X x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstri I
sideli hts dw
stairs-flooring !
stairs-railing �
1/2 bath Mirror
Mad Cabinet
Vanity
Vanity To 1
Faucet
Lino I
GFI ! w�
Towel Bars
Toilet ! !
Exhaust Fan
washer/dryer hu !
window/vent I ! so
Kitchen Cabinets lx Ix I x x x x x x !x x x
Countertops x x x x x x x j x x
Sink I I
Faucet !x x x x Ix x x x !x x x
Lino ix x x x Ix x x Ix x x
Gfi !x x x x x x x x Ix x x x
Appliances Refrigerator I 1x
Dishwasher ix I Ix Ix
Stove ! 1 Ix Ix ix x Ix !x x
Range Hood ix x x x x x x x Ix x x I
Bathroom Mirror x x x x x x x Ix x x
Med Cabinet !x x x Ix x x x ix x x
Tub Surround
Tile Surround x
- +
Vani ;x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
Vanity Top x x x x x x x !x x x
Faucet x x x x ;x x x x x x x
Lino !x x x x ix x x x ix x x I
GFI Ix x x x Ix x x x •x x x x
Showerhead Ix x x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x x x Lx x x x !x x x r
Toilet x !x x x x ix x x
Exhaust Fan !x x x x !x x Ix x ,x x x x
Bedroom 1 lentry door !
closet door Ix Ix Ix I
(carpet I Ix Ix I !x Ix FX x I x I six
Bedroom 2 l entry door
closet door I Ix x x Ix I
carpet i Ix x Ix !
Bedroom 3 entry door
closet door
carpet
Bedroom 4 entry door
closet door
carpet
common baseboard covers Ix x x x ix x Ix x x Ix Ix
a/c x x x x x Ix
paint x x x x x x x x Ix
window sills(count) 4 6 4 4 3 5 3 3! 3 5 3 OW
electrical-outlets/switches .x x x x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 1 1 2aIll 2 1 3 1 1
fogged slider x x
zone valve count) 1 2 1 22 1 2' 1 2 1
lead aint test x x x x x x x x x x A`window treatments 4 6 4 45 3 3, 3 5 3
r
Building 6
Building-Unit# 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-31 6-32 6-33
#br 1 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 11 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
Entryway door
door hardware x x x x x x x x x x x
closet door-large i
closet door-small x x
vct/carpet x x x x x x x
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing
112 bath Mirror I
Mad Cabinet I
Vanity
Vanity Top
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan I
washer/dryer hu
window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets x x x I x Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix x
Countertops Ix x x Ix jx Ix x Ix Ix I x
Sink I I I I i
M� Faucet Ix x x x Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix x
Lino Ix x x Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix x
Gfi Ix Ix x ,x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x x
Appliances Refrigerator I Ix I {
Dishwasher Ix I Ix I x Ix Ix
Stove ix Ix Ix ix I x Ix Ix Ix
Range Hood ix x Ix Ix Ix I x Ix ix x Ix
Bathroom IMed irror ix x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
Cabinet Ix x x x ix x x x Ix x x ub Surround x le Surround x Ix Ix Ix x x ix
Vani Ix x x Ix Ix Ix x x Ix x Ix
Vanity Top ix x x x ;x x x x Ix x x
Faucet Ix x x x Ix x x x ix x x
Lino Ix I x x I x ix I x x x Ix x I x
GFI x x x Ix Ix Ix x x Ix x x
Showerhead Ix x x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x x Ix Ix Ix x x Ix Ix x
Toilet Ix Ix I Ix Ix x x 'x Ix x
Exhaust Fan ix Ix x Ix ix Ix x x Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 1 entry door I I I I I I I
closet door 1 x x I x
Icarpet ix Ix Ix ix I I x Ix
Bedroom 2 j entry door
closet door I x x
carpet Ix I I I I I Ix
Bedroom 44ent door I I
t door I
et
Bedroom door t door
et I
common I baseboard covers I x Ix I x I x i x Ix Ix Ix I x Ix Ix
a/c I x Ix x x x x x x x x
aint x x x Wb x x x
window sills count 4 6 4 1. 3 5 3 electrica l-outlets/switches x x x x x x x fo ged window 1 3 1 1' 2 2 1
fo ed slider x
zone valve count) 1 2 1 2; 1 2 1
lead aint test x x x x x x x
window Vestments 4 6 4 3I 3 5 3
—won milli
Building 6
Buildin -Unit# 6-34 6-15 {6-16 6-17 6-18 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38 •
#br 2 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
w
Entryway door
door hardware x x jx x x x Ix x x x x Ix x
closet door-large ;x
closet door-small x x ( x x
vct/carpet x x I x Ix x x x x x x x AW
boiler room i
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights 1 40
stairs-flooring I
stairs-railing I
1/2 bath Mirror ( 1
Med Cabinet
Vanity '�
Vanity To 1
Faucet
Lino
GFI j
Towel Bars i
Toilet
Exhaust Fan I
washer/dryer hu
w
window/vent ( j
Kitchen Cabinets rX x i x rX x x Ix x x x x x x
Countertops x Ix x x x x x
Sink I I
Faucet x Ix x x Ix x x x jx x x
Lino x ix x x Ix x x x x x x
Gfi x Ix x x ;x x x x x x x
Appliances Refrigerator x Ix x
Dishwasher x Ix x x
Stove x ix IX Ix x x x
Range Hood Ix Ix ix Ix Ix x I Ix Ix I Ix x
Bathroom Mirror x Ix ;x x Ix x Ix Ix x x 'x x x
Mad Cabinet x x x x x x Ix x x x ix x x
Tub Surround x ix x I ,W
Tile Surround x i x Ix x
Vanity x x ix x Ix x ix x x x ;x x x
Vanity Top x x x x Ix x Ix x x x Ix x x
Faucet x x x x x x x x x x x x x �.
Lino x x x x x Ix x x x x x x
GFI x x Ix x x Ix ix x x x x x x
Showerhead x x Ix x x Ix (x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x ix x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
Toilet x Ix x x Ix Ix x x x ix x x
Exhaust Fan x x Ix x x IX .x x x x Ix x x
Bedroom 1 entry door I I I Ix
closet door Ix I I #Xx ix x x x x
carpet x x x Ix Ix Ix Ix jx 1,
Bedroom 2 1 entry door j
closet door x I Ix I I
carpet x Ix IX I IX I Ix I Jx
Bedroom 3 jentry door J w.
closet door I
carpet
Bedroom 4 1 entry door j
closet door
carpet 1
common I baseboard covers x Ix x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix x jx x x
a/c Ix x x x x x x x x x x
paint x x x x x x x x x x IX
window sills(count) 5 4 6 3 3i 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
electrical-outlets/switches x x jx x IX x Ix x x x x x x
fb9ged window 1 1 1 1 2' 1 2 1 1I 2 2 1
fogged slider I I x
zone valve(count) 21 1 2 1 21 1 2 1 21 1 2 1
lead aint test) x x ix x x Ix Ix x x x x x x
window treatments 5 i 4 6 31 31 31 5 3 5i 5 3
,r.
Building 6
1
Building-Unit# 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-31 6-32 6-33
#br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
fF
ELI
Entryway door
door hardware x x x x !x x x x Ix x x
closet door-large I
closet door-small I x x
w vct/carpet x x x x x x !x
boiler room
stone door
weatherstrip
sidelights I
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing 1
1/2 bath Mirror I
Med Cabinet
a VanityI
Vanity Top !
Faucet I
Lino
GFI I
Towel Bars {
Toilet
Exhaust Fan I
washer/dryer hu
window/vent I I
Kitchen I Cabinets !x x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
Counterto s Ix x x Ix Ix x x x ix x
Sink
Faucet Ix x x Ix ix x x Ix ,x Ix x
Lino ix x x I x Ix x x I x Ix I x x
Gfi x x Ix I x Ix, x x x x Ix x
Appliances Refrigerator jx 1 I
Dishwasher x ix x Ix x
Stove Ix x x ix I Ix Ix Ix Ix
Range Hood !x x x x !x x x x x x
Bathroom Mirror ix x x x Ix x x x !x x x
Mad Cabinet Ix x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x
!� Tub Surround I ! I I I Ix
Tile Surround Ix Ix +x Ix Ix x !x
Vanity x x x Ix !x Ix Ix x !x Ix Ix
Vanity Top x x x Ix !x x I x x !x Ix Ix
Faucet x x x Ix x x x IX !x x x
Lino Ix IX x Ix x x x Ix Ix x x
GFI !x x x x 'x x x Ix jx x x
Showerhead x x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
Towel Bars Ix x x Ix !x x x x !x x x
4 Toilet Ix x I I !x IX x x 'x x x
Exhaust Fan !x x x x ix Ix Ix x ix x x
Bedroom 1 entry door I I I I !
closet door I I I ix I I Ix ! Ix
Icarpet jx Ix Ix I Ix I I x Ix
Bedroom 2 1 entry door 1
closet door { x x
carpet { Ix I I x
Bedroom 3 i entry door I
closet door
carpet I
Bedroom 4 entry door
closet door
carpet I
common i baseboard covers Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
a/c I x I x I x I x I x I x I x I x I x I x
paint x x I x Ix x I x I x I x I x I x
window sills count) 4 6 4 41 3 51 31 31 31 51 3
electrical-outlets/switches I x x I x x I x Ix I x Ix I x I x I x
fogged window 1 3 1 1' 11 21 11 11 21_ 21 1
fo ged slider x x x
zone valve(count) 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1
is lead aint x x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
window treatments I 4 6 4 4 3 5 31 31 3 5 3
w
Building 5
Building-Unit# 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34 w
#br ;2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br
Entryway door
door hardware x x x x x x Ix Ix x Ix x x
closet door-large I
closet door-small { x x x x {x
vct/carpet I x x x x x x x Ix x I
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights 40
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing I
1/2 bath (Mirror I ( 1
Med Cabinet
w
Vanity
Vanity To i
Faucet I
Lino ;
GFI
Towel Bars 1
Toilet
Exhaust Fan !
washer/dryer hu
window/vent I I
Kitchen Cabinets x x x x x ix x Ix x Ix IX Ix
Countertops x x x x x Ix x Ix x Ix I x 'x
Sink ; I ; —1
Faucet x x x x x ;x x x x Ix x z
Lino jx x x Ix x x x x x x x
(Gfi Lx x x {x Ix jx x Ix x lx x ix
Appliances Refrigerator x Ix ;x Ix
Dishwasher ! x i Ix Ix x Ix
Stove rx Ix x ,x ix x ,x Ix Ix x 'Ix
Range Hood I Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix ! Ix ix x Ix
Bathroom Mirror Ix Ix x Ix Ix ix x Ix Ix ix x Ix _
Med Cabinet Ix x x ;x x Ix x Ix x Ix x ix
Tub Surround x !x
Tile Surround Ix i x _
Vanity x Ix x ix x jx x !x x Jx
Vanity Top i x ix x Ix x jx x lx x 'x +�
Faucet 1X x Ix x i x x Ix Ix Ix ix
Lino Ix x x x x Ix x Ix x Ix x jx
GFI Ix x x Ix x IX x 1x x x x ?x
Showerhead x IX x x x Ix x Ix x ix x x
Towel Bars 'x IX x x x ix x Ix x ,x x ix
Toilet x x x x IX x I x x x x
Exhaust Fan Ix Ix x Ix x ix Ix jx x Ix x ix
Bedroom 1 (entry door
closet door x x x Ix x ix
carpet x x x jx Ix Ix Ix, jX x ix
Bedroom 2 entry door 7777 1 1 1 1 TXX:#
closet door x carpet x x { x x OW
Bedroom 3 entry door
closet door � °
carpet
Bedroom 4 1 entry door I Am
closet door
carpet I
common I baseboard covers x x x i x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
a/c x x x x x x x x Ix x Ix I ,w.
paint x x x x x x x x x x Ix
window sills count 6 4 S 3 6. 3 5 3 5' 3 5I 3
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x Ix
fogged window 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2; 2 1 I 1
fogged slider x x x x a�
zone valve(count) 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
lead paint(test) x x x x x x x x x x x x
6
window treatments 4 65 1 31 61 31 51 3 5 31 5, 3
Building 4
Building-Unit 14-34 14-15 14-16 14-17 14-18 14-25 14-26 14-27 14-28 14-35 14-36 14-37 14-38
br 12 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br
MEn a Idoor
I door hardware x x x x x x Ix x I X
,S,, :a
closet door-laii-,—_
closet door-small x x
Is vctIcarpet x x x x lx
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
stairs-railing
1/2 bath IMirror I t
IMed Cabinet
lVanity
IVanity Top
I Faucet
11-ino
JGFI
ITowell Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
washer/dryer hu
window/vent
Kitchen lCabinets x x x Ix Ix 1� Ix Ix Ix Ix IX
Countertops i�x x x x X x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Sink I
Faucet x x x X Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Lino x x x x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix IX
x x x x Ix
Gfi x =—IX Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
jAppliances Refrigerator I Ix I
Dishwasher x Ix Ix I
ve x x Ix Ix
lRange HOW.. x x Ix Ix Ix Ix
�x4x �X —�_Xt
Bathroom Mirror x x x x x x x x x x Ix
Med Cabinet x x x x x x x x x
Tub Surround x x x
Tile Surround
Vani x x x x x x x x x
Vani To x x x x x x x x x
Faucet x x x x x x x x x
Lino x x x x x x x x x
GFI x x x x x x x x x x
Showerhead x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x
Toilet Ix I IX ix IX IX I I t:1:1:::
ExhaustFan x I x I I x x I x I x I x Ix I x I x I x I X
40, IBedroom 1 1 entry door I I I I I I I I
closet door Ix I Ix I I Ix I I
carpet Ix Ix I lx— I Ix I F-- Ix
lBedroom 2 1 entry door t I I I I -
Alk �closet�doo! Ix I Ix I I ......I I I I I I
Icarpet Ix Ix I I I I I I I Ix I I I
[Bedroom entry door
closet door
!::I I
Icarpet
Bedroom 4 entry door
closet door
Icarpet x
Mcommon baseboard vers x x x x Ix Ix x
a/c x x x Ix I x x x
aint x x x x .1 1x Ix 3 5 3 3 3 5 x 3
window sills count 3 4 4
elecAtrical- utlets/switches x x x x �X '!x x 1 x x 3 x
foaaed window
x Ix Ix Ix x
fogged slider - —+2 —+1 -2+ 1
Izone valve('coun�t) zi ZI 11 41 1 �j .111 i 1 11
lead 2aint(test) Ix Ix Ix Ix x
x
Ix Ix Ix I x x 3� 3 31 b 3
1window treatments 1 31 41 41 6 1 �3�3 x
40
no
Building 4
Buildin -Unit# 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-31 4-32 4-33
#br 1 br 2 br 1 br 2 br 1 br 12 br 1 br 2 br 11 br 2 br 1 br
ne
Entryway door
door hardware x x x x x x x x x x x
closet door-large
closet door-small x Ix x x x x x x
vct/carpet x x x x x x x x x x x err
toiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
sidelights
w
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing
1/2 bath Mirror
Mad Cabinet
Vanity +�
Vanity To
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan
washerld er hu
window/vent
AN
Kitchen Cabinets x x x Ix Ix x x x x x x
Countertops x x x x Ix x x x x x x
Sink
Faucet x x x x Ix Ix x x x x Ix
Lino Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix x Ix Ix x Ix I
Gfi Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x Ix
Appliances Refrigerator I Ix I I I x
Dishwasher x I x x I Ix
Stove x x x I Ix x ,.rw
Range Hood x Ix Ix Ix x x x Ix x
Bathroom Mirror x Ix Ix jx x x x Ix Ix x x
Med Cabinet PXIX x x x x x x x x x x
Tub Surround x
Tile Surround x �**
Vani x x x x x x x x Ix x
Vani To x x x x x x x x x
Faucet x x x x x x x x x
Lino x x x x x x x x
GFI x x x x x x x x x x
Showerhead x x x x x x x x x x
Towel Bars x x x x x x x x x x
Toilet x x x x x x
Exhaust Fan Ix x x x x x x x x x w
Bedroom 1 entry door x
closet door x x Ix x x
carpet x x x x x x Ix x x x x
Bedroom 2 lent door
closet door x x x x r
carpet x Ix x x x
Bedroom 3 jentry door
closet door
carpet
Bedroom 4 1 entry door
closet door
carpet
common lbaseboard covers x Ix x x x x x x x x x
a/c x x x x x x x
paint x x x x x x x x x
window sills(count) 4 6 4 6 3 5 3 4 3 5 3
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1
fogged slider x x x x
zone valve count 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 "
lead paint test x x x x x x x x x x x�
window treatments 1 41 61 4 63 5 3 4 3 5 3
w
•
Building 3
Building-Unit# 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-21 3-22 3-23.3-24 i3-31 13-3213-33 3-34
#br 2 br 1 br 12 br 3 br 2 br 1 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br 1 br
Entryway door
door hardware x Ix x I ix x Ix Ix Ix x x Ix
closet door-large x
closet door-small x
vctIcarpet x x x x x x Ix Ix x x Ix
boiler room I I
storm door
weatherstrip
�►
sidelights
stairs-flooring
stairs-railing I I I
1/2 bath Mirror I I
Med Cabinet
Vani
Vanity Top
Faucet
Lino
GFI
Towel Bars
Toilet
Exhaust Fan I
washer/dryer hu
window/vent i I
Kitchen ICabinets x Ix Ix I Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix !x Ix Ix
Countertops x Ix I x I J x I x Ix 1x I x Ix Ix Ix
h Sink I I I I I I i
Faucet x Ix Ix I Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix x
Lino x x x x x x Ix x x Ix Ix
�Gfi x x x x x x x !x Ix Ix Ix x
Appliances Refri erator ± I I i Ix
Dishwasher x ;x jx I Lx
Stove x x x I Ix jx
Range Hood x x x x Ix x Ix ; 1x
Bathroom IMirror x Ix I x Ix x x ix 'sx x !x
Med Cabinet x x x x x x x x !x Ix
Tub Surround I I I I !x
Tile Surround Ix I I ix
Vanity x Ix Ix x x !x Ix !x x !x
Vanity Top x x Ix x x x x x Ix
Faucet x x x x x x Ix x x Ix
Lino x x x x x I x !x ix Ix I 1x
GFI x x x x x x I x Ix 1x Ix Ix Ix
Showerhead x x I I Ix x x jx Ix ix Ix ix
Towel Bars x x Ix Ix ;x Ix Ix Ix ix
Toilet x x I I I !x Ix Ix ix
Exhaust Fan Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 I entry door I ( I
closet door Ix x Ix
carpet I Ix Ix I Ix Ix Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 2 1 entry doo Ix
closet door Ix I Ix I I I I i I =#�
carpet Ix I Ix I Ix I Ix x x.
Bedroom 3 lentry door I I
closet door
carpet
a Bedroom 4 entry door I 1 I
closet door I
carpet
common I baseboard covers Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix ix Ix Ix 'x
a/c I x I x I I x I x I x x
paint I x i x I x x x x I x I x I x I x I x
window sills(count) 1 61 41 6 5 3 51 31 51 31 5i 3
electrical-outlets/switches Ix Ix I x x x x I x x x x x
fogged window 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 21 1 2; 1
fogged slider x x x
zone valve(count) 2 1 2 2 1 21 1 2 11 21 1
lead paint(test) x x x x x x x x x x x x
window treatments 6 4: 6, 5. 3
Building 2
Building-Unit# 12-1112-12 2-13 12-14 12-21 2-22 2-23 2-24 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-34
#br 12 b 12 br 12 b 12 b 12 b 2 b 2 b 2 b 2 b 2 b 12 br 2 b
• i I i i
Entryway door I
door hardware 1x x Ix Ix 1 x x x I x x x x x
!closet door-large ! I
lclosetdoor-small Ix I x ! x x x
!vct/carpet !x Ix I x Ix ! x x x x x x x
I boiler room
;storm door I 1 f
weatherstrip
,sidelights 1 w
;stairs-floorin ! i j
;stairs-railing I I I.
1/2 bath !Mirror
Med Cabinet ! 1 O,
Vanityj
Vanity Top
'Faucet ! I
Lino t I
IGFI ! ! MW
'Towel Bars {
'Toilet
!Exhaust Fan ! !
Iwasherld er hu ! ! I
;window/vent
Kitchen Cabinets !x 'x Ax ix x x Ix Ix x x x x
Countertops x {x ix jx !x x x Ix x x x x
;Sink !x
1Faucet Ix Ix ix !x ;x x x x x Ix x
Lino !x ix { ,x Ix x x x x x x x
IGfi !x !x ;x jx x x x x x x x x
Appliances ;Refrigerator ! ! x x x x
!Dishwasher 1 1 x I x x
'Stove x jx 1x x x x x
!Range Hood x ! !x !x x x x x x x Ix
Bathroom Minor x ix x !x x jx x x x x Ix
Med Cabinet !x x x x x x x x x x Ix
:Tub Surround ! x x
!Tile Surround i x x
Vanity !x !x !x !x x x x x x x x
;Vanity Top ix Ix ! x ;x x x x x x x x rr
Faucet x ix i 1x !x x x x x x x x
;Lino x ! x x x x x x x x x
!GFI !x ix Ix ix !x x x x x x x x
;Showerhead Ix Ix j ,x !x x x x x x x x ,
:Towel Bars x !x I x x x x x x x x x
;Toilet ! I Ix Ix x x x x x I x x
;Exhaust Fan Ix !x 1x x !x x x Ix x Ix J x x
Bedroom 1 en door + 1x ! x
closet door !. x ix x x x x Am
!carpet Ix !x I x I x I x x x x x x x
Bedroom 2 j entry door ! Ix ! 1 x
closet door 1 Ix I Ix I x x IFx
!carpet ;x x ! Ix !x x x x x x x AM
Bedroom 3 en door i ( +
closet door 1
I carpet !
Bedroom 4 ;,entry door
!closet door
!carpet
common ;baseboard covers x x x x !x x x x x x x x
la/c I x (x x x x x x x
!paint x x Ix x !x x x x x x x x
;window sills(count) 6 61 6. 61 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
!electrical-outlets/switches Ix x x {x x x x x x x x x
fogged window 2 1 2; 11 2 3 1 —1 -2 2 3 1
;fogged slider x x x
zone valve(count) 2 2 2 2' 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
?lead paint(test) x x x x x x x x x x x x
.window treatments ! 6 6! 6I 6 51 51 51 51 51 5 5
.ra
I
Building 1
t
Building-Unit#` 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-21',.1-2211-23'1-2411-31 1-32;1-33(1-34
#br 2 br I 1 br 12 br 11 br 2 br 11 br 12 br 11 br 12 br ;1 br 12 br 11 br
( i
i
I i
Entryway !door ( 1
door hardware x x x x x Ix x Ix Ix x x x
closet door-large I
closet door-small x x Ix x 1 1 I Ix x (x
■ vct/carpet x Ix x x Ix Ix Ix Ix x Ix
boiler room
storm door
weatherstrip
* sidelights
'stairs-flooringI I I
!stairs-railing I ( I
1/2 bath Mirror I I I
Med Cabinet I
Vanity
Vanity Top
I I
Faucet
Lino
w1 •GFI ! I !
Towel Bars ! 1
Toilet i I
Exhaust Fan
to lwasheddryerhu I
window/vent
Kitchen iCabinets I x x x I x x x ix Ix ix Ix Ix Ix
Countertops I x x x I x x ix ix x i jx (x x
Sink
Faucet Ix x x x Ix ix x Ix !x Ix 1x Ix
Lino 1 . x Ix Ix x Ix ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
!Gfi x x Ix Ix Ix ix ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Appliances Refrigerator x lx i x Ix
Dishwasher x ;x 1 I I x !
!Stove x x x x ix ;x !x x Ix Jx
.Range Hood x x x x Ix Ix I
X. ix x Ix I,x
Bathroom jMirror Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix `x 1x Ix !x Ix 1x
Med Cabinet x x x x x x x x I-XI x Ix Ix
Tub Surround
Mle Surround x x x I ix
Vanity x x x x x x 'x Ix x Ix Ix
(Vanity Top x x x x Ix ix Ix Ix i (x Ix ix
{Faucet x x x x x Ix ix 1x (x ix lx Ix
Lino x x x x ly Ix Ix x i Ix Ix !x
GM x x x x x x Ix ix Ix ix Ix ix
Showerhead x x x x x x Ix x ix x x x
Towel Bars x x x x x ix Ix Ix ix Ix Ix x
Toilet x x x x x 1 Ix I I !x
Exhaust Fan x x x x x Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix Ix
Bedroom 1 !entry door x x ix i i I. ix 1
40 Icloset door Ix x x x x I I. 1 j x 1
carpet x x x x x Ix Ix x Ix x !x x
Bedroom 2 entry door I I Ix I I 1x x
closet door Ix x I i I Ix
carpet x x x jx I Ix I Ix
Bedroom 3 jentry door 1
closet door ! !
carpet ( I !
Bedroom 4 !entry door
closet door
carpet I !
common lbasebcard covers x x x x x x Ix x Ix Ix Ix Ix
a/c x x x x x x x x x
paint x x x x x x x x Ix Ix x x
window sills(count) 6 4 6 4 5, 31 51 3� 51 3 5! 3
electrical-outlets/switches x x x x x Ix x x x Ix x x
fogged window 2 1 1 2 3i 1I
fo ged slider x x x x
zone valve(count) 2 1 2 1 2i 1' 2. 1 2 1 2 1
lead paint(test) x x x x x x x x x x x x
;window treatments 6, 4 6 4 5! 3'. 51 3! 5' 31 5! 3
..
Replacement Log
Section 17000
Replacement Log
Section 17000
PART 1 General
A Replacement log to follow for Buildings#1 through#24
AW
Am
an
■
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
A
E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided
to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture.
A
F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided
with covers.
3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions,whether so shown on the Drawings or
not,and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the
" Electrical Subcontractor and be included in his bid.
3.8 LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULE
A. Unit Hall/Townhouse bath ceiling- Seagull 5901-15 (13 watt)
B. Stairway/Hall townhouses—Seagull 5905-02 (39 watt)
C. Unit Baths—Brownlee 5057 (14-39", 239-51")
D. Dining Room— Seagull 6926-02
E. Kitchen—Seagull 5912-68-2 lamp T8 with electronic ballasts.
F. Common Office Halls_ Seagull 5902-15 (26 watt)
G. Office Baths—Seagull 5964-02
H. LED Exit Light Retrofits—Office
I. Maintenance Ceiling- Seagull 7957-02
J. 70 watt HPS flood bulbs—Community Building.
K. Retrofit fixtures with T8's and electronic ballasts—Offices, Laundry, and
Maintenance.
L. Exterior building Wall Packs—Lumark#HPWL—400 MT high pressure sodium
mounted high wall on gable ends, with lamps with photocell operation from
Owner's meter.
M. Floodlights above eaves. Hubbell#MH SO 400 S 268LL 400 watt high pressure
sodium, adjustable, mounted on stem above roof, with 400 watt HPS lamp, with
photocell switching.
Electrical 16100-17
w
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. Lighting fixtures in equipment rooms shall not be installed until after all piping and
ductwork is in place. Lighting fixtures layout shown on the Drawings is typical
layout, but may be modified to provide adequate lighting of the equipment space
according to final construction conditions. Any relocation of fixtures due to duct or
piping interference shall be as directed by the Architect,at no expense to the Owner.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for proper co-ordination of all
lighting fixture locations. Provide support for all fixtures mounted on or recessed in ,
hung ceiling. He shall confer with Ceiling Subcontractor and Heating and
Ventilating Subcontractor to co-ordinate lighting system with other trades.
D. Provide and install suitable cover plate or canopy for each fixture outlet box where
the fixture does not provide a suitable cover.
E. Fixtures located on exterior of building shall be installed with cadmium-plated brass
screws and gasketed.
F. All pendant type fixtures in the same room shall be installed at a uniform height from
the floor and shall hang plumb.
G. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment,
they must be in first-class operating order and in perfect condition as to finish, etc.
Check for proper operation and appearance, alignment of fixtures and proper
placement of lenses, louvers, lamps and other light controlling or modifying
appurtenances.
3.6 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Receptacle boxes,unless otherwise noted,shall be approximately 18"above finished
floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall
mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle
height shall be as directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48" above
finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The Electrical
Subcontractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for
interferences. �.
B. Junction and outlet boxes,where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be
of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket.
C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein
without excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor
insulation.
D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4"
back of finished surface. •►
Electrical
16100-16
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
e
3.4 FIRE SAFING
a► A. Work Included: Provide labor,materials,and equipment necessary to complete the
work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
s
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors,shafts,corridor walls,stairway
walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen,
machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors,Inc.or Architect-Engineer approved equal,4" minimum thickness
by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At"poke-through" openings,apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire
ww
safing.
D. Preparation
" prepare all penetrations for raceways,cable,and
1. At all fire rated assemblies,p p p
perimeters.
E. Application
I. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with
sealing compound.
3.5 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Installation of all lighting fixtures shall be done by experienced mechanics. Lighting
fixtures shall not be installed where finished coat of paint has been applied to ceiling
and walls until paint is thoroughly dry.
16100-15
Electrical
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying .,
metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding
conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall
be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all material required for the
grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting
systems installed under this Contract.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and .0
equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of
connections. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved
termination where required,conforming with the latest National Electrical Code and
other applicable specification standards.
D. A#12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length *�
of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors,recessed lighting fixtures and other
equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground
wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment
components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each.
3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not
more than the equivalent of three 90o bends in a single run. Where more bends are
necessary,the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide suitable pull boxes.
B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably
protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction.
C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to
junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on
conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel
connections.
D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel
conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the
building,with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall
also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of MW
fixtures.
Electrical 16100-14
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
J. The Electrical Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the system installation with the local
Fire Department and shall file application for fire alarm service,shall arrange all pay
all fees in connection with the installation of the system.
2.10 APARTMENT INTERCOM/SECURITY SYSTEM
A. Replace the existing apartment intercom vestibule station in all 3 story buildings(19
required). Furnish and install Lee Dan or equal, Model VS-020T lobby panel with
Model PK-543 amplifier.
2.11 ELECTRIC HEATERS
A. Furnish and install where shown on the Plans, heavy duty electric radiators equal to
r
Berko numbers as listed.
B. Wall heater shall be Berko Catalog No. FRA-4024, or equal, 4000 watts, 200 volts,
single phase with built in thermostat and disconnect switch. Provide tamper proof
cover.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a
manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible
for the correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between
actual measurements and those shown on plans.
C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Subcontractor finds that the work of other
trades might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified.
D. The locations of outlets,apparatus,and equipment are approximate only and the runs
of feeders,mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on
the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full
consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the
design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the
National Electrical Code and local inspection authorities.
E. Electrical equipment,such as junction and pull boxes,control,and apparatus,shall be
made accessible.
F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified.
Electrical 16100-13
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
2. All junction boxes shall be sprayed red and labeled "Fire Alarm". Wiring
color code shall be maintained throughout the installation.
3. Installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the
contract shall be closely co-ordinated with the appropriate subcontractors.
4. The subcontractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the
outside of the fire alarm equipment after completion of the installation.
5. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide on-site
supervision of installation.
E. Testing
1. The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with
NFPA-72H by the Electrical Subcontractor in the presence of the Owner's
representative and the Local Fire Marshal. Upon completion of a successful
test, the Subcontractor shall so certify in writing to the Owner and General
Contractor.
F. Warranty an
1. The Subcontractor shall warrant the completed fire alarm system wiring and
equipment to be free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a
period of one (1) year from the date of the completed and certified test or
from the date of first beneficial use.
2. The equipment manufacturer shall make available to the Owner a
maintenance contract proposal to provide a minimum of two(2)inspections
and tests per year in compliance with NFPA-72H guidelines.
G. All wiring shall be in conduit and of the same approved type as used for electric light
and power wiring, and shall meet the requirements of all national, state and local
electrical codes. The sizes of the different wires shall be as specified by the
manufacturer. Color code shall be used throughout. All wires shall be tagged at all
junction points and shall be free from grounds or crosses between the conductors.
All junction boxes shall have nameplates identifying, "Fire Alarm".
H. Final connections between control equipment and wiring system shall be made under
direct supervision of a representative of the manufacturer.
I. The manufacturer's representative shall demonstrate the operation of the alarm
system to the Architect and Owner, and if requested,to a representative of the local
Fire Department.
Electrical 16100-12
w
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
C. Notify the local fire department via dialer (digital communicator).
Coordinate with the Northampton Fire Department in advance of
bidding. Provide all materials and labor to ensure a complete
package including overhead and underground wiring.
C. Equipment
1. Supply and install twenty (20)Notifier MS5024 Fire alarm Control Panels.
The system provided must include all hardware,to allow for complete system
programming. Any special equipment needed for this purpose must be
included.
2. Batteries PS 12120 for 60 hours standby plus 10 minute ring time.
3. Smoke detector 92400 photo for common areas.
4. Heat detectors#603/604.
5. Horn strobe#P24110 fro common areas.
6. Strobe#5241575.
7. Knox box#3266 series.
8. Horn strobe#GX905-1575 HP for handicap apartments.
9. Smoke detector#9120, 120 v/9v for apartments.
10. Manual station, #NBG-12 w/STI 1100 Series Stopper cover, double action.
11. Smoke detector #HP Gentex 710-cs with built in strobe for handicap
apartments.
12. Exterior strobe Red light, 1,000,000 candle power.
D. Installation
1. Provide and install the system in accordance with the plans and
specifications,all applicable codes and the manufacturer's recommendations.
All wiring shall be installed in strict compliance with all the provisions of
NEC-Article 760 A and C,Power Limited Fire Protective Signaling Circuits
or if required may be reclassified as non-power limited and wired in
accordance with NEC-Article 760 A and B. Upon completion, the
Subcontractor shall so certify in writing to the Owner and General
Contractor.
Electrical
16100-11
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
2.8 MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors
where shown on the Drawings.
B. Disconnect switches for 120 volt,single phase motors shall be single or double pole
toggle switches as specified, horsepower rated, unless shown otherwise on the
Drawings.
2.9 FIRE ALARM
A. General
1. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fire alarm system as described
herein and as shown on the drawings. Provide shop drawings stamped by a *�
Registered Professional Engineer.
2. For the (14)three bedroom townhouses, no work is required.
3. For the (10) four bedroom townhouses, no work is required.
4. For the community building and(3)twelve unit buildings being renovated for
handicapped access, install a complete new fire alarm system, including
automatic dialers and exterior strobes.
5. For the remaining (10) twelve unit buildings and the (3) twenty four unit
buildings install additional elements as required attached to the existing
systems, including automatic dialers and exterior strobes.
6. All panels and devices shall be the standard product of a single manufacturer.
The catalog numbers specified under this section are those of Notifier and
constitute the type, quality and desired operation.
7. The complete installation shall conform to the applicable sections of NFPA-
72,Massachusetts Electrical Code 1987 issue and government and local code
requirements, and the National Electrical code ) Article 760). Partial shall
not be acceptable.
B. System Operation
1. The actuation of any automatic or manual device shall cause the following:
a. All supervised fire alarm horn and strobe to sound and flash.
b. Indicate the device in alarm at the Main Control Panel. .a
Electrical 16100-10
N
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
6. Devices shall be furnished by Hubbell, Leviton, or equal to the following
Arrow-Hart numbers:
a. Light Switches, single pole—No. 1891I, 15 amp, 120/277 volts, Ivory.
b. Light Switches, 3-way—No. 18931, 15 amp. 120/277 volts, Ivory.
c. Light Switches, 4-way—No. 14941, 15 amp. 120/277 volts, Ivory.
d. Duplex Receptacles,No. 5252I, 15 amp, or 5352I, 20 amp, 3 wire, 125
volts, Ivory.
e. GFI Receptacles,No. GF5242I,Ivory.
£ Exterior weatherproof GFI Receptacles No. GF5242, provide gasketed
type covers No. 4502.
g. Single pole switch with clear lighted handle (to indicate when switch is
"on"), Arrow-Hart No. 1891PLC.
2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting
fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. Fixtures to be complete in
all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and
install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after
lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective
material shall be replaced.
B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type, approvable for use on their
system by Massachusetts Electric Co. Fixture/lamp combinations for which
electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient
magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM
certified.
C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size; T-8
lamps shall be 3500 K.
D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure.
E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the fixture schedule and by corresponding letter on
Drawings. Manufacturers'names and catalogue numbers to match existing fixtures
are listed. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved
by the Architect. These fixtures must match existing.
Electrical 16100-9
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
G. Wire and Cable to be by Rome, Carol, American, AFC, or equal.
2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Junction and outlet boxes,where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the **
cast aluminum,threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and
gasket.
B. Other outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel as
manufactured by Steel City Electrical Co., General Electric Co.,Raco, or approved
equal.
2.5 NAMEPLATES
A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus,controls,panels and safety
switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic,or equal,screw
attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where
two or more devices occur at one location,they shall be provided with a gang plate.
All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates.
1. Switches shall be flush mounted, specification Grade, 15 amp, 120/277 volt
AC with side connection screw terminals and toggle handle.
2. Switches shall be single pole,double pole, 3-way,4-way,or key operated as
indicated by the symbol. Where more than one switch is shown at one outlet,. ..
they shall be installed under one plate in an order appropriate to the location
of the outlets being controlled.
3. Receptacles shall be flush mounted rated for 15 or 20 amp at 125 volts, as
required,composition base suitable for side wiring having polarized slots and
U-shaped grounding slot, and break-off lug for two circuit installation.
4. Heavy duty receptacles shall be polarized with composition base and pressure
type terminals, three or four-pole as required for service as indicated by
symbol.
5. Wall plates throughout living areas shall be impact resistant thermoplastic in
Ivory and stainless steel satin finish in kitchens and laundry. Plates over
grouped devices shall be suitably ganged.
Electrical 16100-8
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 RACEWAYS
A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs
concealed vertically in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed
below 6' above floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall
comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications.
B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions,run
exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless
otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest
applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing may be of the set
screw type.
C. Raceways for site communications and site power and light shall be Schedule 40
PVC with solvent welded fittings, or Type EB where shown to be encased in
concrete. Use steel sweeps on conduit 3" and larger.
D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other
removable equipment to facilitate removal and connections.
2.2 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with
applicable rules of the Massachusetts Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and
supported as required by Code.
2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be 98%conductivity copper,with 600 volt insulation,and shall be
of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum
conductors shall not be used.
B. Conductors 910 AWG and smaller, Type THWN, solid.
C. Conductors #4 AWG through#8 AWG, Type THWN, stranded.
D. Conductors#3 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded.
E. Branch circuit wiring may be Type MC cable.
F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification
sections.
Electrical 16100-7
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and
obtain 120 volt,60 cycle,single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to
drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs,
sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be ..
removed by the individual Subcontractor.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED ...
A. All cable and raceway(except surface metal raceway)shall be installed concealed in
all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment
rooms,except that in rooms without ceilings,horizontal runs only may be exposed at
ceilings.
.R
B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level,parallel or perpendicular to the lines of
the building.
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Prior to final acceptance, Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) sets of
complete instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of all systems
installed under his Contract. These instructions shall be typed or printed, and each
set bound separately with durable covers. AW
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or
persons as the Architect and/or Owner may designate,regarding the care and use of
all systems and all apparatus pertaining thereto.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work
in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and
shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to
be defective during this period.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by
defects in his work and for repair to plaster,wood, and other materials or equipment
caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. .�
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
Electrical 16100-6
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Section 01500.
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install temporary light and power as
specified in Section 01500. The cost of the service and the cost of power consumed
shall be borne by the General Contractor. Service shall be metered, 120/240 volt,
single phase,sized as required. Branch circuit wiring and duplex receptacles shall be
as directed by the General Contractor.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior
details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These
documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and
Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be
considered a part of the Contract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied,in the Plans and not in the Specifications,or vice versa,shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements
from the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Subcontractor shall
carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and
shall arrange such work accordingly,furnishing such fittings,traps,offsets,valves,
and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCTHANDLING
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and
fixtures to the building site when required,so as to carry on his work efficiently and
to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools,machinery,scaffolding,and transportation for completion of his
Contract shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor.
40
Electrical 16100-5
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. All materials used shall be U.S.made,with the exception of items specifically noted
otherwise, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. +�
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled. ,.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Subcontractor shall
submit to the Architect eight(8) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets,
and Shop Drawings,giving all details,dimensions,capacities,etc.of all materials to
be furnished.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for
compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect
for review, making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical
Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with
the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop
Drawings shall remain with the Subcontractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications,the Electrical Subcontractor will be required to
remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as
directed by the Architect.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his
work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and
charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his
work.
Electrical 16100-4
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades
in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
Electrical Subcontractor to give proper information as above,he will be required to
bear the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is
diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work.
Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends,
offsets, etc. The Electrical Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be
responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes,conduit,and
cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Subcontractor installing such items.
G. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his
work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good
such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the
work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating
apparatus shall be protected by suitable means.
H. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until substantial completion of the project by the Owner.
I. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications
before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall
be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements.
+� B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured
by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
Electrical 16100-3
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. Special Note
1. The existing building's wiring systems employ aluminum conductors. All
new wiring devices lighting fixtures, fans, etc. shall be connected to the
existing aluminum conductors using copper conductor pigtails and listed
copper/aluminum connectors. �•
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code
and local laws,rules,regulations,and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of
the Contract Documents conflict with any codes,rules or regulations,the latter shall
govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes,rules or
regulations,the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement
Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen
at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious '
laying out of his work.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as
if the Electrical Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent
shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after
construction work begins.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage
done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors'work
resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever;.and in
case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the
Electrical Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical
Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by
the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the
Contract for the work in question.
Electrical l 6100-2
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
■
SECTION 16100- ELECTRICAL
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions,Supplementary General Conditions,applicable parts of
Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
e
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements,which affect work
■
under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this
Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of
this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and
reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified
herein and/or indicated on the drawings,including,but not limited to,the following:
1. Branch Circuit Wiring, Conduit and Cable.
2. Circuit Breaker.
3. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps.
4. Fire Alarm System.
5. Apartment Intercom/Entry System.
6. Wiring Devices and Plates.
7. Electric Heat.
8. Power Wiring to Motors and Equipment Furnished by Other Trades or
Owner including Final Connections to Equipment.
9. Arrange for Inspections and Perform Tests.
10. Guarantee and Instructions.
11. Demolition,removal from site,and legal disposal of all existing electrical
systems and equipment made obsolete by new construction.
Electrical 16100-1
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for
painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be
repaired to match the adjacent areas.
D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced
with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. **
3.9 IDENTIFICATION
A. All piping, valves, controls and equipment on the project shall be identified as
specified herein. All marks of identification shall be easily visible from the floor
or usual point of vision.
B. All piping shall be identified as to the service of the pipe and the normal direction
of flow. The letters shall be 1" high and the flow arrows shall be at least 6" long.
The letters and flow arrows shall be made by precut stencils and black oil base
paint with aerosol can or snap-on, pre-printed plastic labels. Install identification
in each room and additionally so that markers are not over 50 feet on center.
C. Each valve, except runout valves, but including control valves, shall be tagged
with a brass disc 1-1/2" in diameter. The disc shall contain a number, and a valve
list shall be provided under glass in the Boiler Room showing the location of the
valve, the service and the valve
and any pertinent remarks regarding the operation of the valve. Securely fasten
the discs to the valves with brass "S" hooks or chains.
D. All panel mounted controls and instruments, and all equipment shall be identified
by engraved nameplates mounted just under the control or instrument. The ..
engraved nameplates shall be engraved on "Lamacoid", or approved equal plastic
which will be black and show white letters when engraved. Letters shall be 1/2"
high.
E. No identification shall be done until all painting required under the Architectural
section of these Specifications has been accomplished.
END OF SECTION
Mechanical 15600-22
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
■
B. Balancing shall be performed by an independent contractor hired directly by the
Mechanical Contractor.
3.6 INSULATION
A. All pipe t insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor
regularly engaged in that business.
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through
radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are
not visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together
and sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and
have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in
length. All pipes
over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection
saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket.
„ D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut
insulation. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the
fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully
insulated pipe fitting. The one piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by
taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering.
3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with
its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the
Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be
furnished by the Mechanical Contractor and be included in his bid.
3.8 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP
*' A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the
building, and it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and
performing satisfactorily and that all units are heating and ventilating
satisfactorily. The systems shall be checked for vibration and excessive noise and
all such conditions corrected.
B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and
thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all
other areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used
during construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean-up.
15600-21
Mechanical
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes,
examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by
tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat .�
hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Engineer shall be notified
and the test shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence.
F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system,they shall be
removed during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to control
valves.
G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other
temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting,
joint, or section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as
specified herein before.
3.4 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before
placing in operation to rid the system of dirt,piping compound,mill scale, oil, and
any and all other material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all
strainers.
B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other
foreign matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on
the project shall have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings
fully protected. Before erection, each piece of pipe, fitting, or valve shall be
visually examined and all dirt removed.
D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall
be tested by litmus paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the
slightly alkaline side (ph= 7.5 plus or minus). If the system is found to be still on
the acid side,the cleaning by the use of trisodium phosphate shall be repeated.
E. The Mechanical Contractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any
time "stop-leak" compounds to the system.
3.5 WATER FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS
A. After completion of the installation of the heating systems, and prior to acceptance ,
by the Owner, all systems and appurtenances applicable to the above systems shall
be adjusted and balanced to deliver the water and air quantities as specified,
indicated on the Drawings, or as directed. *"
Mechanical 15600-20
■
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts,
above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum
headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with
electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other
w
trades.
E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future
replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where
required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping
system from equipment, shall be as specified.
F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out
piping with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush
and drain until all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared.
Refer to other sections for additional requirements.
G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system.
H. Connections and tie-ins to existing piping systems shall be coordinated with the
■ Owner. The Mechanical Contractor is responsible for draining, flushing, re-filling
and air removal of the existing system. System shall be fully restored and
operational.
3.3 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS
A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be
hydraulically tested as specified herein. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide
all equipment required to make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a
section at a time in order to facilitate the construction.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water
and bring the section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be
conducted before any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to
these tests shall be removed. Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently
calibrated with a dead weight tester.
C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the
system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not
exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in
the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the
" bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90% of specified minimum yield
strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for
•
Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping.
Mechanical 15600-19
..
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING
A. Drilling of all holes 2" diameter and smaller required for the installation of piping
and equipment shall be performed by the Mechanical Contractor. Cutting and *�
patching shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance with the
General Conditions. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner
and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for chases,
openings, etc. shall be checked by the Mechanical Contractor, and error due to
failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the
Mechanical Contractor, who shall make the corrections as his own expense.
B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and
walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for
pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located.
The Mechanical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of
hangers. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be
performed by the General Contractor.
C. As the work nears completion, all pipe cutting and threading, etc. shall be done in
a location approved by the Engineer.
D. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete
floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should use of such an area
be necessary,the Mechanical Contractor shall cover the working area with canvas
tarpaulins in an approved manner.
3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be
firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be
made with offsets or expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded
with sharp dies, reamed and burrs removed.
B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch
connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings.
Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers �.
as required for draining and venting.
C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred ..�
spaces, shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings.
Mechanical 15600-18
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
■
E. Commissioning
1. An authorized representative of the boiler or burner manufacturer shall
perform the initial start-up, final adjusting and testing of the burners and
controls in the presence of the Gas Inspector and the gas company
representative and the Owner's operating personnel.
2.11 INDIRECT FIRED WATER HEATERS
A. Water heaters shall be Heat Transfer Product "Superstor" Model SS-80, with first
hour rating of 300 gallons of water heated from 50 deg, F., with 10 gpm of 180
deg. F boiler water.
B. Tank shall be constructed of Type 316L stainless steel. Heat exchanger shall be
constructed of 90/10 Cupronickel.
C. Provide operating aquastat, T&P relief valve, and vacuum breaker for water
heater.
2.12 AERATORS
A. Furnish and install new aerators at all sinks and lavatories throughout the project.
Aerators shall be Pro Flue slotless dual thread type, 2 gpm flow at 60 psi.
2.13 EXHAUST FANS
A. All existing bathroom exhaust fans shall be replaced. New fans shall be Broan, or
equal, Model S130, exhausting 130 cfm with a sound level of 2.5 sones.
■ Reconnect to existing ductwork and electrical feed.
2.14 THERMOSTATIC VALVES
A. All existing non-electric thermostatic radiator valves shall be replaced with new
Honeywell-Braukmann V100 valves with T100 M controllers. There is one vlave
per apartment.
■
Mechanical 15600-17
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
3. The process of cleaning the boiler(s) shall include the use of a boil-out
compound of caustic soda or tri-sodium phosphate at the rate of one (1)
pound of either chemical per 50 gallons of total water in the system being
cleaned. This cleaning shall include boiler cleanout, surface blow-off, blow
down and a wash as directed and detailed in referenced instructions. +�
4. The process of cleaning the boiler(s) shall be repeated as often as necessary
and as directed by the Consulting Engineer to ensure that all mill scale, core
sand, rust, dirt and debris, cutting oils and thread sealers or any other
contaminants have sufficiently been eliminated from the boiler(s) and to
produce a condition of the boiler water that is clean and finally considered
acceptable to the Consulting Engineer.
5. All field tests after the boiler(s) have been installed and connected to the
system shall be limited to not more than 80 psi. Installing Contractor shall
furnish all equipment, piping, labor, staging, fittings, valves, hoses and
other materials and shall pay all required permits for inspection as may be
required to perform such tests as may be directed by these Contract
Documents and as required by the Consulting Engineer.
6. An initial hydrostatic pressure test of 120 PSI shall be conducted on each
boiler for a period of not less than 5 hours. Tests shall be of such duration
as necessary and as directed by the Consulting Engineer to ensure that the
boilers have been shipped, installed and piped correctly with no leaks or
other improper operating conditions. MW
7. Installing Contractor shall contact and notify the State Boiler Inspector
when the installation of the boiler(s), burners) and controls is substantially
complete. Installing Contractor shall request an inspection of the boilers to
be conducted by the State Boiler Inspector and to have a Certificate of
Inspection issued upon satisfactory inspection.
8. After receipt of Certificate of Inspection, Installing Contractor shall furnish
a suitable glass front frame in which to place said certificate. Frame, with
Inspection certificate inserted therein, shall then be placed on or posted in a
suitable location within the Boiler Room in which the new boilers have
been installed. �.
9. Installing Contractor shall guarantee the entire installation for a period of
one (1) year from the date of Owner acceptance and beneficial usage by the .�
Owner and date of final payment.
Mechanical 15600-16
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
b. On further call for heat, two position valve in supply
header opens, allowing boiler No. 2 to feed heating
system. Boiler No. 2 normally is dedicated to
domestic water heating, operating under its own
operating and high limit aquastat.
5. LED indication for:
a. "Power On"
b. "Heat Demand"
c. "Warm Weather Shutdown"
d. "Minimum Supply Water Temperature"
e. Stages energized "On"
f. Digital display of "Setpoint" and "Actual" supply water
temperature as well as "Target" supply water
temperature.
6. Pre-wired terminal strip; 24 Volt Transformer; Outdoor Air
temperature Sensor; Heat Starter for Warm Weather
shutdown, and System supply water temperature sensor.
7. In the event of outside air temperature sensor failure, control
system shall automatically calculate the outdoor air
temperature at minus 8 deg. F. Control system shall be
programmed to shut down the boilers before the supply water
temperature can reach a Maximum allowable supply water
temperature of 248 deg. F.
8. Controller shall be Tekmar Model No. 261.
9. Provide a SPDT relay for each controller, to covert controller
output(2-wire)to zone valve input(3-wire).
D. Boiler Construction/Installation
1. Rig each boiler into position in accordance with the manufacturers
instructions and recommendations. Boiler manufacturer shall provide the
services of a Representative to supervise the installing contractor with the
installation of each boiler. Upon site insertion of the packaged boiler
assemblies, the boiler manufacturer representative shall certify the proper
connection of each boiler before start-up.
2. After final connection, each boiler shall be thoroughly cleaned internally
following the manner described within the boiler manufacturers installation
instructions, or by ASME Section VI, either method acceptable by the
Engineer.
Mechanical 15600-15
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
C. Boiler Control System
1. Operating control for step firing the burners in sequence shall be purchased **�
and installed by the Contractor in accordance with the boiler and control
manufacturers and recommendations and with these Contract Documents.
a. The multiple burner and boiler sequence controller shall be capable
of either maintaining a constant supply water temperature or of reset
of Supply water temperature based on outside air temperature *"
compensation. Control system shall provide:
1. NEMA 250 Type 1 enclosure with cover. Micro-processor
based control shall sense supply water temperature, outside
air temperature and control the staging of each burner to
maintain setpoint water temperature. Burners shall be
automatically de-energized in warm weather at shutdown
setpoint. System pump shall be turned on whenever there is
a set-point demand and the outdoor air temperature is cool
enough to require heat in the system.
2. Adjustable setpoint(s) for minimum and setpoint water
supply temperature(s); boiler differential; heating curve
(reset ratio) and warm weather shutdown. Control shall have
a minimum supply water temperature setting to help prevent
flue gas condensation. During warm weather shutdown, the
system pump shall be cycled for 20 seconds every 3 days to
prevent seizure during long idle periods.
Provide Occupied/Unoccupied mode; Programmable 7-day
digital clock.
3. Rotate/no rotate switch. Control shall calculate time delay
between burner cycles and stages to prevent short cycling.
Options for rotating the burner firing sequence shall be based
upon run times with automatic rotation of burner operation to
even out wear on Burners, under which mode no boiler shall ,
accumulate more than 48 hours of run time more than any
other burner during rotate mode. With manual switch-over
(no-rotate) for fixed lead, regardless of run hours
accumulated. Display of accumulated run-hours per Burner
shall be accessed through the LED display.
4. Boiler operating sequence shall be as follows:
a. On call for heat, boiler No. 1 fires.
Mechanical 15600-14
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
5. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering
materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation
requirements.
2.9 CIRCULATING PUMPS (In Line Type)
A. The pumps shall be of the centrifugal in-line maintenance-free type, especially
designed and constructed for quiet operation. Capacity shall be as shown on the
Drawings. Pumps shall be all bronze .
B. Pumps shall be Bell & Gossett Model PL-3013, or equal.
2.10 BOILERIBURNER
■
A. Boileriburner shall be Utica Model MGB-200 with IBR net output of 143,500
Btu/hr when fired with natural gas. Provide boilers with all standard equipment,
less circulator, with interrupted electronic ignition pilot system.
B. Electrical Supply
s
1. All Boiler Room wiring from the main disconnect switch panel to Multiple
Boiler Control System, burner control panels, Primary Controls, Limits,
Operating controls, Gas Valves, switches and additional control devices
shall be furnished and installed under this section of the work.
2. An electrical thermal switch fused to break the ungrounded conductor in the
main circuit at 165 deg. F. Shall be installed in the main power line within
six (6') feet over the top of each burner. Fuse protection for the control
circuit shall be provided. A manually operated remote heating plant
shutdown switch shall be furnished and installed just outside the Boiler
Room door and shall be marked for easy identification. Shutdown
switch(es) must be wired to disconnect all power to the boiler controls.
3. All wiring for Boilers and Burners shall be rated for the maximum operating
temperature to which it may be exposed. All wiring between components
shall have copper conductors not less than 18 AWG and constructed in
accordance with the NEC/NFPA 70. All field installed cable, conduit,
junction boxes and the like shall be installed so as not to interfere with the
Boiler manufacturers recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures.
All wiring shall comply with the requirements of Section 16100.
Mechanical 15600-13
.o
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
,.
3. Cold Water(Plumbing)
.o
a. Pipe size up to 2 in.: 1/2 in.
2.8 PIPE AND FITTINGS *"
A. General
1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish
quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in
force.
2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each
and every length of pipe.
3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread
conforming to ANSI B2.1-1968.
4. Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with
ASME B31.1, or ASME B31.9, as applicable, for shop and project site
welding of piping work.
B. Application
1. Hot Water Supply and Return (Heating System): Type "L" copper with
wrought iron fittings.
2. Gas Piping: Type Schedule 40 black steel with malleable fittings.
3. Hot and Cold Water (Plumbing System): Type "L" hard copper with
wrought iron copper fittings, lead free/cadmium free solder.
C. Materials
1. Black Steel Pipe : ASTM A53, Al 06 or Al 20; except comply with ASTM
A53 or A106 where close coiling or bending is required.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3; plain or galvanized as
indicated. Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80.
3. Copper Tube: ASTM B88; Type as indicated for each service; hard-drawn
temper for water piping.
4. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B 16.22.
Mechanical 15600-12
■
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
2.7 INSULATION
A. Pipe Insulation
1. All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant
and shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed
rating not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U.L. 723.
Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to
these same fire retardant and smoke ratings.
s
2. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of
the pipe and circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends
* of insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets.
Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket
materials used on adjoining insulation.
3. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
■
4. Attention is called for to the fact that on all piping, oversized pipe hangers
shall be furnished and pipe insulation shall be applied continuous along
the pipe passing inside the hanger.
5. Pipe insulation shall be fiberglass insulation as manufactured by Gustin-
�, Bacon, Manville, or other approved equal with all service jacket.
6. All water piping shall be insulated with fiberglass pipe insulation, or
approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity
not to exceed .25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F.per hour at a mean temperature
of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as scheduled below.
�► The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly
together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be smoothly
secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive.
■
B. Insulation thickness shall be as follows:
1. Hot Chilled Water Supply and Return: (Heating System):
a. Pipe size 2 in. or less.
2. Hot Water(Plumbing)
a. Pipe size 2 in. or less: 1 in.
Mechanical 15600-11
so
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to
prevent galvanic corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for
tensile strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-
531 and shall be suitable for temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends
shall be threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to match adjacent piping. The •
metal parts of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1
percent of the galvanic current, which would exist with metal to metal contact.
2.5 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES AND VALVES
A. Air Vents: Air vents shall be provided where shown and at all other high points,
where shown or not. Vents shall be of the manual type and shall be full line size,
but in no case shall they be less than 2 in. steel pipe. Chambers shall be a
minimum of 12 in. high. Drain tubing shall be extended in such a manner that the
globe valve and end of drain line are readily accessible. Air vents for radiation
shall be installed in the return side of each loop of radiation before piping drops
down to return main. These vents to be key or screw type equal to Dole or Taco.
B. Furnish and install all temperature - pressure relief valves for all hot water heater
systems. All to be ASME rated and similar to that manufactured by WATTS.
C. Balancing valves shall be Taco "Circuit Setter", or equal, Model CS 100-T.
D. Zone valves shall be Taco Model 572, 1" sweat connection, capable of closing
against 65 feet of pump head, rated for 125 psig working pressure, for 3-wire ,
operation.
2.6 HANGERS ..
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson,
Fee & Mason, or equal. .«
B. For all suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or
less, 10' intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. .�
C. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper
plated or plastic coated.
D. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical.
runs of pipe not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over
12" from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run.
E. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping;
hangers to be installed outside pipe insulation.
Mechanical 15600-10
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
5. Ball Valves- Watts Series B-6001-SS-XH.
D. Water pressure reducing valves shall be Honeywell No. DO6G 1003, 1 %" size,
with gage tap. Furnish and install one PRV in the water service piping of each
building. Provide 3 valve by-pass and pressure gage at each valve.
2.2 THERMOMETERS
A. Thermometers shall be Moeller, Palmer, Taylor,Trerice or Weiss, equal to Taylor
30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass, red reading mercury, 9" scale
length, 2 deg. F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate
and fast response but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe
diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass,
monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging
extension when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable
angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal
operator's position.
B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following:
1. Hot water heating system: 25-240 deg. F.
2.3 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S. Gauge Company or Trerice equal to
Ashcroft "Quality" line gauges, Grade A, 1% accuracy. Each gauge shall be
installed with a pulsation damper (Ashcroft #1106B) and a brass lever handle
gauge cock(Ashcroft#1095).
B. Model number, size and range to be as follows:
1. Ashcroft - #1018, 3-1/2" dial, red tipped pointer with scale range such that
normal operating pressure is approximately at mid-scale.
2.4 UNIONS
A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the
system in which they are installed. In black steel piping systems, they shall be
200 lb. black malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832,
0834, 0835, 0836 or 0838. In copper and brass piping, they shall be 125 lb.
bronze or brass with ground joint.
B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb. raised face. Flanged
joints shall be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt
circle with graphite applied to both faces.
Mechanical 15600-9
00
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all
other Sections from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good
all damage thus caused. *"
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally
inspected, tested, and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and **
carefully store material and equipment received on site, which is not immediately
installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during
construction to prevent entry of obstructing or foreign material.
C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing,
protecting, setting in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied
under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising
special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include
the cost of replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or
damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the part of the
Mechanical Contractor.
D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather,
vehicles, dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical
or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 VALVES
A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below for special valves acid
shall be Crane, Watts, or Walworth manufacture based on the following Stockham ,w
valves. All ball valves shall be Watts.
B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, in general, solder cild
pattern, all bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 poLaids non--
shock water pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be gate valves,
manual vents are to be globe type. .e
C. Solder end valves are as follows:
1. Gate Valves - Stockham Figure B-109.
2. Globe Valves - Stockham 13-14T. •*
3. Check Valves - Stockham B-309.
.k
4. Drain Valves - Watts No. B-6000 ball valve with hose adapter, cap and
chain.
..
Mechanical 15600-8
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure
that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and
maintenance procedures. This Contractor shall videotape the instruction
procedures and deliver three (3) copies of the tape with the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals.
B. Furnish the Engineer, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the
words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and location
of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract
number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before
each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of
drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved
equivalent.
„ C. The manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item
of equipment.
3. Winter/summer changeover procedures.
4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
�► 5. Lubrication chart.
6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
7. Valve chart.
8. List of recommended spare parts.
' 9. Copies of all service contracts.
10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc.
11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well
as the local representative for each item of equipment.
1.16 PROTECTION
Mechanical 15600-7
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. Storage and Handling: The Mechanical Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect
his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which
may occur, shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Mechanical
Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until
the building is accepted by the Owner.
.0
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of
his Subcontract shall be provided by the Mechanical Contractor.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and
obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor
to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs,
plugs, sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the Mechanical Contractor.
1.13 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage
rooms, closets, and Mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically
noted otherwise on the Drawings.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an
exterior exposure above grade.
1.14 GUARANTEE
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work
in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and w
shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to
be defective during this period.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused
by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or
equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the *0
Engineer.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive Nook
maintenance shall be considered as being defective.
1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS s.
w
Mechanical 15600-6
sm
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of
his work.
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use
of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as
specified in Division 1.
1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall refer to all the Drawings'of interior details,
plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These
documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and
Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be
considered a part of the Subcontract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall
be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Mechanical Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling
measurements from the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all
offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Mechanical Contractor
shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his
work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps,
offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no
additional cost.
E. The Mechanical Contractor shall consult the Temperature Control and Balancing
Contractor to co-ordinate work of these trades and to have a full comprehension
of the work to be done as well as to determine the conditions affecting the
location and placement of all equipment and materials.
1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: The Mechanical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his
materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work
efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. Delivery and
storage of materials and equipment must be co-ordinated with the Owners
Physical Plant, and is limited to areas designated by the Owners.
Mechanical 15600-5
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests
secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be
conducted in accordance with the General Requirements.
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be
new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to
function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with
the same brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or
equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are
Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform
to their requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Mechanical Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or
Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to
be furnished on the project. In addition to the above, one (1) set of Shop
Drawings shall be submitted to the Owners Maintenance Department for review ,
and approval.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for
compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the
Engineer for review, making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor
from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract
Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings
shall remain with the Mechanical Contractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Contractor will be required to remove
such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as
directed by the Engineer.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS �^
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for
his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees
and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume
all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as
they relate to his part of the work.
Mechanical 15600-4
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
r
D. The Mechanical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other
trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all
information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of
support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Mechanical
Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc.,
hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In
case of failure on the part of the Mechanical Contractor to give proper information
as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such
failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only,
and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building
shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The
Mechanical Contractor shall lay out all his work at the site and be responsible for
the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor
for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes shall be
performed by the Contractor installing such items.
G. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his
work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good
such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of
the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating
apparatus shall be protected by suitable means.
H. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The Mechanical Contractor shall check the Plans and Specifications before
PA ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be
called to the attention of the Engineer before proceeding with the work.
J. Before submitting his bid, the Mechanical Contractor shall visit the site with the
Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all
conditions affecting his work since the Mechanical Contractor will be held
responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this
Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General
Requirements.
Mechanical 15600-3
00
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
11. Guarantee.
12. Instructions.
13. Demolition, removal from site and legal disposal of all existing heating and
plumbing systems and equipment, made obsolete by new construction.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing
Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where
provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess
of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern
unless the Engineer rules otherwise.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement
Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced
workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job.
He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper
and expeditious laying out of his work. *,
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to
the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions .�
exactly as if the Mechanical Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or
Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of
the Engineer after construction work begins.
C. The Mechanical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage
done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work
resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever;
and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by
the Mechanical Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Mechanical ^
Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by
the Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the
Contract for the work in question.
Mechanical 15600-2
COUNTRY LANE ESTATES
SECTION 15600- MECHANICAL
PART l - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts
of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect
work under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in
this Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of
this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work
under the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and
reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all Mechanical work specified
herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the
following;
1. Gas fired boiler/burners, with operating and safety controls.
2. Piping systems for hot water including pumps,valves, and specialties.
3. Indirect fired water heaters.
4. Insulation for piping and equipment.
5. Controls, including new non-electric thermostatic valves for all apartments.
6. Installation of and connection to equipment furnished by others.
7. Pressure reducing valves, for all water services.
k. 8. Exhaust fans.
9. Aerators,to be installed at all sinks and lavatories.
10. Water balance, tests, and start-up.
Mechanical 15600-1
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
Section 15450-Page 3
3. Standard Apartment Toilet: Gerber Aqua Saver Round Front Toilet, 1.6 gpf, 12"
rough in, reverse trap. Antisiphon ballcock, bolt caps, flush lever with Laurel
#5308.014 round front solid plastic seat and cover. w
4. Standard Tub: Bootz 5' long porcelain enamel on steel #2365; tub surrounds
Delta "Windsor", 3 piece WC wall kit, with real ceramic file appearance.
Waste and overflow: Gerber ABS model 41-610; Tub & shower valve: Delta
model 1343-C.
5. Standard Toilet: Gerber Aqua-Saver 21-702 with solid plastic seat sperzel
400R. Cold water stop Robert manufacturing model A56.
6. Kitchen sink: Dayton 22" x 25" Elite single sink model # DSE 12522, 20 ga
stainless steel with two wrist blade handle 8" kitchen faucet by Gerber, with
basket strainer#3YZ84
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
Section 15450-Page 2
2.01 ACCEPTABLE.MANUFACTURERS
A. Fixtures:American Standard, Kohler,Crane,Eljer.
• B. Fittings: Delta Moen,American Standard.
C. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance
" with Section 01630.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. At
completion thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screw driver stops,
reducers and escutcheons.
3.02 FIXTURES ROUGH-Ili SCHEDULE
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with following table of minimum
sizes or as required for particular fixtures.
s 1. Handicap Lavatory: American Standard Roxalyn Model No. 0195.222 Vitreous
china, white, 1-1/4"trap. Bracket#485742-600; Bowl size 24"x 20"with 2"
spacers from wall 4"centers. Faucet American Standard 7516.172 gooseneck
with aerator and 4" wrist blade handles. Chrome plated strainer. Neatly insulate
hot water and drain lines with PVC gray flexible gooseneck sleeving made for
the purpose.
2. Handicap Toilet: American Standard Cadet white vitreous china elongated
bowl, 1- 1/2 "top spud, 1.6 gal per flush model#3043.102, with solid plastic
seat Church 995000,with Sloan Royal#I I I flush valve. Valve handle on wide
side of stall at community building.
2a. Handiap Apartment Toilet: same as #2 but with Laurel #5311.012 elongated
front solid plastic seat and cover.
■
Standard Apartment Lavatory: Premier Alpine White two door vanity of high
gloss MDR, high gloss laminate finish, polished brass hardware, with Premier
marbelized white cultured marble vanity tops having swirl pattern with gerber 4"
centerset two handle lavatory faucet, wrist blade handles, polished chrome
finish, 2 gpm aerator and popup drain.
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
Section 15450-Page 1
SECTION 15450
PLUMBING FDCTURES AND TRIM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Plumbing fixtures and trim.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15400: Plumbing Systems
B. Section 15100: Valves,Cocks, and Faucets.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions in accordance with
Section 01340
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide new fixtures, free from flows and blemishes with finished surfaces clear,
smooth, and bright.
B. Provide approved plumbing fittings. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories shall .A
be heavily chrome plated.
C. Fixtures shall be product on one manufacturer. Fittings of same type shall be product A*
on one manufacturer.
D. Protect fixtures against use and damage during construction. im
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Check millwork shop drawings. Conform location and size of fixtures and openings
before rough-in and installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
M Section 15400 -Page 1
Section 15400
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Cleanouts.
B. Sanitary waste and vent service connections.
C. Water service connections.
D. Storm drainage system.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15060: Pipe and Pipe Fittings.
B. Section 15450: Plumbing Fixtures and Trim.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT ACCESS COVERS
A. Provide caulked or threaded type extended to finished floor or wall
surface. Provide bolted coverplate cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders
only.Ensure ample clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
B. Floor Cleanout access covers in unfinished areas. Round with nickel
bronze scored frames and plates. Provide (square)access covers in
finished areas with depressed center section to accommodate floor finish.
Wall cleanouts to have chrome plated caps.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil.Prior
to building turnover remove cleanout plugs,relubricate and re-install
using only enough force to ensure permanent leakproof joint.
B. Slope drains and vents according to code.
End of Section
Piping and Equipment Insulation
Section 15252 -Page 3
Piping or Equipment Rim Sizes Insulation Thickness
inches(mm) inches(mm)
Domestic cold water up to 2 (51): 1/2"
Piping over 2 (5 1) 1"
Domestic hot water up to 1 (25) 1/2"
Piping and heating piping over 2 (5 1) 1"
40
End of Section
.m
AS
,..E
am
«W
Piping and Equipment Insulation
w Section 15252 -Page 2
PVC Z tape along the circumferential edges. Extend tape over adjacent
insulation with overlap on itself of at least 2 inches. All tacks and staples
shall be finished with white finish. K valve maximum 0.24 BTU/inch/sq.
ft./degree F./hr.
2.03 Type B: Armstrong white self-seal Armaflex 2000 pipe insulation, 25/50
rated flexible,closed-cell elastomeric thermal insulation,pre-slit with
pressure sensitive adhesive for closure and vapor sealing of longitudinal
" joints. Secure butt ends and longitudinal joints with Armstrong 520
adhesive. Fitting covers shall be fabricated from miter cut self-seal
Armaflex 2000 tubing. Fabricate miter cut fitting covers and assemble
with Armstrong 520 white adhesive. All joints and miter cuts to be sealed
with 520 white adhesive. K-value maximum 0.28 BTU/inch/sq. ft./degree
F_/hr.
Part 3 Execution
s
3.01 Preparation
A. Do not install covering before piping and equipment has been tested and
approved.
�► B. Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is
dry before and during application. Finish with systems at operating
conditions.
3.02 Installation
A. Ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls. Pack around pipes
with fireproof self-supporting insulation material, fully sealed.
B. Insulate fittings and valves. Do not insulate unions, flanges, strainers,
flexible connections, and expansion joints. Terminate insulation neatly
with plastic material trawled on bevel.
C. Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports,and other protrusions.
D. Locate insulation or cover seams in least visible location.
E. Hot Piping: Cover fittings and valves with equivalent thickness of
insulation material. Recover. For exposed fittings and valves, apply
hydraulic setting cement paste over insulating material before applying
canvas recovering.
3.03 Insulation Thickness Schedule
Piping and Equipment Insulation
Section 15252 -Page 1 ..
Section 15252
Piping and Equipment Insulation
Part 1 General
w
1.01 Work Included
A. Piping Insulation
1. All new hot and cold water piping
2. All new heating supply and return piping
3. All exposed hot and cold water and heating piping in basements
1.02 Project Conditions w
A. Deliver material to project site in original non broken factory packaging,
labeled with manufacturer's density and thickness.
B. Perform work at ambient and equipment temperatures as recommended.by
the adhesive manufacturer. .�
Part 2 Products
2.01 Acceptable manufacturers
A. Hot water piping and heating piping-type A
1. Owens Corning 1"thick
2. Certain Teed
3. John Manville
4. Knauf
5. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630
B. Cold water piping-Type B
1. ArmaFlex 1/2"thick
2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630
2.02 Type A: Owens Corning fiberglass ASJ heavy duty resin bonded
inorganic glass,all service jacket with longitudinal laps sealed with
staples. Turn all laps away from normal view. Circumferential joints shall
be sealed with self sealing butt strips. Valves and fittings shall be
insulated with Zeston Hi-Lo temperature insulation of thickness equal to
adjacent piping and covered with Zeston 2000 PVC fitting covers, 25/50
rated, secured in place with tacking and finished with pressure sensitive
Valves,Cocks and Faucets
Section 15 100-Page2
C. Solder or screw to solder adapters for copper tubing.
2.03 Ball Valves
A. Bronze,90 degress quick action with stop snugseal,solder or screwed ends,
2.04 Globe or Angle Valves
A. Bronze, rising stem inside screw,renewable composition disc,solder or
screwed ends.
B. For washing machines,in 'C' Buildings use Watts Model#2 for
combination hot and cold water shut offs.
2.05 Check Valves
A. Bronze composition stop with nipple and cap or hose thread.
2.06 Pressure Ratings
A. Unless otherwise indicated, use valves suitable for 125 minimum psig WSP
and 450 degrees F.
2.07 Valve Operators
A. Provide suitable handwheels for gate,globe,or angle,and drain valves.
PART 3 Execution
3-01 Installation of new valves for each new plumbing fixture installed or existing
fixture removed and replaced.
A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted.
B. Install ball valves for shut-off and isolating service,to isolate equipment,part
of systems of vertical risers. Install boiler drains at each such location.
C. Install globe or angle valves for throttling service and control device. Install
anti-siphon spigots with loose key stops.
D. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and
apparatus-
End of Section
Valves,Cocks and Faucets
Section 15100-Pagel
Section 15100
Valves, Cocks and Faucets
PART 1 General *"
1.01 Work Included
A. Ball valves
B. Globe or angle valves
C. Check valves
D. Drain valves
E. Stop and waste valves
1.02 Related Work
A. Section 15060: Pipe and Pipe Fittings
1.03 Shop Drawings
A. Submit copies of valve ordering schedule for approval before ordering valves. .�
B. Submit detailed shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340. Clearly
indicate make, model, location,type, size and pressure rating=
PART 2 Products
A*
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. .r
B. Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked
on outside of body.
2.02 Valve Connections Not
A. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe
joints. Use pipe size valves. +�
B. Thread pipe sizes 2"and smaller.
go
Supports,Anchors and Seals
Section 15090 -Page 2
B. Size large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for
■ continuous insulation.
PART 3 Execution
3.01 Pipe Hangers and Supports
A. Support horizontal steel and copper piping as follows:
Nominal Pipe Distance between Hanger Rod
Size(inches) Support (feet) Diameter(inches)
1/2 6 3/8
3/4 to 1-1/2 6 3/8
2 and 2-1/2 10 3/8
B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch clear space between finished
covering and adjacent work.
C. Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow.
.� D. Use hangers which are vertically adjustable 1-1/2 inch minimum after piping
is erected.
E. Where practical support riser piping independently of connected horizontal
piping.
3.03 Sleeves
A. Set sleeves in position in advance of concrete work Provide suitable
reinforcing around sleeves.
B. Extend sleeves through potentially wet floors one inch above finished floor
level. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate.
C. Where piping or ductwork passes through floor,ceiling or wall close off space
between pipe or duct and construction wuith non-combustable insulation.
Provide tight fitting metal caps on both sides and caulk.
D. Install chrome plated escutcheons where piping passes through finished
surfaces.
End of Section
Supports,Anchors and Seals
Section 15090-Page 1
Supports,Anchors and Seals
Section 15090 •
PART 1 General
1.01 Work Included
A. Pipe hangers and supports
1.02 Related Work
MO
A. Section 15060: Pipe and Pipe Fittings
1.03 Reference Standards
A. Pipe Supports: ANSI B31.1 Power Piping
B. Duct Hangers: SMACNA Duct Mnauals
PART 2 Products
2.01 Pipe Hangers and Suppoets MM
A. Hangers: Pipe sizes 1/2 inch to 1 -1/2 inch: adjustable wroght steel ring.
B. Hanagers: Pipe sizes 2 inches to 4 inches,adjustable wroght steel clevis.
C. Wall Support: Cast iron hook '"
D. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp
E. Design hangers to impeded disengagement by movement of supported pipe.
F. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping or provide sheet
lead packing between hanger or support and piping
2.02 Hanger Rods
A. Provide steel hanger rods,htreaded both ends,threaded one end,or
continuous threaded.
2.03 Sleeves ,.
A. Pipes through floors: Form with 18 gage(1.20mm)galvanized steel.
Pipe&Pipe Fittings
Section 15060-Page 2
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipes and tubes. Clean off scale and dirt, inside and outside,before
assembly. Remove welding slag or other foreign material from piping.
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Vents to structure according to Mass Plumbing Code.
B. Joints for cast iron bell and spigot pipe: (neoprene gasketing system).
Joints for plain end pipe:Gasket and clamp type mechanical fastener.
3.03 ROUTE AND GRADES
A
A. Route piping in.orderly manner and maintain proper grades. Install to
conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of space.
Conceal all pipes where possible. Paint to match background otherwise.
Run exposed piping parallel to walls. Group piping whenever practical at
common elevations. Install concealed pipes close to building structure to
keep furring to a minimum.
B. Grade horizontal drainage piping minimum 1/4 inch per foot(1/48)
minimum.
C. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing
pipe or equipment connected.
■
End of Section
Pipe&Pipe Fittings
Section 15060-Page 1
Section 15060 •
Pipe&Pipe Fittings
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Sanitary drainage
.M
B. Hot and cold water piping
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15450: Plumbing Fixtures and Trim ..
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
Service
Sanitary Drainage inside building Cast Iron, Service Weight
Storm Drainage inside building Cast Iron, Service Weight
Sanitary Vents Cast Iron or DWV Copper
Hot and Cold Water Type L Copper Mw
2.02 FITTINGS
Service MdAfAd bid
Sanitary Drainage Cast Iron Lead and Oakum or resilient
gasketjoint
Storm Drainage Cast Iron Neoprene No-hub connector
Sanitary Vents DWV Co ««
PPS 95-5 Solder
or Cast Iron Lead&Oakum or
Neoprene Gasket
Hot& Cold Water Wrought Copper Non-lead Solder
..
Mw
Plumbing(Basic Methods and Requirements)
Section 15050-Page 3
C. This Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his material to the
building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to
avoid delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.07 PROTECTION OF WORK
A. This Contractor shall fully protect his work and materials from injury or
loss to others at all times; any injury or loss which may occur shall be
made good without additional expense to Owner.
B. All waste and broken material resulting from the work of this Section
shall be removed by this Contractor on a daily basis.
1.08 PERMITS AND FEES
A. This Contractor shall be required to secure all permits and pay all fees and
charges incidental to the proper execution of this work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TEMPORARY LIGHT,POWER AND WATER
A. Light&power already exist in the building. Connections may be made
by sub-contractors as needed in the performance of their work.
3.02 TEMPORARY TOILETS
A. Contractor may use Owner's designated toilets. Keep clean or pay Owner
to clean.
END OF SECTION
r
Plumbing(Basic Methods and Requirements)
Section 15050-Page 2
1. Where any provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with
any codes,rules or regulations,the latter shall govern.Notify
Architect/Engineer prior to bidding.
2. Where the Contract Documents are in excess of applicable codes,
rules or regulations,the Contract provisions shall govern unless
otherwise directed the Architect.
1.04 LAYOUT OF WORK
A. All work shown on the Drawings is diagrammatic only and indicates the "
minimum requirements of this work.
B. This Contractor shall lay all work and be responsible for same:All
overhead piping shall be laid out so as to obtain maximum headroom.
C. This Contractor shall give full information to all other trades, sufficiently
in advance of the work,pertaining to sizes,location, means of support
and the like.
D. This Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other
trades to the fullest extent, so as to best expedite the entire project.
1.05 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to mutually explain each
other and any work called for or reasonably implied in either shall be
executed as called for or reasonably implied in both.
B. This Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements
from the drawings.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials used under this Section of the specifications shall be new
and the best product of the manufacturer,without defect and designed to .
function properly in that portion of work for which they are intended.
B. This Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced tradesmen, ,.
thoroughly experienced in the installation of all materials specified under
this Section of the Specifications and able to work in harmony with all
other tradesmen employed on the project.
..
Plumbing(Basic Methods and Requirements)
Section 15050-Page I
Section 15050
■ PLUMBING (BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and
applicable parts of Division 1 as part of this Section.
B. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by the
work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady
progress of all work under this Section.
■
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work referred to under this Section includes all labor,materials and
equipment and transportation for the satisfactory installation and
completion of all work referred to herein and/or as may be shown on the
contract drawings and not specifically mentioned in this Section.
B. The following schedule is part,but not necessarily all inclusive,of the
items in this Section of the Contract:
1. Attachments to existing system of sanitary,waste,and vent piping
as shown, and minor demolition&removal.
2. Furnishing and installing all plumbing fixtures and trim as shown
on the fixture schedule in the Contract Drawings. Relocation of
certain fixtures and trim.
3. Attachments to existing system of domestic hot water and cold
water piping including all pipe, fittings and valves. With pipe
insulation as shown on the Contract Drawings to each and every
fixture or service requiring same.
1.03 CODES, STANDARDS AND ORDINANCES
A. All work shall conform to the requirements of all codes and regulations
governing such work, as may be required by local and State ordinances.
Follow Commonwealth of Massachusetts Plumbing and Gas Code and
Mass Building Code.
Appliances
Section 11400 -Page 2
C. Gas Range: Whirlpool#SF 3020EKW,4.5 cu. ft. oven, standard clean oven,
flush cabinet,four sealed 9500 BTU burners, steel wire grates,electronic
ignition,drop down boiler, knob controls,2 oven racks, 5 positions. 29.88"w M
x25"dx36"h, 120 v,60 Hz, 10 amp,A.C.
D. Washer: Hotpoint #WVR 1040T with watts#2 double shutoff,new 1/2' hot **
and cold water supply 1-1/2"waste and vent, I IOv electric,front load.
E. Dryer: Hotpoint#HVLR 333ET with 4"vent to outdoors with spring loaded
damper and weather head,220v electric supply.
PART 3 Execution
3.01 Installation
A. Install new units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Electrical and plumbing filed sub-contractors to make final electrical and
plumbing connections.
End of Section
MW
..
M
.o
s
Appliances
Section 11400 -Page 1
Appliances
A Section 11400
PART 1 General
■
1_01 Work Included
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Furnish and install kitchen appliances as specified.
2. Furnish and install laundry equipment as specified.
1.02 Related Work
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions,Special Conditions,
and General Requirements.
B. Section 17000: Replacement Log
C. Section 15400: Plumbing, General Provisions
■
D. Section 16001: Electrical General Provisions
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit product data and shop drawings of layout in accordance with section
01340.
PART 2 Products
A. Dishwasher: Whirlpool DuraWash, 5 cycle, pots and pans cycle,air/heat dry
option,high temperature wash option,custom silverware basket,high side
upper and lower rack,rinse aid dispenser with Signal Eye Indicator custom
sound pack 23.88"w x 24" deep x 33.88"high, 120 volt, 60 hz A.C. 15 or 20
amp.
B. Refrigerator: Whirlpool#ET8FTEXKT, 18.2 cu. ft.with top mount freezer,
energy start feature,Accuchill, adjustable spill guard glass shelves,2 crispers,
meat pan, door shelves,les site maker,dual temperature control. 65.5"high x
29.5"wide x 31.38"deep including handles, 115v, 60 Hz, A.C. 15 amp
�, grounded outlet.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Section 10800-Page 3
B. Before starting work, notify Architect in writing of any conflicts detrimental to
installation or operation of units.
C. Verify with Architect exact location of accessories.
3.02 INSTALLATION UNDER FINISH CARPENTRY-SECTION 06200 ,.
A. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions.
B. Install true,plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.
C. Use tamperproof fasteners.
D. Contractor to cooperate and work with all other contractors who will be working on
this project.
E. Each toilet to have minimum requirements of each accessory required by Building
Codes. Barrier-free heights, sizes, locations according to Code.
F. Remove all cartons and debris from site.
G. Install all toilet accessories at heights according to Code and as recommended by the
toilet accessory manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
MW
W"
■
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Section 10800-Page 2
B. Pack in a manner to protect accessories and their finish.
■
1.06 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
" General Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCESSORIES
A. The toilet accessories shall be manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.,
Watrous, Inc.,A& J Washroom Equipment, Inc., or equal. The accessories consist of
the following items:
1. Toilet Paper Dispenser: ASI #7402 - S, Type 304 Stainless Steel, chrome
plated spindles, recessed mount. One at each toilet.
2. Paper Towel Dispenser. Reuse existing in community room.
3. Standard Mirror: Bobrick B-165 18" x 36" frame type 304 stainless steel one
price with No. I quality 1/4" plate glass. Shock absorbing mirror back. One at
handicap lavatory in community room.
4. Apartment mirrors: Framless 1/4"plate glass mirror 36"high x maximum width
to one foot interval mounted with mirror mastic.
5. Soap Dispenser: ASI#0343, lockable, one piece seamless flange, stainless steel
piano hinged door,40 fl. oz. capacity. One at each lavatory in community room.
6. Grab bars B5507 x 42" 1-1/4"diameter peened grip,type 304 stainless steel,
concealed fasteners. Two at each handicap toilet.
7. Medicine cabinet: 36" to to 48" long x 8" high x 6" deep. Aluminum frame
with sliding mirror doors at each handicap apartment.
8. Medicine Cabinet: A.S.I. #8338 baked enamel, 2 shelves, mirror face door, size
14-1/4"x 20"x 4-3/4"
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building-in.
Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
w
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Section 10800-Page 1
SECTION 10800
TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Supply toilet accessories listed herein where shown on the Contract Drawings.
Accessories will be installed under Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry.
Accessories for handicap bathrooms in four apartments and community room.
2. Supply all attachment and miscellaneous hardware.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A_ ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and
Strip.
B. ASTM A366 -Cold Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets,Commercial Quality.
1.03 PRODUCT DATA ..
A. Submit manufacturer`s product data in accordance with the General.Conditions.
MW
B. Data to illustrate each accessory to show installation method.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING "M
A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are MW
ready to receive them.
B. Pack in a manner to protect accessories and their finish. owl
1.05 PROTECTION
OW
A. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during
installation of work of this Section.
Am
a
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 6
1. Paint Finish: One complete coat alkyd white primer, manufacturer's best quality
2. Paint Finish: Two complete coats alkyd enamel finish coat, manufacturer's best
quality,pale yellow to match existing. Glidden DS 9500
B. Wood Doors:
1. Exterior same as above
2. New interior doors in community building, 3 coats varnish.
3.07 NEW AND EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Carefully examine all existing surfaces prior to selecting the sub-finish (primer) and
finish coats. Paints listed per surface finishes are suggested coats. if number of
coats does not cover, additional coats will be required at no additional cost to the
Owner.
3.08 COLOR SCHEDULE
A. Interior: Walls,ceilings and baseboards 1250-1020 Antique White(flat)
Trim: 1434- 1020 Antique White(low luster)
1110- 1200 Jammer (smoke damage,water marks, ink,sealing floors for pet
damage)
w
B. Exterior: DS 9500 match new vinyl siding color under decks
END OF SECTION
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 5
A. Apply each coat at proper consistency.
B. Each coat of paint is to be slightly darker than proceeding coat unless otherwise
approved by Architect.
C. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. •
D. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry.
E. Allow each coat of finish to dry before following coat is applied unless directed
otherwise by the manufacturer.
F. Where clear finishes are required, ensure tint fillers match wood Work fillers well
into the grain before set. Wipe excess from the surfaces.
G. Back-prime interior woodwork which is to receive paint or enamel finish with enamel
undercoated paint.
H. Prime top and bottom edges of wood doors with two (2) coats of varnish when they
are to receive a stain or clear finish.
3.04 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from
location and paint separately.
B. Finish paint-primed equipment to color-selected(new and existing).
C. Paint exposed new and existing conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished
areas. Color and texture to match adjacent surfaces.
3.05 CLEANING
A. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled,
splashed or spattered. Aw
B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of
tools,equipment, surplus materials and debris.
C. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean to the satisfaction of the
Architect.
3.06 PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE (EXTERIOR) -NEW AND EXISTING
A. Wood:
sk
so
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 4
A. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencement of
work. Report in writing to Architect any condition that may potentially affect proper
application. Do not commence until such defects have been corrected.
B. Correct defects and deficiencies in surfaces which may adversely affect work of this
Section.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach.
Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry completely.
B. Remove contamination from gypsum wallboard surfaces and prime to show defects, if
any. Paint after defects have been remedied-
C. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, powder and other foreign matter from concrete and
concrete block surfaces which are to be painted Remove oil and grease with a
solution of tri-sodium phosphate, rinse well and allow to thoroughly dry.
D. Fill hairline cracks, small holes and imperfections on plaster surfaces with patching
plaster. Smooth off to match adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali
surfaces where they occur.
E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel and iron surfaces_ Where heavy
coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other
necessary method Ensure steel surfaces are satisfactory before paint finishing.
F. Clean unprimed steel surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of
phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned.
Prime surfaces to indicate defects, if any. Paint after defects have been remedied.
G. Sand and scrape shop-primed steel surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather
out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent.
Prime bare steel surfaces.
H. Wipe dust and grit from miscellaneous wood items and millwork prior to priming.
Spot-coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and
cracks after primer has dried and sand between coats. Back-prime interior and
exterior woodwork.
I. Prepare for new finish, existing painted and varnished surfaces of trim, door frames,
base, walls, ceilings and miscellaneous wood, plaster, steel and miscellaneous metal
finishes..
3.03 APPLICATIONS
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 3
completion of work in each area. Do not use solvent to clean hardware that may
remove permanent lacquer finish.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's literature and color charts in accordance with Section 01340.
1.06 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
B. Section 01015: Alternates
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Glidden Paint
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Paint, Varnish, Stain, Enamel, Lacquer and Fillers: Type and brand listed herein or �.
equivalent products approved by Architect.
B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not
specifically indicated herein, but required to achieve the finishes specified, are to be
of high quality and approved manufacturer.
C. Paints: Ready-mixed except field-catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground
maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed
to a complete, homogeneous mixture. 4W
D. Paints are to have good flowing and brushing properties, and are to be capable of
drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
E. All paint is to be compatible with existing finishes and new finishes. Prepare existing
surfaces according to manufacturer's specifications for refinishing of surfaces to be ..
painted-
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 2
A. Deliver paint materials in sealed, original, labeled containers bearing manufacturer's
name,type of paint,brand name, color designation and instructions for mixing and/or
reducing.
B. Provide adequate storage facilities. Store paint materials at minimum ambient
temperature of 45 degrees F. in well-ventilated areas.
C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustions.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not
apply finishes unless moisture contents of surfaces are below following maximums:
1. Plaster and gypsum Wallboard: 12%.
2. Masonry,Concrete and Concrete Block: 12%.
3. Interior Located Wood: 15%.
■
B. Ensure surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40 degrees F.
before applying finishes. Minimum application temperature for latex paints for
interior work is 45 degrees F. and 50 degrees F. for exterior work. Minimum
application temperature for varnish.finishes is 65 degrees F.
■ C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain
temperature above 45 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after
application of finishes.
D. Provide minimum 15 foot candles of lighting on surfaces to be finished.
1.04 PROTECTION
A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage_ Repair damage as a result
of inadequate or unsuitable protection.
B. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or
droppings from fouling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within
storage and preparation area.
C. Place cotton waste, cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed
metal containers and remove daily from site.
D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting
operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on
PAINTING
Section 09900-Page 1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART i GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, materials, service, equipment and transportation required to
complete all painting work indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein,or both.
B. Paint community room and community room bathrooms, handicapped units and other
units as shown on replacement log schedule.
C. Paint wood and steel doors and frames being replaced. ,
D. Wire brushing,touch up primer and one complete coat of paint at rear steel balconies.
1.02 MOCK-UP
A. Before proceeding with paint application, finish one (1) complete surface of each
scheme required, clearly indicating selected colors, finish, texture, materials and
workmanship.
B. If approved, sample area will serve as a minimum standard for work throughout each
individual surface sampled.
1.03 SCAFFOLDING AND MECHANICAL HOISTING
A. Provide all required scaffolding and mechanical hoisting to complete the scope of
work of this Section.
1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Leave on premises, where directed by the Owner, not less than one(1)gallon of each W
color used.
B. Containers to be tightly sealed and dearly labeled for identification. W.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
CARPET
Section 09690-Page 7
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Carpeting,materials, installation and workmanship shall be inspected by the
Architect before the Carpet Subcontractor leaves the job site.
■
B. Make written request for inspection at least ten(10)days before completion of
carpet installation work.
■
C. Correct all defects in materials and workmanship listed by the Architect during
inspection.
D. Approval of carpet installation will be given only after all such defects have
been corrected.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Make all necessary repairs including lifting and complete re-laying of any area,
if required, after initial installation.
B. The time of such work shall be when directed by the Owner,but within one(1)
year after completion of initial installation.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove from the job site all
rubbish, debris,wrapping paper and waste caused by the work of this Section.
B. Remove all loose threads with sharp scissors and clean carpet with a strong
vacuum cleaner.
C. Remove all,spots or stains on carpeting with a spot remover approved and
recommended by carpet manufacturer. All carpeting which has spots or stains
that cannot be removed to the satisfaction of Architect shall be removed and
replaced with new carpeting.
D. Owner shall view all carpet scraps and be allowed to retain any he chooses to
keep for future maintenance work. All carpet scraps not to be retained by
Owner shall be removed from the job site.
E. All damage to surfaces caused by carpet manufacturer shall be repaired to the
Architect's satisfaction without additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
w
CARPET
Section 09690-Page 6
B. Vacuum substrates of all dust and dirt before installing carpet and accessories.
w
3.02 INSTALLATION OF CARPET
A. Lay out rolls of carpet full for Architect's approval. Check matching of carpet *�
before cutting and ensure there is no visible variation between dye lots.
B. Cut carpet,where required,in a manner to allow proper seam and pattern
match. Ensure cuts are straight and true and unframed. Where possible and
practical,locate seams in areas of least amount of traffic. Perpendicular seams
at doorways will not be permitted.
C. Join seams in recommended manner so as not to-detract from the appearance
of the carpet installation and decrease its life expectancy. Ensure seams are
straight,not overlapped or peaked,and free of gaps.
1. All selvage edges must be removed. All cuts must be made of a 15 degree
angle with surface yams extending outward over backing material.
2. A bead of non-flammable latex carpet seam adhesive shall be applied to all
cut edges before seams are made.
D. Lay carpet on floors with run of the pile in same direction of anticipated
traffic. Do not change run of pile in any one room or from one room to next.
E. Carpet shall be stretched over pad and anchored to tackless strip.
F. Allow 1/4"between tackless strip and base to tuck carpet in.
G. Entire carpet installation shall be laid tight and flat,and present a uniform
appearance. Ensure monolithic color, pattern and texture match within any
one area.
K Carpeting shall run under all open-bottom items,such as heating convectors,
and shall be installed tight against columns,walls and cabinets so that all
portions of the floor area are covered with carpet. Carpeting shall be installed
around all floor outlets and similar obstructions. Show on shop drawings all
obstructions which affect carpet installation. Report to Architect obstructions
subsequently installed.
I. Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full
length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be ,.
avoided, butt ends tight and flush. Secure latex carpet edges with vinyl edge
protector and double application of contact adhesive.
CARPET
Section 09690 -Page 5
Except where noted as a minimum or maximum,the above specifications are
nominal and,therefore,are subject to change and to normal manufacturing
variance.
2.03 CARPET ACCESSORIES
A. Installation and materials shall conform with the quality, function, and
substance of the products listed below. The Architect/Owner will be the sole
judge of the quality of materials to be used on the project.
B. Carpet pad
1. Non toxic. Shaws G and M or equal 7/16",6 pound rebond pad
2. For all slabs below grade use 40 oz synthetic pad.
C. Edge:Vinyl Carpet Edge Protector. Style plus color to
be selected by Architect/Owner.
D. Tackless strip: 1/4"x 1", 3 ply wood strip with double row of tacks at 1-1/2"
o.c. protruding 1/4"and 3/4"nails 5"o.c.
E. Miscellaneous:Provide all other materials and accessories required for a
complete job.
■ PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Examine all surfaces to receive carpet and report to the Contractor any
surfaces that are not acceptable. Carpet installation shall not start until such
defects are corrected. Start of carpet work shall constitute acceptance of
substrate.
1. Ensure that floors are clean of solvents,oils,grease,paint,plaster and other
substances which would be detrimental to the proper performance of
adhesive and carpet.
2. Ensure concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit
neutrality relative to acidity and alkalinity.
3. Use an approved cementitious filler to patch cracks, small holes and for
leveling.
4. Remove existing finishes and dispose of debris.
CARPET
Section 09690 -Page 4
Fiber Content: 100%solution GESBCF nylon by Shaw Industries
with Florsept antimicrobial and S.S.P.
Tufted Yarn Weight: 28.0 oz/sq. yd.
Tufted Pile Height .187 inch
Finished Pile Thickness .123 inch
Total Thickness: .315 inches *
Gauge: 1/10
Stitches Per Inch 8 .6
Primary Backing Polypropylene
Secondary Backing Softbac
Total Weight: 66.5 oz/sq.yd.
Density 8195 oz/cubic yard
Weight Density 229,460
Coefficient of Friction .67
Stock Colors: 12 Solution Dyed
Applications: Contract
Basic End Use Retail, Office, Institutional,Healthcare
Special Features: Permanent color retention,permanent antistat,
antimicrobial protection, Shaw soil protection,
tufted pattern repeat- 13/32"W x 30132"L
Product Data
Flammability:
Pill Test: (Doc FF1 - 70) Pass
Radient Panel (Direct Glue) •.
ASTM: E-648: ClassI
NBS Smoke Density: (ASTM E-662)
Flaming Mode: less than 450 at 4 minutes less than 300.
Non-Flaming Mode: less tha 450 at 4 minutes less than 300
Static:
AATCC-134 less than 3.5 KV
Type Static Control: Permanent conductive fiber
Electrical Resistance: (NFPA 99)
Burroughs Method: N/A
IBM Method: N/A
FHA Data UM44D: MEA 77169
Type I and RA
Class: 1 and 2
Warranties: 10 year quality assurance warranty
CARPET
Section 09690-Page 3
Style: Collaborator
Style Number 50337
Tufted Yam Weight 28 oz.
Fiber 10% Solution GESBCF nylon with SSP&FlorSept
antimicrobial
Dye Method Solution Dyed
Construction Textwood Loop
Tufted Pile Height .187 inch
Finished Pile Thickness .144 inch,total thickness .292 inches
Stitches Per Inch 9.8
Gauge 1/10
Primary Backing Polypropylene
Secondary Polypropylene
Width 12'
Density 7000 oz/cubic yard
Weight Density 196,000
Coefficient of Friction .71
Stock Colors Castle Roack 37700(darker), Yorkshire 37501 (lighter)
Warranties 10 yr Limited Commercial Wear Warranty
10 yr Colorfast Warranty
Carpet to be manufactured in 12' width.
2. Yam Colors:Carpet color shall be from the Manufacturees running line and
should be the same dye-lot throughout. In cases where dye method will require
more than one dye-lot,care must be taken to locate same dye series together.
Architect/Owner should be advised.
3. All carpet and pad shall have a Critical Radiant Flux of
0.45 W.CM 2 when tested in accordance with Floor Radiant Panel Test
ASTM-E648(NEPA-253). Pass Pill Test-DOC-FFI-70,and attain 450 or less
NBS Smoke Density Chamber(NFPA-258).
4. Written Warranties: Ten(10)year warranty,Class III extra heavy commercial
traffic; anti-shock warranty by manufacturer and 2 year material and
workmanship warranty by Contractor, Also 20 lb. tuftbind guarantee, 10 yr.
edge ravel guarantee, 10 year delamination warranty,color fast warranty.
B. Common hallway and community room carpet to be Ayers Hall U by
Philidelphia. SMcification Data
Style Name: Ayers Hall R
Style Number: 50396
Description: Graphic Patterned Loop
CARPET
Section 09690 -Page 2
F. Section 06200: Finish Carpentry
G. Section 09300: Tile
H. Section 09650: Resilient Flooring.
1.04 FIELD INSPECTION
A. Ensure sufficient lighting is provided for the installation and cleaning of
carpet.
B. The carpet installer shall measure all areas to receive carpet and verify in the
field their actual dimensions. Installer shall be responsible for proper
installation and fitting of all carpeting and accessories.
C. Field measure all work which must be accurately fitted to the construction,
including wall-to-wall dimensions, offsets,door locations and details,and all
other installed items.
D. Evaluate leaving or removing existing finishes to be covered,producing
finished,accepted results.
1.05 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Furnish an additional twenty four(24)square yards of the
required amount of carpeting and deliver it to the Owner for future
maintenance work. Cut pieces and scraps resulting from installation work
shall not be included as part of the maintenance materials furnished.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS °
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide carpet as manufactured by
one of the following, or equal:
1. Shaw Industries
2.02 CARPET
A. Apartment unit carpet shall be Collaborator#50337 by Shaw Industries,Inc.
P.O. Drawer 2128, Dalton, Georgia 30722-2128:
,A
CARPET
Section 09690 -Page 1
SECTION 09690
CARPET
PART I GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER PARTS OF THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Refer to Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, including
subdivision thereof, for requirements and conditions which may affect the
work of this Section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDES
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Removal of existing carpeting and pad-
2. Prepare surfaces to receive carpeting.
3. Furnish and install new pad.
4. Furnish and install carpet on floor surfaces where indicated using a
perimeter tackless strip method.
5. Provide edge strips where carpeting terminates at other flooring finishes.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special
Conditions and General Requirements
B. Section 01015: Alternates
C. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls-
Temporary heat for the installation of carpeting and protection of
completed carpeting in areas required to be open to traffic.
D. Section 02050: Demolition
„ E. Section 03001: Cast-In-Place-Concrete: Concrete floor slabs to receive
carpet.
Resilient Flooring
Section 09650 -Page 4
F. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent
floor finish is dissimilar.
G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates.
H. Scribe flooring to walls, cabinets and other appurtenances to produce tight
joints.
I. Provide and install base on all cabinets detailed on Drawings. •
3.04 INSTALLATION-BASE
A. Apply base to walls,columns,pilasters,casework and other permanent fixtures
in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as
practicable with preformed corner units,or fabricated from base materials with
mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout
length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical
surfaces
1. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along
top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive filler material.
B. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches
between joints. Use premolded sections for external and internal comers and
exposed ends.
C. Install straight and level to a maximum variation of plus or minus 1/8-inch
over 10 feet. �.
D. Install topset cove base after resilient flooring is installed. Install topless
straight base before carpeting is installed.
3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP
A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation.
B. Remove excess adhesive from floor,base and wall surfaces without damage.
C. Clean, seal and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. MW
D. Protect resilient flooring from damage by other trades or contractors.
END OF SECTION
.w
Resilient Flooring
Section 09650 -Page 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SITE AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
A. Ensure floor surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8 inch
in 10 feet. Beginning work means acceptance of substrate.
B. Ensure concrete floors are dry(maximum 7 percent moisture content)and
exhibit negative alkalinity,carbonization or dusting.
C. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F. air temperature at flooring installation area
" for 3 days prior to,during and for 24 hours after installation.
D. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow 3 days for material to
reach equal temperature as area.
3.02 LEVELING
A. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,joints, holes and
other defects with subfloor filler to level to maximum variation of 1/4 inch in
10 feet.
B. Clean floor and apply;trowel and float filler to leave smooth,flat,hard
surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured.
C. Prepare existing floors or removed existing surfaces to receive new tile.
3.03 INSTALLATION- VINYL TILE
A. Open floor tile cartons,enough to cover each area,and mix tile to ensure shade
variations do not occur within any one area.
B. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly and in quantity recommended by
manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only
enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set.
C. Set flooring in place; press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion.
D. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce
symmetrical tile pattern.
E. Install with minimum tile width one half(1/2)full size at room or area
perimeter,with pattern grain alternating with adjacent unit to produce
basketweave pattern.
Resilient Flooring
Section 09650 -Page 2
C. Submit 12"long samples of base,and reducer strips selected. 4" x 6"
1.05 EXTRA.MATERIAL
A. Deliver ten(10)square feet of each color and pattern of floor material required
for project, for maintenance use.
B. Clearly identify each box and roll.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
following, or equal: *'
1. Azrock Floor Products Division
2.02 FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS
A. Vinyl file shall conform to Federal Specification SS-T312B(1),Type IV,
Composition 1;vinyl composition(nonasbestos), 12 inch by 12 inch by 1/8 inch M&
gauge. ASTM F-1066, Azrock V-824 Sesame,Cortina colors,Color selected
by Owner.
B. Stair treads : American Floor Products Co.,Inc. Vinyl Dolphin Model KT773
curved nose. Replace all treads on all staircases.
2.03 ACCESSORIES/ADHESIVES/SEALERS
A. Rubber base shall be ribbed backed,0.125 inch gage thick,rounded top. all
bases shall be 4 inches high. See Room Finish Schedule. Rubber base for use
with resilient flooring or where sealed concrete is scheduled shall be topset .W
type cove base. Continuous roll stock.No 4 foot lengths will be accepted
Color to be selected by Architect.
.b
B. Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex;mix with water to produce cementitious
paste.
N
C. Primers and Adhesives:Asphaltic Waterproof,of types recommended by
resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material.
..
D. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean the new flooring prior to waxing.
E. Sealer and Wax: Type recommended by resilient flooring material
manufacturer for material type and location_ Contractor to install two(2)coats
of floor wax at completion of the project.
..
..
Resilient Flooring
Section 09650 -Page I
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART I GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER PARTS OF PROJECT MANUAL
A. Refer to Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, including
subdivisions thereof,for requirements and conditions which may affect the
work of this Section.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide all labor,equipment, materials and accessories,as specified herein, for
the complete installation of resilient flooring including,but not limited to:
1. Preparation of substrate surfaces,new and existing.
2. Application of vinyl tile in certain kitchens and bathrooms.
3. Application of vinyl tile in laundry areas vestibules, common corridors,
parts of community room, and community room toilets.
4. Application of rubber base, 4 inch, including base on cabinetwork
kickstops,and accessories as indicated on Drawings.
5. Cleaning and waxing of all new flooring.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions
and General Requirements.
B. Section 03001: Concrete - Finishing of concrete floor surfaces to receive
resilient flooring.
C. Section 06200:Finish Carpentry.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, Submittals, manufacturer's product
data for resilient flooring and all accessories including installation instructions.
B. Submit 12 inch by 12 inch sized samples of each flooring material color and
pattern selected
GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09260 -Page 3
E. Tape,apply three(3)coats joint compound,fill and sand exposed joints,edges,
corners,openings and finings to produce smooth surface ready to receive
surface finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so than camber is
maximum 1132-inch.
F. For non-exposed surfaces, finish may be fire-taped with one coat and all
fasteners may have one coat of joint compound.
G. Remove and redo defective work.
H. Provide acceptable flush finish over existing walls to allow acceptance of
paint.
END OF SECTION
ow
.a
MW
GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09260 -Page 2
A. Provide gypsum wallboard materials in accordance with recommendations of
GA 216.
B. Fire-Rated Gypsum Board:UL-rated, 5/8-inch thick, at firewalls, 1/2"
Ilk elsewhere,maximum permissible lengths, ends square cut,tapered edges. See
Drawings for locations.
C. For skim coat plaster surfaces provide and install blue board upside down,2
layers where required.
D. Spray Textured Ceilings:Fine spray texture at all drywall ceilings.
2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with GA 216.
B. Corner Beads: Metal.
C. Edge Trim:Bead-X"L" trim by Bead X Company, or equal.
D. Reinforcing Tape, Joint Compound,Adhesive,Water, Fasteners: GA 216.
E. Furring Channels, furring strips and anchoring devices where G.W.B. infill
repairs are being made in existing areas.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A_ Install gypsum board in accordance with recommendations of GA 216.
B. Erect single layer fire-rated gypsum board vertically,with edges and ends
occurring over firm bearing. Otherwise in general install single layer gypsum
board with long dimension perpendicular to framing members. Erect double
layer drywall with one layer parallel to framing members and the other layer
perpendicular to the framing members.
C. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. Use
screws when fastening gypsum board to wood framing.
D. Place corner beads at external comers. Use longest practical lengths. Place
edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.
GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09260 -Page 1
.A
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Supply and install all gypsum board wall surfaces,ceilings. soffits,walls,
raftstops,monitors. vestibules,under platform and miscellaneous
surfaces as shown on the Contract Drawings. °
2. Taped and sanded joint treatment,prepared for finish.
3. Patch all joints at difference connecting materials in existing remodeled
areas.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform gypsum wallboard systems in accordance with recommendations of
ASTM C754 and GA 216 unless otherwise specified in this Section.
1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Fire-Rated Partitions:Provide rated enclosures below and above ceilings in
corridors,vestibules,transoms,duct passage enclosures and walls as required
by Codes,both sides of studs.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. GA 216-Recommended specifications for the application and finishing of .�
gypsum board.
1.05 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions
and General Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD
MM
Glazing
Section 08800-Page3
A. Set glass to conform with recommendations of window manufacturer.
3.02 Cleaning
A. Immediately remove droppings from finished surfaces. Remove labels after
work is completed.
B. Remove all packaging and shipping materials from site.
■
3.03 Warranty
A. Warranty all sealed glass units for five(5)years from date of Substantial
Completion
End of Section
Glazing
Section 08800-Page2
1.05 Scaffolding and Mechanical Hoisting
A. Provide all required scaffolding and mechanical hoisting to complete the scope
of work for this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable manufacturers rt
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company
2. Libby-Owens-Ford Company
3. Guardian Glass Company
4. Hampshire
B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in
conformance with Section 01630.
2.02 Glass
A. Thermopane Glass: 1/2"thick total unit, law E,with interior dessicant
moisture absorber composed of two 1/8"DSB glazings and 1/4"air space.
2.03 Glazing Compounds
A. Sealant: Single compound acrylics; see Joint Sealant Section for specifications
for this product.
B. Provide recommended sealants to be compatible to frames provided by window
and frame manufacturer.
2.04 Glazing Materials
A. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl type; NAAMM #SS-IB-68,with integral
spacing device.
B. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 70-90 durometer hardness.
C. Accessories as condition requires.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Setting Method
s
Glazing
Section 08800-Page I
Glazing
Section 08800
PART 1 General
1.01 Related Work
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements
B. Section 08500: Aluminum Windows(existing)
1.02 Work Included
A. Provide all labor,materials,services,equipment and transportation required to
complete all glass and glazing work indicated on Drawings, as specified herein
or both-
B. Replace glazing m approximately 393 existing window panes where existing
glazing is cracked,broken or fogged. (Assuming 15 %of 2622 panes)
C. Replace all polycarbonate sidelites with 1/4"tempered glass.
1.03 Reference Standards
A. FS DD-G-41C-Glass,Plate, Sheet,Figured(Flat,for Glazing,Mirrors and
Other Use)
B. FS DD-G 140SB-Glass,Plate(Float), Sheet(Heat Strengthened and Fully
�* Tempered).
C. FS TT-S-230A-Sealing Compound, Synthetic Rubber Base, Single
Component,Chemical Curing for Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Building
Construction.
D. FS TT-S-001543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Base(For Caulking and
Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures).
E. NAAMM #SS-IB-68-Nonskinning Resilient Preformed Compounds-Tapes,
Ribbons,Beads with Release Paper.
F. Sigma #65-7-2 -Sealed Insulating Glass Units
1.04 Guarantee/Warranty
A. Provide written guarantee in accordance with Section 01740.
HARDWARE
Section 08700 -Page 9
Hardware 10
(Community Building Offices)
3 hinges, 4 x 4
1 passage set
i deadbolt
1 wall bumper of floor bumper
Hardware 11
(Common Corridor Smoke Doors) ,.
3 hinges, 4 x 4
1 exit device
i wall bumper or floor bumper
END OF SECTION
HARDWARE
Section 08700-Page 8
Hardware 5
(Deleted)
Hardware 6
(Laundry Room)
2 standard hinges
4 spring hinges
1 astragal
1 lockset
Hardware 7
(Pairs of doors in community building)
6 hinges 4 x 4
2 flush bolts
1 lockset
2 wall or floor bumpers
Hardware 8
(Apartment Building Entrances)
I continuous hinge
I closer
I push
1 pull
I threshold
1 weatherstrip set
I sill sweep
w
Hardware 9
(Apartment Building Vestibules)
1 continuous hinge
1 closer
1 rim exit device with electric strike-interlocked to apartments buzzer system.
Always open by push inside
I wall bumper or floor bumper
�r
HARDWARE
Section 4$700-Page 7
r
Hardware 1
(Apartment Unit Entries)
1 standard hinge, 4 x 4
2 spring hinges, 4 x 4 ,
1 passage set
1 deadbolt
i wall or floor bumper
1 kickplate
1 viewing port
Hardware 2
(Apartment bedrooms or bathrooms)
3 hinges, 3-1/2 x 3-1/2
1 privacy lockset
1 wall bumper or floor bumper
Hardware 2a
(Apartment closets)
3 hinges
1 passage set
i wall or floor bumper
Hardware 3
(Buodding Closet Doors)
All hardware for bifolding doors comes with bifolding door package.
Hardware 4
(Community Building Entry)
1 continuous hinge
1 closer
i rim exit device
1 threshold
1 weatherstrip set `
1 sill sweep
1 wall or floor bumper .�
HARDWARE
Section 08700-Page 6
F. Provide door holder/positive stop arm(Type PSH)on exterior doors.
2.06 DOOR STOPS
k A. Provide wall bumpers where doors open against a wall. Provide floor type where wall
type cannot be used.
2.07 KICK PLATES
A. Shall be dull chrome except in toilet rooms and kitchen 16 gauge. Edges shall be
" beveled on three sides,
B. All holes shall be accurately drilled and countersunk.
R
C. Kick plates except where noted on schedule, shall be 8" high x 2" less door width on
single doors and 1"less door width on.pairs of doors.
2.08 DOOR SILENCERS
A. Provide door silencers for all interior door frames,
B. Provide three silencers on single doors and two silencers on pairs of doors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
rs A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper
templates.
B. Maintain recommended manufacturer's mounting heights for hardware from finished
floor to center line of hardware item.
3.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A_ The following hardware schedule represents the complete hardware of one opening.
The quantities of each hardware set are indicated on the Drawings.
ok
0
r
HARDWARE
Section 08700 -Page 5
A. All doors up to and including 36-inches in width shall be provided with 4" x 4" hinges
for 1-3/4" doors.
B. Doors within apartments shall have 3-1/2"x 3 -1/2"hinges.
C. All.doors up to and including 90-inches in height shall be provided with 3 hinges per
door.
D. Doors exceeding 90 inches in height shall be provided with 4 hinges per door.
E. All hinges shall be provided with ball-bearings,except as otherwise noted.
F. Exterior door hinges shall be wrought bronze, highly polished and finished, type FBB
191,except as otherwise noted.
G. Interior door hinges,except as otherwise noted, shall be wrought steel, highly polished
and plated,type FBB 179.
H. High frequency or heavy weight doors shall be provided with extra heavy weight
hinges as noted.
2.04 LOCKSETS
A. All keyed locksets shall be heavy duty cylindrical locksets. Apartment interior doors
to be Lied"cylindrical.
B. Provide UL approved locksets on Firedoors.
C. Lock functions shall be specified in Hardware Schedule.
2.05 DOOR CLOSERS
A. All door closures for both exterior and interior doors shall be the product of one
manufacturer and match in design. r'
B. Construction shall be rack and pinion with compression spring. The closer body shall
be made of close-grained,porous-free cast iron.
C. Closing speed, latching speed and backcheck shall be controlled by separate
concealed key-operated valves.
D. Closers shall be provided with a nonferrous cover attached to closer body. .�
E. Sizes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide suitable mounting
brackets as required to suit job conditions.
A
HARDWARE
Section 08700 -Page 4
A
K. Door Silencers: Shall be manufactured by Rockwood(Series 608,or equal).
A
L. Weatherstripping. Shall be manufactured by Reese Enterprises, Rosemount
Minnesota; National Guard Products, (N.G.P.) Memphis, Tennessee; Zero
Weatherstripping Company. Weatherstrip for aluminum doors shall be aluminum
door manufacturer's standard weatherstrip. Brush type 18062CP, Pemko and bubble
type 303 AS Pemko.
M. Door Bottom: Shall be manufactured by N.G.P. Reese Enterprises, Rosemount,
Minnesota; Zero Weatherstripping. Company; Pemko, Emeryvill, CA. Door bottom
for aluminum doors shall be aluminum door manufacturer's standard door bottom.
N. Thresholds: Shall be manufactures by 1 N.G.P.,Reese Enterprises,Rosemount,
Minnesota;Zero Weatherstripping Company;Pemko Emeryvill, or equal.
O. Three manufacturers have been listed as acceptable for these products. However, for
the purposes of clarity, these Specifications will list the detailed requirements of only
one product. All iocksets and exit devices shall be of a single manufacturer. The
manufacturer whose product requirements are to be used as a performance guide are
as follows unless manufacturer is specified in schedule:
1. Butt Hinges-McKinney
2. Continuous Hinge-Roton
3. Locksets-Yale
4. Exit Devices-Yale
5. Door Closers-Yale
6. Door Stops-Rockwood
�► 7. Kick Plates-Rockwood
8. Door Silencers -Rockwood
9. Thresholds-N.G.P.
10. Weatherstripping-N.G.P.
11, Sill Sweep-N.G.P.
P. Finishes:
1. The finish of all hardware generally shall be Dullchrome,US26D.
2. Door closers shall be painted enamel to match finish of hardware.
3. Weatherstripping shall be finished as noted on schedule.
4. Thresholds shall be aluminum.
Q. Door Operator: Dor-0 Matic power opener, closer mounted outside wheelchair lift
shaft "Junior Swing" with recessed mounted push button activation, one each side of
each door. 115volt motor.
AMA 2.03 BUTTS/HINGES
�w
HARDWARE
Section 08700-Page 3
B. Supply two change keys for each lock and one master.
1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Provide Architect with manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each
type of hardware supplied and necessary wrenches and tools required for proper
maintenance of hardware.
PART 2 PRODUCTS �•
2.01 HARDWARE
A. Provide items as listed in schedule at end of this Section, complete to function as
intended.
B. Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Article
III- GENERAL CONDITIONS.
2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Butt Hinges: Shall be manufactured by Stanley Hardware, New Britain, CT (EBB
Series): McKinney Hardware, Scranton, PA (TB Series): Hager Hardware, (BB
Series) or equal.
B. Continuous hinges shall be Roton or Pemko
C. Spring Hinges: shall be manufactured by Stanley, New Britain, CT (20608 series)
McKinny,Hagar Hardware or equal.
D. Cylindrical : Privacy and passage sets shall be Legend Company with lever design
E. Deadbolt to be Yale New Traditions#820 single cylinder.
F. Exit Devices: Shall be manufactures by Yale Hardware, 7000 series or equal.
G. Door Stops: Shall be manufactured by Rockwood (Series 406 or 440); Baldwin
(Series 4027 or Series 4000); Glynn Johnson (Series WB50XT or Series FB13), or
equal_
H. Wrap-Arounds: shall be manufactured by Don-Jo Mtg. Co_, stainless steel model CW
484-5
I. Viewing Ports: shall be manufactured by H.B. Ives, P.O. Box 1887,New Haven, CT
(Model U700) .
J. Kick Plates: Shall be manufactured by Rockwood Hardware, Chicago, IL. or equal.
12"high x 2"less than door width on singles, one inch less on pairs. ,.
HARDWARE
Section 08700-Page 2
C. ANSI A115.3 - Door and Frame Preparation for bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/8
Inch Doors.
D. ANSI Al 15.9-Door and Frame Preparation for Closer,Offset Hung, Single Acting.
E. ANSI A115.11 -Door and Frame Preparation for Mortise Locks for 1-3/8 Inch Door.
F. ANSI A1.15.12 -Door and Frame Preparation for Offset Intermediate Pivot.
A
G. ANSI Al 56.1 -Butts and Hinges.
H. ANSI A156.2 -Locks and Lock Trim.
1. ANSI A156.3 -Exit Devices
J ANSI A156.4-Door Controls(Closers).
K. ANSI Al 56.7-Architectural Door Trim.
L. ANSI Al 56.7-Template Hinges.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of each type of hardware required for job, in accordance with Section
1J.
B. Indicate required style and finish.
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
A. Furnish shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 1J.. Contractor
shall submit one reproducible transparency and five opaque prints for shop drawings
and six opaque copies of product data.
B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
C. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers to enable proper and accurate
sizing and locations of cut outs for hardware.
1.07 KEYING
A. Door Locks: Building shall be keyed to existing and master key system as per Owner's
Instructions. All doors will be change keyed differently, and will be master keyed The
provisions of this paragraph are subject to alteration by Owner within reason at no
additional cost to Owner.
HARDWARE
Section 08700 -Page 1
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE ..
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Attention is directed to the printed form of Contract and Division 1 of these
Specifications entitled "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS" which are hereby made part
of this Section.
B. Equality of material, article, assembly or system other than those named or described
in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article IV of
the Contract Form. ."
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Supply and install hardware for all new interior and exterior doors.
B. Supply and install thresholds and weather-stripping for new exterior doors. ,.
C. Supply and install miscellaneous hardware on all doors where shown on the Contract
Documents. ,.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08110: Hollow Metal Doors.
B. Section 08111: Hollow Metal Frames
C. Section 08210: Wood Doors.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI A115.1 - Door and Frame Preparation for Mortise Door Locks for 1-3/4 Inch
Doors.
B. ANSI Al 15.2 -Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4
Inch Doors.
Wood Doors
Section 082 10-Page 2
A. Flush Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick, 5 ply solid particle core construction
with luan mahogany species face veneers,custom grade, face veneers, rotary
slice.
B. Interior doors within apartments to be hollow core wood with"6 panel design7
stamped masonite faces. Where new openins are constructed as for
handicapped apartments,etc. split jainbs are acceptable.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate standard type doors in accordance with requirements of AWI Quality
Standards.
B. Provide doors with minimum 1/2 inch thick edge strips, of wood species to
match face veneers.
C. Provide astragals, for double doors. Provide in accordance with UL
requirements.
D. Bevel strike edge of single acting doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
E. Prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware
requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3-01 INSTALLATION
A. install wood doors plumb and square,with maximum diagonal distortion of
1/16 inch. Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700.
END OF SECTION
Ok
w
Wood Doors
Section 08210-Page 1
w
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK.INCLUDED
A. Standard type wood doors,with flush faces.
B. Install door hardware.
1.02 RELATED WORK *
A. Section 08111:Hollow metal frames.
B. Section 08700:Door hardware.
C. Section 09900:Painting.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AWI Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute. '"
1.04 GUARANTY/WARRANTY
A. Provide written guarantee in accordance with Section 10740. w"
B. Guarantee: Provide for replacing including cost of rehanging and refinishing at
no cost to Owner,wood doors exhibiting defects in materials or workmanship
including warp and de-lamination within minimum period of 5 years from date
of substantial completion of work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Weyerhaeuser Company,Tacoma,Washington.
2. U.S. Plywood Corporation,New York„N.Y.
3. Masonite International Corp.
B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in
conformance with Section 01630.
2.02 DOOR TYPE
A. Flush faced type wood doors.
B. Stamped"6 panel"doors
2.03 DOORS ""
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
Section 08111 -Page 3
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. install door frames in accordance with SDI-100 except as amended in this Section-
B. Install hollow metal frames plumb and square in correct locations indicated on
Drawings, and with a maximum diagonal distortion of 1/16". Ensure fi-ames are
securely and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction.
C. Provide clear caulk joint for exterior frame/masonry joints.
D. Repair dents, scrapes and miscellaneous markings for painters�preparation.
E. Warped, damaged or unacceptable ftames; will be removed and replaced at Architect!s
discretion by the Contractor and related Subcontractors.
F. For fi-ames set in masonry walls, grout solid head and jambs as wall is constructed-
For hollow metal window frames grout window sills as well.
END OF SECTION
40
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
Section 08111 -Page 2
B. Indicate general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcements,
anchorage methods, hardware locations and installation details. Fors to be 1-3/4"
thick.
C. Frames to be set in masonry. Provide acceptable anchorage:
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE M[ANUEACTURERS
r
A. Type manufactured by Overly Manufacturing Company, Steelcraft Manufacturing,
Dusing and Hunt or equal.
B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance
with Section 01630.
2.02 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A. Materials and Fabrication: SDI-100 except as amended. Insulate the frames of
insulated doors and sidelights.
B. Types: Welded frame construction, 18 gauge. All exterior to be galvanized. MW
C. Door Bumpers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type,removable for replacement. as
D. Provide metal stops for hollow metal sidelight and window frames.
..
E. Provide UL rated frames where schedule calls for rated doors.
2.03 FABRICATION «E
A. Weld all corner connections and grind smooth.
.m
B. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware.
C. Place minimum of three (3) single bumpers on single door frames. Space equally '"`
along strike jambs.
D. Provide jamb anchors; SDI-100. Weld floor jamb anchors in place. at
E. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one(1)coat of primer paint. so
PART 3 EXECUTION
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
Section 08111 -Page 1
w
SECTION 08111
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Furnish and install steel hollow metal door frames for interior and exterior
applications with all related accessories as shown on the Contract Drawings.
2. Furnish and install interior steel hollow metal window frames with all related
accessories, stops, and screws as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Scope of Work for Alternates:
1. None
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
B. Section 08110: Standard,Steel Doors_
C. Section 08700: Hardware.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. SDI-100 Recommended Specifications - Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel
Door Institute.
B. Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FIVE), as applicable to
fire-rated hollow metal door frames.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340.
Standard Steel Doors
Section 08110-Page 3
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors in accordance with SDI-100,except as amended in this Section.
B. Install hollow metal doors plumb and square,and with maximum diagonal
distortion of 1116 inch. Install hardware in accordance With the requirements
of Section 08700.
C. Contractor to cooperate and work with all other Contractors working on the
project.
D. Contractor to field-verify all existing openings prior to fabrication. w
E. Prepare for final painting under Section 09900: Painting.
END OF SECTION
..
at
no
OR
Standard Steel Doors
Section 08110 -Page 2
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Overly Manufacturing Company.
2. Steelcraft Manufacturing.
3. Dusing and Hunt,Inc.
4. Ceco.
' B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in
conformance with Section 01630.
2.02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A. Materials and Fabrication: SDI-100,except as amended in this Section,
Minimum 18 gage.
B. Types: Type 1, standard duty, 1-3/4 inch, insulated where exterior or where
shown on the Door Schedule, with a rigid urethane core, 18 ga. Closet doors
to be 20 ga.,stamped,3 panels per leaf.
C. Fire-Rating: Doors to have U.L. labels where shown on the Contract Drawings.
D. Exterior doors and sidelights to be galvanized-
E. Exterior glazing to be 1 inch insulated low E, tempered.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams of honeycomb care-type doors.
Leave seams invisible, or weld,fill and grind smooth.
B. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for
hardware requirements.
C. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform
finish.
D. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one(1)coat of primer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Standard Steel Doors
Section 08110 -Page 1
SECTION 08110
STANDARD STEEL DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid: ■
I. Furnish and install steel insulated metal exterior doors with stamped
faces and windows.
2. Furnish and install hollow metal interior doors with flush faces.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions
and General Requirements.
B. Section 08111: Hollow Metal Frames.
C. Section 08700: Hardware.
D. Section 09900:Painting. "
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. SDI-100-Recommended Specifications- Standard Steel Doors and Frames of
Steel Door Institute.
B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM) as applicable
to fire-rated hollow metal doors. 40
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT ATA
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340.
B. Indicate general constructio n, configurations,ons, jonting methods,
reinforcements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS "°
.s
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900-Page 7
configuration indicated to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of
sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not
approved by sealant manufacturer.
1. Concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C962, unless otherwise
indicated.
' 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged
or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and reseal joints with new materials to
produce joint sealant installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original
work.
B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and
of products in which joints occur.
END OF SECTION
on
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900-Page 6
3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. Comply with joint sealant manufacturers'primed installation instructions applicable to
products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply.
B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM .►
C962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions
indicated apply multi-part, non-sag urethane sealant at exterior and interior joints in
vertical and horizontal surfaces of concrete and masonry; between metal and concrete
or masonry; perimeters of metal and wood frames in exterior walls, including doors,
windows and at locations indicated.
C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C790 for
use of latex sealants. Apply latex sealant at interior joints in field-painted vertical and
overhead surfaces at perimeter hollow metal door frames,gypsum drywall,plaster and
concrete or concrete masonry,and all other interior locations indicated.
D. Installation of Sealant Backing. Install sealant backings to comply with the following
requirements:
1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during
application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and
depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant
movement capability.
a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers.
b. Do not stretch,twist,puncture or tear joint fillers.
C. Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant
application and replace with dry material.
2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint filters,compression seals or «.
back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of
joint.
3. Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with
requirements indicated above for joint fillers. +*
E. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants
directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses
provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes
and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Non-Sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and pri or to time
skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900-Page 5
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Require installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealants for
compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Obtain installer's written report listing
any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealant work. Do not allow joint
sealant work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Pre-Installation Meeting At Contractor's direction, installer, joint sealant
manufacturers' representatives, and other trades whose work affects installation of
joint sealants shall meet at project site to review procedures and time schedule
proposed for installation of joint sealants which is coordinated with other related
work.
B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint
sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturers and the
following requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with
adhesion of joint sealant including dust; paints, except for permanent protective
coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant
manufacturer; oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water; surface dirt
and frost.
2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous
joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding,blast-cleaning,mechanical
abrading, acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean,
sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants.
Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by
vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other
non-porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful
to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint
sealants.
C. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint
sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's
recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond;do not allow spillage
or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
..
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900-Page 4
ob
withstand movement up to 25% of joint width and satisfactorily handled throughout a
temperature range of 4 to 27 degrees C.; Shore "A" hardness of minimum 15 and
maximum 50; non-staining and non-bleeding; colors selected by Architect, acrylic
latex manufactured by Tremco Corporation. This sealant is to be used as an interior
sealant in dry areas where little movement is expected.
C. Sealant: Terpolymer one component, solvent curing; capable of being continuously
immersed in water, withstand movement up to 7.5% of joint width and satisfactorily
Dandled throughout a temperature range of 4 to 27 degrees C.; Shore "A" hardness of
maximum 55; non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging; colors selected by Architect.
Mono-Lasto-Menc manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Company. This sealant is
to be used at all exterior door, skylight,and louver frames,at fascias and soffits, and at
chimney flashing.
2.03 JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A. Provide sealant backings to material and type which are non-staining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and
laboratory testing.
B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Performed, compressible, resilient, non-waxing,
non-extruding strips of plastic foam of material indicated below, and of size, shape
and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum
sealant performance.
i. Either flexible, open-cell polyurethane foam or non-gassing, closed-cell
polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicated, subject to approval of sealant
manufacturer. .
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by
sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other
materials at back(third)surface of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction .�
joint sealer substrate and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Non-Porous Surfaces: Provide non-staining chemical cleaner of type
acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not
harmful to substrates and adjacent non-porous materials. ..
PART 3 EXECUTION
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900 -Page 3
B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture,
temperature changes,contaminants, or other causes.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under
the following conditions:
L When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits
permitted by joint sealant manufacturer.
"' 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain,frost condensation or other causes..
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when joint
widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
1.09 SCAFFOLDING AND MECHANICAL HOISTING
A. All required scaffolding and mechanical joisting to complete the scope of work of this
Section shall be provided and set up by the respective installers of the sealants.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Provide joint sealants,joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with
one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by testing and field experience.
B. Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as
selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
2.02 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Sealant: Polysulphide base, three components, chemical curing; non-sagging type for
application in vertical joints, uniform, homogeneous and free from lumps, skins and
coarse particles when mixed; capable of being continuously immersed in water,
withstand movement up to 25%of joint width and satisfactorily handled throughout a
temperature range of 4 to 27 degrees C.; Shore "A" hardness of minimum 15 and
maximum 50; non-staining and non-bleeding; colors selected by Architect. "Tremco
Dymonic" manufactured by Tremco Corporation. This sealant is to be used as an
exterior sealant for expansion joints.
B. Sealant: Terpolymer base, multi-component, chemical curing, non-sagging for
application in vertical joints; uniform, homogeneous and free from lumps, skins and
coarse particles when mixed; capable of being continuously immersed in water,
JOINT SEALANTS
Section 07900 -Page 2
.R
B. Section 03001: Concrete
C. Section 04500: Restoration and Repointing ■.®
C. Section 08111: Hollow Metal Frames
so
G. Section 10850: Louvers
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340,manufacturer's technical data for each joint
sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealant
application.
B. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Submit manufacturers standard bead samples .�
consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available for each
product exposed to view.
C. Certificates: Submit certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that
their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use ..
indicated.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General Performance: Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealants are required to
establish and maintain airtight and waterproof continuous seals on a permanent basis,
within recognized limitations of wear and aging as indicated for each application.
Failures of installed sealants to comply with this requirement will be recognized as
failures of materials and workmanship. +*
B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer who has successfully completed joint
sealant applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who will assign
mechanics from these earlier applications to this project, of which one will serve as
lead mechanic.
C. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials
from a single manufacturer for each different product required.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original, unopened containers or bundles with
labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration
period for use, put life, curing time and mixing instructions for multicomponent
materials.
g
JOINT SEALANTS
aM
Section 07900-Page 1
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by the work of this
section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the
Contract.
B. Door sealants inside and out.
C. Masonry and plumbing sealants inside and out.
D. Miscellaneous sealants for filling voids and hairline cracks under paint finishes are
part of the Painting Section.
E. Miscellaneous joint sealants at metal frames,louvers pavement, and all other sealants
in the building.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The extent of which form and type of joint sealant is indicated on the Drawings and by
provisions of this Section.
B. The furnishing and installing of joint sealants include, but are not limited to the
following as shown on the Contract Drawings:
1. Plumbing Fixtures
2. Concrete construction joints and slab edge joints.
3. Floor and expansion joint(interior)
4. Frames at doors, flashing, louvers,miscellaneous openings.
5. Caulking at all other required locations
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
MR
FLASHING AND SHEETMETAL
Section 07600 Page-3
A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects
detrimental to appearance or performance.
B. Form sections in minimum 8 foot lengths. Make allowances for expansion at joints,
minimum 1/8"per 8'section.
C. Seams are to be neatly made,type to fit application.
D. Hem exposed edges of flashings on underside 1/2 inch.
E. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with
cementitious materials or dissimilar metals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with
sealant.
aw
END OF SECTION
do
40
W
AW
aw
FLASHING AND SHEETMETAL
Section 07600 Page- 2
w
1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS/PROTECTION
A. Exercise care when working on or about roof surfaces to avoid damaging or
puncturing membrane or flexible flashings.
B. Place plywood panels on roof surfaces adjacent to work of this Section and on access
routes. Keep in place until completion of work.
1.07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
" A. Provide Owner with a warranty stating that metal flashings will properly shed water
and protect membrane from physical damage for a minimum period of fifteen (15)
years from date of Substantial Completion of Work, as certified by Architect, and that
damage resulting from failure to provide above stated performance will be repaired to
satisfaction of Owner at no additional cost.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Alcoa or equal .050"Kynar 500 coated aluminum edge bent at cheek walls to profile
shown on drawings. Color to match shingles. Edge metal.
B. 16 oz/sq.ft. lead coated copper at all reglet counterflashings, chimney flashings, etc.
Manufacturers Revere,Kennecott. Plumbing vent caps and fan vent caps.
C. Approved equal in conformance with Section 01630.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Fasteners: Concealed clip type; of same material or compatible with fleshings, sized
to suit application.
B. Bituminous Paint: Acid and alkali - Resistant type: Black Color to be used where
dissimilar metals may be subject to galvanic action.
C. Pre molded metered corners, inside and outside.
D. Sealant: One component conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-00230;
non-staining,non-bleeding,non-sagging,of color selected by Architect; Tremco Mono
or sealant approved by membrane manufacturer. Color to match flashing. Written
approval required by Architect.
2.03 FABRICATION
FLASHING AND SBEETMETAL
Section 07600 Page- I
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEETMETAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED .�
A. Exterior wall copings adjacent to roofing work.
B. Plumbing vent caps.
C. Conical fan vent caps.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Installation of reglets as required for flashings.
B. Section 06001:Installation of wood blocking,nailers.
C. Section 07530: Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARD
A. ASTM B101-40 Copper Sheets.
B. FS TT-S-002300-Sealing Compound: Elastomeric T
ype, Single Component.
C. FS SS-C-00 I53a-Cement,Bituminous,Plastic-Type 1.
WX
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340.
B. Clearly detail shaping,jointing, length of sections,fastening,and installation details.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01340.
B. Samples are to clearly indicate manufacturer, gauge,coatings. .
ap
Vinyl Siding&,Metal Fascia System
Section 07460 - Page 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Inspection: Prior to to commencing work,verify governing dimensions of
building. Examine substrate flaws and defects.
3.02 Preparation: All substrate flaws and defects must be corrected prior to siding
installation.Walls must be in plane and clear to receive siding.
3.03 Installation: Sidings must be installed in strict accordance with the "Rigid Vinyl
Siding Application Manual" published by the Vinyl Siding Institute of the Plastics
Industry.
3.04 Field Inspection: Upon installation completion, visually inspect for defective
installation or manufacturing defects. Repair as necessary.
3.05 Clean Up: When siding installation is complete,clean siding to remove all foreign
debris and soiled areas. Remove all packaging and remaining material from site.
END OF SECTION
Vinyl Siding&,Metal Fascia System
Section 07460 - Page 3
Impact Resistance(ASTM 4226) greater than 60 in/lb.
Negative Wind Load.(ASTM 5206/ASTM 3679-5.11) greater than 54.088 PSF
Chemical Resistance Excellent .•
C. Fire Resistance Characteristics: Sidings,Soffits and Accessories to have:
Class A Fire Rating based on ASTM E84. Additional test results average time of
burning less than 5 seconds(ASTM D635). Average extent of burning less than
25 MM(ASTM D635) Meets non-combustibility standard of ASTM D635.
ASTM E199-88 Certification for fire tests of building construction and materials
non-combustibility standard os ASTM D635.
ASTM E 119-88 Certification for tire tests of building construction and
materials-fire endurance rating-one hour.
UL Classification Reference R 18666.
D. The following fire hazard classification is established by Underwriters
Laboratories for the product Red Oak at 100 astestos -cement board at 0.
Flame spread 15 (UL 25) Fuel Contributed 0
Smoke density developed 390(UL greater than 500)
E. Ignition Properties:
Flash Ignition Temperature(F degrees)(D1929) 807 degrees
Self Ignition Temperature(F degrees) (D 1929) 878 degrees
Important Fire Safety Information-When rigid vinyl siding is exposed to ..
significant heat or flame,the vinyl will soften, sag,melt or bum, and may thereby
expose material underneath. Care must be exercised when selecting underlayment
material because many underlayment materials are made from organic materials
that are combustible. You should ascertain the fire properties of underlayment
materials prior to installation. All building materials should be installed in
accordance with local, state and federal building code and fire regulations.
F. Siding: Profiles and Dimensions .�
Use only Selected Profile Description:
1. Certainteed clapboard design- .044"thickness. (Carved Wood)Type 3", '
length 12' 1", width 9". Colors chosen by Owner. Soffit to be continuously
vented,4"grooved, 12" wide and 12' - 1"long. Color: white
2. Accessories: Accessories to be equal to dimensions as shown and shall be
produced from compounds with comparable properties to the siding. Colors to
be chosen by Owner. J. channel to be 5/8"to allow for thickness of both
insulation and siding.
G. Insulation backer to be 3/8"foam board"fan-fold"design with foil one side and .�
kraft paper on the other side. "Shelterwrap"or equal.
Vinyl Siding&,Metal Fascia System
Section 07460 - Page 2
C. Section 02072: Minor Demolition for Remodeling
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Siding to be packed two squares per box. Each box to be color coded as to
product line and marked with the lot number,color and siding style.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Upon approved completion of work within 30 days, provide manufacturer's
written"Lifetime Plus" or"Lifetime"transferable limited warranty.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Material to be "carved wood" by Certainteed Corporation 1-800-233-8990,
www.certainteed.com
B. Equal by Heartland Building Products, Inc., Boonville, Mississippi 38829.
1-800-HEART-01
C. Equal by Nailite International , I I11NW 165th Street, Miami, FL 33169-5871.
Phone(305)620-6200, Fax: (305)623-8227, www.nailite.com
2.02 MATERIALS
A. All Super Polymer Vinyl Siding and Accessory Products shall be extruded.Poly
Vinyl Chloride,(PVC)manufactured using the Super Polymer Multi-Life 4 Vinyl
formulation and shall conform to all requirements os ASTM specification D
3679-96.
B. All Super Polymer Vinyl Siding meet or exceed teh following properties:
Izod Impact(ASTM D256) (Ft.-lbs./in. notch) 3.5 @ 0 C.
Specific Gravity (ASTM D792) 1.452
Hardness-Durometer (ASTM D 2240) 72 +/-3
Tensile Strength(PSI) (ASTM D368) 7260
Modules of Elasticity (ASTM D790) 376,718
Heat Deflection Temp. (ASTM D648) 164 deg @ 264PSI F.
Coefficient of Linear Expansion(In/In.F)(ASTM D696)3.12 x 10-s
Warp(D 3679) less than 1/8"
Weatherability(ASTM D 3679) no cracking,peeling,
chipping or surface
defects
Surface Distortion(ASTM D3679 - Section 5.10) None
Vinyl Siding&,Metal.Fascia System
Section 07460 - Page I
SECTION 07460
VINYL SIDING,METAL FASCIA& SOFFIT SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work:
L Furnish and install vinyl siding at Country Lane Estates, all buildings except
mailbox gazebo.
2. Furnish and install white aluminum coil stock cladding at fascias and rakes.
3. Furnish and install all required matching aluminum trim channel sections, MW
interior and exterior corners, channel sections, J-trim, nails, etc. as required
to complete the work. Vinyl "comerboards"to be white.
4. Removal of decayed or rotted siding and replacement with 3/4"A/C plywood .
prior to application of new siding. Architect's approval is required in
advance of siding. ..
5. Furnish and install insulation backer before application of new vinyl siding.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data and samples under provisions of Section 01340.
B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section
010340. .
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D 3679. Standard
Specifications for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Siding.
1.04 RELATED WORK
A. General Condiitons, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
B. Section 06001: Rough Carpentry
ROOF SHINGLES
Section 07320 -Page 3
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Underlayment:
1. Apply felt paper as detailed on drawings.
C. Shingles:
1. Apply with max. 5"in. weather exposure and min 4 nails per strip.
2. Set shingles at eaves and gable ends in solid coating of plastic cement 8" from
all edges.
2. Apply hip and ridge shingles to match field shingles.
3. Lay shingles in interlayers and fasten to substrate min. 6 in. away from
centerline on each side of valley.
E. Attic Stock:
A. Provide two(2)bundles of shingles and one(1)bundle of hip and ridge caps for
maintenance use.
END OF SECTION
or
ROOF SHINGLES
Section 07320 -Page 2
.m
2. Samples: For selection of color and texture.
3. Certification.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS �■.
A. Shingles-Fiberglass:
1. Description: ASTM D3018-82, ASTM E108, ASTM D3462, Type 1 fiberglass
mat shingles with asphalt, mineral stabilizers, ceramic granulates, UL Class A
and Wind Resistant Label, self-sealing no cut-out design.
2. Strips Per Square: 80
3. Bundles Per Square: 4,Weight 300#/square.
4. Exposure: 5 inches
5. Size: 12" x 36"
6. Headlap: 2 in.
7. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard-
8. Warranty: 40 year pro-rated, 5 year start-up.
9. Shingle Type: Fiberglass Asphalt Shingles,40 year warranty, G.A.F. Timberline
Ultra 40 or equal, class A. Color to be selected by Architect.
B. Flashing.
1. Drip edge: Drip edge vent by Air Vent Inc.
C. Ridge Flashing:
1. Cap shingles to match field shingles.
2. Ridge Filter Shingle Vent H extruded high density corrugated polyethylene.
Install gable to gable.
D. Underlayment:
1. W R Grace Vycor ice and water shield to 2' inside of exterior wall and at top of
shed roofs against cheek walls.
2. 15#/Sq.Ft.Asphalt impregnated fiberglass felts.
E. Fasteners: Hot dipped galvanized steel, 10-1/2 to 12 ga. roofing nails having 3/8 "
diameter heads,min. 1-1/4"long.
no
G. Cement: ASTM D282, fibrated asphalt cement.
1. Drip Edge: Provide at all roof rakes. .027: aluminum Kynar-500 coated,non-vented. No
PART 3 EXECUTION OF
aw
ROOF SHINGLES
Section 07320-Page 1
SECTION 07320
ROOF SHINGLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts
of Division 1 as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work
under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by,the work of this
Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the
Contract.
D. Follow guide lines of Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual. Asphalt Roofing
Manufacturers Association/1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Suite 702,
Washington,D.C. 20036.
1.02 Work Included
A. Roofing at new mailbox gazebo
B. Roofing at new handicap entrances on the buildings
1.03 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Shingles.
2. Underlayment.
3. Fasteners.
4. Flashing and diverters
5. Ice and water shield
` 6. Drip Edge.
7. Cap Shingles.
8. Ridge Vent.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide submittals to form defined in Section 01300.
1. Manufacturer's data.
INSULATION
Section 07200-Page 3
B. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation or vapor barriers,
including removal of projections which might puncture vapor barriers. �.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of
installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not
apply to project conditions,consult manufacturer's technical representative for
specific recommendations before proceeding with work.
B. General Building Insulation:
1. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated.
Cut and fit tightly around obstructions,and fill voids with insulation_
Remove projections which interfere with placement.
2. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise
shown or required to make up total thickness. Where two thicknesses of
insulation are required to make required R-value;install second layer
perpendicular to first layer. "
C. Vapor Barrier:
1. Install with a minimum of a twelve(12)inch overlap on adjoining sheets.
3.03 PROTECTION ..
A. Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather exposures
and from possible physical abuses, where possible by nondelayed installation
of concealing work or, where that is not possible,by temporary covering or
enclosure. Installer shall advise Contractor of exposure hazards, including
possible sources of deterioration and fire hazards.
END OF SECTION
.W
go
INSULATION
Section 07200 -Page 2
B. Protect insulation from physical damage and from becoming wet, soiled,or
covered with ice or snow_ Comply with manufacturer`s recommendations for
handling, storage and protection during installation.
C. Protection for Plastic Insulation:
I. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating
materials to protect the site ahead of installation time. Complete
installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in
each area of work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fiberglass insulation to be R-13 unfaced batts for stuffing around doors.
B. Fiberglass insulation to be R-19 with vapor barrier at exterior walls and R-30
with vapor barrier at ceilings.
C. Foundation insulation shall be 2" R-10 styrofoam blueboard
D. Adhesives or mastics for the installation of rigid insulation shall be as
recommended to the insulation manufacturer.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. Owens Corning
B. Celotex
C. Knauf
D. Styrofoam
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Installer must examine substrates and conditions under which insulation work
is to be performed,and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer.
INSULATION
Section 07200-Page 1
no
SECTION 07200
INSULATION MR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER PARTS OF PROJECT MANUAL
A. Refer to Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, including
subdivisions thereof, for requirements and conditions which may affect the
work of this section.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Scope of Work: .�•
L Furnish and install rigid foundation insulation at handicap addition
foundations.
2. Furnish and install fiberglass insulation in walls and ceilings of handicap
additions.
3. Furnish and install fiberglass wall insulation for stuffing around
doors.
1.03 RELATED WORK
..
A. Section 08111: Hollow Metal Frames
B. Section 08210: Wood fors
C. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions Special Conditions
and General Requirements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with manufacturer's product data for insulation to be
incorporated into the work. Indicate thickness and R-factors of insulation to
be used.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Furnish material in manufactureir"s packaging, complete with installation ...
instructions.
no
..
Cabinetwork
Section 06410-page 5
D. Permanently fix cabinet and counter bases to floor and wall using appropriate
angles and anchorages.Permanently fix wall cabinets to wall studs.
E. Counter-sink semi-concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount
components,and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding
surfaces.
F. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which against other building materials,leaving
gaps of 1/32 inch maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this
Purpose-
G. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to ensure smooth and correct operation.
H. Base at kickstop to be plastic laminate or hardwood as shown on contract
drawings.
END OF SECTION
Cabinetwork
Section 06410-page 4
B. At kitchens and kitchenette fit shelves, doors and exposed edges with 1/16 inch
thick plastic laminate edging. Use full length pieces only.
C. Cabinetwork doors: Minimum 3/4 inch thick and of type construction
indicated on Contract Drawings.
.W
D. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with
manufactured sizes. Comers and joints: hairline. Locate counter butt joints at
least two(2)feet from sink cut-outs.
E. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern.
mechanically fasten splash-backs to countertops with steel brackets at 16"
inches on center.
F. Use exposed fastening devices or nails only when unavoidable. Arrange
neatly.
G. Shop assemble cabinetwork and finish carpentry items for delivery to site in MW
sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings.
2.08 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING no
A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. apply wood filler in *M
exposed nail and screw indentations ready for finish.
B. Shop finish with three coats of clear urethane varnish, satin finish. *•
C. Plumbing and Electrical Contractor to provide cut-outs for plumbing fixture,
inserts,appliances, outlet boxes and other fixtures and fittings. Verify AW
locations of cut-outs from on-site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of
cutouts. Coordinate cutting with Plumber and/or Electrician.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Set and secure cabinetwork and finish carpentry items in place rigid,plumb
and square.
B. Use fixture attachments designed for that purpose for wall mounted .„
components.
C. Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining •
cabinet units and counter tops.
,.
MW
Cabinetwork
Section 06410-page 3
2.04 FINISH MATERIALS
A. Plastic laminate: General purpose type;minimum 1/16 inches thick;
manufactured by Wilson Art,Formica,or equal. Colors to be selected by
Architect. All plastic laminate countertops to be on 3/4" A-C plywood,not
particle board.
B. Plastic Laminate Backing:High pressure paper base laminate without a
decorative finish;minimum 1/16 inches thick. All interior exposed surfaces.
C. Adhesive: FS MM M-A-130A type recommended by millwork manufacturer to
suit application.
D. Wood casework to be shop finished by manufacturer. Three coats of clear
urethane varnish.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
„ A. Nails: Size and type to suit application.
B. Bolts,Nuts,Washers,Lags,Pins and Screws: of size and type to suit
application.
C. Clothes Poles and Brackets: As shown on the Contract Drawings.
2.06 CABINET HARDWARE
A. Hardware:
1. Hinges: Grass#1006 Self closing.
2. Slides:Knape&Vogt. #14S4.
3. Standards Knape&Vogt. #255 ANO.
4. Pulls EPCO#MC-4024 PC.
2.07 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate cabinetwork and finish carpentry items in accordance with
recommendations of AWI and to extent indicated in Schedule of Items located
a t end of this Section. When necessary to cut and fit on site,make material
with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting.
MW
Cabinetwork
Section 06410-page 2
.W
B. Indicate materials and wood species,component profiles, fastening,jointing
details,finishes and accessories to large scale. 4
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Do not deliver cabinetwork items until site conditions are adequate to receive
the work. Protect items from weather while in transit.
B. Store indoors,in ventilated areas with constant but minimum temperature of
16 degrees C. and maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55%.
1.06 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01015: Alternates.
B. General Conditions, and General Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Kitchen cabinets to be"Classic Gold"manufactureed by Cardell. Available
from Welco,East Hartford,CT.
2.02 LUMBER PRODUCTS ..
A. Softwood Lumber:PS 20;and graded in accordance with the requirements of
AWI;maximum moisture content of 6%for interior work. Species to be white
pine unless otherwise noted on Contract Drawings.
B. Hardwood Lumber: PS 58; FS MM-L-736C; graded in accordance with the
requirements of AWI,maximum moisture content of six percent(6 0/6).
Species to be birch unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings.
2.03 SHEET MATERIALS
A. A/C Plywood: Graded in accordance with AWI;core material of lumber.
B. Wood Particleboard: Composed of wood chips,made with water resistant
adhesive of grade to suit application;sanded faces.
C. Hardwood Plywood: ANSIWHA HP; custom grade in accordance with AWI;
veneer or particleboard core materials. Red birch and red oak Species,with
plain spliced face veneers.
.w
Cabinetwork
Section 06410 -page 1
SECTION 06410
CABINETWORK
PART 1 GENERAL,
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid:
1. Furnish shop fabricated cabinetwork and casework items,at kitchens as
shown on drawings complete with all hardware and accessories.
Cabinetwork to be shop finished. Cabinetry will be installed under
Section 06200 -Finish Carpentry.
2. Cabinets as shown on drawings in handicap apartments,community
room kitchenette and where shown on replacement log.
3. New plastic laminate countertops wherever kitchen cabinets are being
replaced.
„ 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform carpentry work in accordance with the recommendations of the
+ Millwork Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI).
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS L-P-508F-Plastic Sheet,Laminated,Decorative,and Non-Decorative.
B. FS Nffv%4-A-130A-Adhesive Contact.
C. Construction and Industrial Plywood
D. American Softwood and Hardwood Lumber Standard.
E. KCMA and ANSlIA161.1-1990 certification
F. Paragraph 611-1.1 of H.U.D. minimum property standards Housing 4910.1
dated 9/8/86
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all cabinetry in accordance with Section 01340.
..
FINISH CARPENTRY
Section 06200-Page 3
am
2.05 HARDWARE
M.
A. All door hardware will be supplied under Section 08700 - Hardware and will be
installed under this section.
..
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION oil.
A Perform finish carpentry work to extent indicated in this Section. Construction
joining and pre-finishing of assemblies and items as established by AWI.
B. Set and secure materials and components in place,rigid,plumb,and square.
C. Ensure all mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section of work are properly
Placed, complete, and have been inspected by Architect prior to commencement of
installation.
D. Prime paint contact surfaces of items and assemblies in contact with cementitious
materials.
E. Install hardware,fixtures and accessories. ..
F. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Install the new toilet accessories in accordance with Toilet Accessories Section_
H. Install all items in a neat and workmanlike manner.
I. Patch to match existing conditions and materials.
3.02 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING
A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed
nail and screw indentations and leave ready to receive site-applied finish. On items to
receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matched surrounding surfaces, and
of types recommended for applied finishes.
END OF SECTION
FINISH CARPENTRY
Section 06200 -Page 2
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS MM-L-736C-Lumber,Hardwoo(L
B. PS I -Construction and Industrial Plywood.
C. PS 58-Basic Hardwood-
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Do not deliver finish carpentry items until site conditions are adequate to receive the
work of this section. Protect materials from weather while in transit.
B. Store indoors, in ventilated areas with a constant but minimum temperature of 60
degrees F. and maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent. General Contractor to
provide these conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMBER PRODUCTS
S=ies
A
Blocking as required
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Nails: Size and type to suit application-
B. Bolts,Nuts,Washers,Lags,Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application.
C. Glue-Acceptable to both surfaces.
2.03 B41TRIOR WOOD DOORS
A, Fire rated doors shall,have gypsum cores.
B. Doors to be 5 ply birch, solid corewood,20 minute rated,birch face species.
C. installation of hardware on doors.
2.04 TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. All toilet accessories wiI1 be supplied under Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories and
will be installed under this section.
.w
FINISH CARPENTRY
Section 06200-Page 1
,w
.o
SECTION 06200
.w
FINISH CARPENTRY
MW
PART 1 GENERAL
..
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope of Work for Base Bid: "W
1. Furnish and install interior doors where shown on the Contract Drawings.
ow
2. Install finish door hardware for interior and exterior doors that is being
furnished under Section 08700 Hardware.
3. Install toilet accessories that are being furnished under Section 10800 - Toilet
Accessories.
4. Furnish and install all interior finish carpentry trim, where shown on the
Contract Drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Toilet Accessories: Section 10800.
B. Hardware: Section 08700.
C. Rough Carpentry: Section 06000
D. Cabinetwork: Section 06410.
E. Wood Doors: Section 08210.
F. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with recommendations of the Millwork
Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI). ,�„
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 6
D. Preservative-Penta chlorophenol or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Application
A. Brush apply two(2)coats of preservative treatment on all site-sawn ends of treated
lumber. Allow preservative to cure prior to placing members.
3.02 Placement
A. Place miscellaneous blocking,furring,canting,nailing strips,framing and sheathing.
Place members true to lines and levels. Secure rigidly in place.
B. Space miscellaneous framing and furring at 16 inches on center.
C. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths.
End of Section
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 5
M. Cut, patch, and frame all rough carpentry for this work, for the completion of their
work,ready for installation of finish surfaces.
N. Provide and install all rough hardware and other items as well as all metal fastenings
for proper installations of carpentry.
ow
1.09 DISPOSAL
A. The Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section daily. "k
Leave entire work in a clean,neat condition ready for receipt of other specified work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS ""
2.01 Lumber and Sheet Materials
.W
A. Lumber: PS 20, and graded in accordance with NFPA.Grading Rules; Spruce species,
standard grade at all other locations and structural#1 grade at all floor joists. Roof
framing to be Douglas Fir:E= 1,600,000,Fb= 1700 psi or equal.
B. Softwood Plywood: PS l; sheathing grade, 4 or 5 ply Douglas Fir. See drawings for
thickness required
C. Roof and Fascia Plywood: Sheathing, 5 ply Douglas Fir. See drawings for thickness ..
required.
D. Pressure treated lumber: Number 1 &2 Southern Pine Osmose or Wolmanized *�
treated with chromated copper arsenate with kiln dried retention of.40#/cu.ft.
E. Porch Flooring: 1 x 3 T&G Douglas Fir to match existing.
F. Exterior Trim: Number 2 or better S4S pine sizes and thickness as shown on
drawings. Galvanized or stainless steel nails. AW
2.02 Accessory Materials
A- Nails, Spikes and Staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations,
and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit
application.
B. Bolts,Nuts,Washers,Lags,Pins and Screws`TP'clips: Medium carbon steel; sized to
suit application, galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated
wood;plain finish for other exterior locations.
C. Fasteners: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or
concrete bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. Adhesive type
equivalent to"Hilti-Hit System"or Ramset"Chemset"for connection to brick. ..
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 4
L. All fasteners shall be galvanized steel (ASTM A307-68) or non-ferrous metal
compatible with roofing system.
1.08 INSTALLATION
A. In addition to items specified herein to receive wood preservative treatment, all wood
members and cants in roof construction shall be preservative pressure treated and
preservative brushed-
B. All split,bowed,rotted or otherwise unsuitable wood blocking shall be replaced-
C. Note roof expansion joints location shown on roof plan and typical details requiring
blocking and cants at same.
D. Furnish, set, and maintain runways or ladders as required for the general use of all
workmen.
E. Carefully lay out, cut,fit and install all furring,nailers,blocking curbs and other items
of carpentry required for the roofing work specified.
F. Build in all plates, cants, nailers, and other framing members, properly nailed,
anchored and braced.
G. Install blocking, plates, and cant strips at all roof vents, roof fans, roof edges, and
similar areas all to be preservative treated.
H. Brace,plumb, and level all members and secure with sufficient nails, spikes, and bolts
to insure rigidity. Drill where necessary. Anchor with toggle bolts into masonry.
I. Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on the Drawings to anchor
carpentry to masonry or concrete. Anchors shall extend not less than 8" into brick and
concrete. Anchors for plates shall be as shown, spaced approximately 4` o.c., and
provided with nuts and washers.
J. Fasten wood grounds, furring, and other engaging woodwork to concrete and masonry
with approved metal types of ties or inserts spaced to suit conditions.
K. Nails, spikes, screws, toggles, and similar items shall be of approved materials, sizes,
and types sufficient to draw and rigidly secure members in place. These to be hot-dip
galvanized. Make submittals. Comply with Appendix M of the Massachusetts State
Building Code.
0 L. Miscellaneous 5/4" x 6" blocking and all other blocking required for other materials
are in the scope of work. Minimum width of roof edge blocking shall be 2x6.
40
O.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 3
M"
A. Lumber shall be surfaced four sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and structural
lumber shall conform to the requirements of the department of Commerce Simplified
Practice Recommendation R16-39. 00
B. Lumber shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated on the Drawings or specified
herein. Worked materials, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, shall ""
conform to the standard patterns of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39.
C. Lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried, unless otherwise specified, and the
moisture content shall not exceed 19%.
D. Lumber shall be identified by the official grade-mark, except where grade-mark will
interfere with natural finish. All lumber"Osmose" or"Wolmanized",minimum 30
year guarantee .
E. Lumber for the various uses shall be one of the species listed for the purpose and of
the grade indicated, at the Contractor's option:
USE GRADE SPECIES•�
(a) Plates, #1 or 42 Douglas Fir, Southern
Cants, "Osmose"or Yellow Pine ►
Nailers, "Wolmanized"
Sleepers
Curbs
(b)Interior framing stud grade S.P.F.
(c)Joists&rafters #1 or#2 western spruce or hem fir
F. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications
FF-B-571A. All fasteners should be hot-dipped, galvanized and be countersunk to
avoid damage to roofing materials.
G. Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist hangers, toggle bolts, washers, and
anchors shall be of steel and iron and of standard type and manufacture.
H. Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-B-561.
I. Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-N 101,
FF-B-561, or may be the drivescrew or special type of standard manufacture. ,.
J. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-B-111.
.w
K. All wood blocking shall be pressure treated with a water-borne type preservative to a
minimum retention of.30 lbs.per cubic foot of wood
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 2
B. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood
C. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard
�*► D. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Grade
Lumber and Its Fastening.
E. Osmose or Wolman salts treated; chromated copper arsenate, 30 year guarantee for
exterior exposure.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revisions of the
standard specifications of the following organizations:
40 APA American Plywood Association,
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute,
AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau,
40 DFPA Douglas Fir Plywood Association,
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association,
NFPA National Forest Products Association, Visible grade stamp
required
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit three copies of certificate of compliance for all items to be pressure treated.
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Store all materials in such a manner as to ensure proper ventilation and drainage and
to protect against damage and weather.
B. Use all means necessary to protect all materials of this Section before, during, and
after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
C. Keep all materials clearly identified with all grade marks legible. Keep all damaged
materials clearly identified as damaged, and store separately to prevent their
inadvertent use.
D. Protect all wood materials against dampness during and after delivery. Store under
cover and where not exposed to extreme changes of temperatures or humidity.
1.07 MATERIALS
am
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06001 -Page 1 MW
SECTION 06001 am
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Attention is directed to the printed form of the Contract and Division 1 of these
Specifications entitled "General Requirements", which are hereby made part of this
Section of the Specifications.
B. Equality of material,article,assembly,or system,other than those named or described
in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 01630. ,
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. The scope of work consists of the installation of all materials to be furnished under
this Section, and without limiting the generality thereof, includes:
AW
1. Furnish and install all required interior wood framing, wall, door, and
window blocking as well as miscellaneous blocking for the project. Note
especially community building renovations, handicap apartments and Aw
entrances.
2. Furnish and install all required exterior wood framing: studs, beams,joists, and No`
rafters. Note especially handicap building entrances and mailbox gazebo.
3. Pressure treatment of wood members in contact with masonry surfaces. .W
4. Pressure treatment of exterior exposed wood and roof nailers. ,w
5. Furnish and install new columns at exterior decks.
B. Wherever details call for "existing blocking to remain", replace all wet, damaged or
deteriorated blocking with new blocking, pressure treated with chromated copper
arsenate, meeting AWPA standard P-5 with retention of.40 lb per cubic foot and 30
year guarantee,or approved equal.Exercise proper caution.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS *�
A. MIL -Y - 13518C (1) Wood Preservative: Tetrachlorophenol and Pentachlorophenol,
Surface Sealing Compound. "'
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page 7
B. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds,bolted connections and abraded
areas and apply galvanized repair paint to comply with AST,A780.
END OF SECTION
40
0
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page 6
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Fastening to In Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and
fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to
in-place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry
inserts,toggle bolts,through bolts, lag bolts,wood screws and other
connectors as required.
B. Cutting,Fitting and Placement:Perform cutting,drilling and fitting required
for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in
location,alignment and elevation,plus,level,true and free of rack,measured
from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in
formwork for items which are to be built into concrete masonry or similar
construction.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints,but
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed wo
joints smooth and touch-up shop painting coat. Do not weld,cut or abrade the
surfaces of exterior units which have been hotdip galvanized after fabrication,
and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. o,
D. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal-arc welding,appearance and quality of welds made,and methods used go
in correcting welding work.
E. Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any AM
bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean
bottom surface of bearing plates.
am
F. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other
adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and
plumbed,tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims,but if
protruding,cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with
grout. Use metallic non-shrink grout on concealed locations where not
exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrunk grout in exposed locations,
unless otherwise indicated. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and
plates to ensure that no voids remain.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Touch-Up Painting.Immediately after erection,clean field welds,bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint,and paint exposed areas with
same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a
minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page 5
thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for
grouting as required. Hot-dip galvanize after fabrication.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and support shown on drawings and not
specifically mentioned to be provide as part of the work of other trades.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes,shapes and profiles indicated or if not
indicated,or required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained
by framing. Except as otherwise indicated,fabricate from structural steel
shapes,plates and steel bars of welded construction using metered joints for
field connection. Cut,drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar
items.
C. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or
building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete
is placed. Except as otherwise indicated,space anchors 24 inches on center
and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4 inches by 1/4 by 8 inches steel
straps. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous frames and supports and apply one
coat of alkyd primer.
2.06 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Provide shapes and sizes indicated for profiles shown. Unless otherwise
indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates and steel bars,
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed
field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings and anchorages as
required for coordination.of assembly and installation with other work.
Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and
fabrication,where possible. Do not delay job progress, allow for trimming and
fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work.
B. Coordinate and furnish anchorage, setting drawings,diagrams, templates,
instructions and directions for installation of anchorages,such as concrete
inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors,
which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate
delivery of such items to project site.
an
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page 4
B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces no
and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately
1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal comers to smallest ow
radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
C. Weld comers and seams continuously,complying with AWS so
recommendations. At exposed connections,grind exposed welds smooth and
flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth,using
concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type
indicated or, if not indicated Phillips flathead countersunk)screws and bolts.
E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated,coordinated with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for
intended use.
F. Cut,reinforce,drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive
finish hardware and similar items.
G. Shop Painting:
1. Apply shop primer to surfaces of metal fabrications except those which
are indicated to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
2. Surface Preparation:Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with .W
specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal
fabrications.
.0
2.03 ROUGH HARDWARE
A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts,plates,anchors,hangers, aw
towels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing
and supporting woodwork,and for anchoring or securing woodwork to
concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware MW
items are specified in Sections.
B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish aw
malleable-iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural
connections: elsewhere, furnish steel washers.
2.04 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose beating and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500 -page 3
9. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge iron,ASTM A47,
or cast steel,ASTM A27. Provide bolts,washers and shims
as required,hot-dip galvanized,ASTM A 153.
10. Stainless Steel: US26D finish.
C. Grout:
1. Metallic Non-Shrink Grout:Pre-mixed factory
packaged,ferrous aggregate grout.
2. Non-Shrink,Non-Metallic Grout Pre-mixed factory
packaged,nonstaining,non-corrosive,non-gaseous grout.
Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for
interior and exterior application of type specified in this Section.
D. Fasteners:Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into
exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
1. Bolts and Nuts:Regular hexagon head type,ASTM A307,Grade A.
2. Lag Bolts: Square head type.
3. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel.
4. Wood Screws:Flat head carbon steel.
5. Plain Veneers:Round, carbon steel.
6. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields.
7. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-Wing type,class and style as required.
8. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel.
E. Paint: Shop priming of ferrous metals shall be fast curing, lead free, "Tnemec
10-99" primer as manufactured by Tnemec Company, Inc.,or equal.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint:High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, one of the following or equal:
L Tnemec-Zinc 90-93.
2. ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound.
G. Aluminum: Anodized aluminum;allow 6063-T-52.
2.02 FABRICATION
A- Use materials of size and thickness indicated,or it not indicated,as required to
produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work to
dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings,using proven details of
0 fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for
various components of work.
g.
no
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page 2
..
B. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal
fabrications. Include plans,elevations and details of sections and connections. AM
Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchor and bolt
installation by others.
MW
C. Submit two sets of representative samples of materials and finished products
as may be requested by the Architect.
MW
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field
splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated
installation. ..
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces,General:For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which ..
will be exposed to view,use only materials which are smooth and free of
surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks,roller marks rolled trade „u
names and roughness. All exterior rails to be galvanized.
B. Ferrous metals shall conform to the following:
1 Steel Plates: Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36.
2. Steel Tubing. Cold-formed,ASTM A500;or hot-rolled,ASTM •
A501.
3..- Structural Steel Sheet:Hot-rolled,ASTM A570;or cold-rolled
ASTM A611, Class 1,of grade required for design loading. .�
4. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A446, of grade
required for design loading. Coating designation as indicated, or if
not indicated,G90. .W
5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; Type and grade(if applicable)as selected
by fabricator and as required for design loading, block finish
unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight(schedule 40), MW
unless otherwise indicated Galvanized for exterior use.
6. Grey Iron Castings: ASTM A48,Class 30.
7 Malleable Iron Castings:ASTM A47, grade as selected by
fabricator.
8. Brackets,Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal
of the same type and material and finish as supported
rails unless otherwise indicated
.W
no
Metal Fabrications
Section 05500-page I
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Definition:Metal fabrications include items made from iron and steel shapes,
plates,bars, strips,tubes,pipes and castings which are not part of structural
No steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere. All structural steel is by
General Contractor.
B. Extent of the metal fabrications is indicated on drawings.
C. Types of work in this section include but are not necessarily limited to metal
fabrications for:
1. Handrails.
2. Miscellaneous rough hardware shown on the Contract Drawings.
3. Miscellaneous fabricated metal items and accessories shown on the
Contract Drawings.
1.02 SCAFFOLDING AND MECHANICAL HOISTING
ft A- Provide all scaffolding and mechanical hoisting to complete the scope of work
of this Section.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03001: Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Section 09900:Painting.
D. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions
and General Requirements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, manufacturees specifications,
anchor details and installation instructions for products used in miscellaneous
metal fabrications,including paint products and grout.
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 10
03001 - CONCRETE WORK regardless of where these are shown on drawings. ..
These trades shall furnish all inserts required. (but not reinforcing steel) and be
responsible for size and location. It is intended that concrete work below grade „m
for manholes,catch basins, and such items be included by those trades installing
those items.
so
3.13 GROUTING
A. None required
3.14 CORRECTING DEFECTIVE WORK
A. When in the opinion of the Architect, work has not been performed in accordance
with the drawings and specifications, such disapproved work shall be subject to
removal and correct replacement. Should the Contractor wish to correct the work by
methods other than removal and replacement as ordered, such corrective measure
shall be submitted in writing by the General Contractor to the Architect for his
approval. Should none of these corrective measures meet the approval of the
Architect, then the aforementioned removal and replacement shall be accomplished.
All cost arising from such measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
.R
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 9
invisible after 30 days and later so that the natural appearance of the concrete is
not changed.
3.09 CONCRETE FINISHES
A. A fine broom finish on traffic surfaces
B. Float parged finish on other exposed surfaces prior to curing.
3.10 CUTTING OF HOLES
" A. Cutting of holes shall be done only by a rotary concrete diamond drill in such a
manner as not to spall the surfaces of the concrete.
3.11 PATCHING
A. Patching of defective or misaligned concrete surfaces shall be undertaken only with
the Architect's permission, which shall not be considered a waiver of the Architect's
right to require complete removal of the defective work if the patching in his opinion
does not restore the quality and appearance of the surface. In any case, where the
concrete appearance is not acceptable, the Architect shall order, at the Contractor's
expense, replacement or an acceptable alternative of additional finishing of the
unacceptable portions and other similar portion or items to ensure that the entire
completed structure shall have a consistent and compatible appearance.
1. Defects in concrete work shall be repaired as directed by the Architect. Voids
shall be chipped to depth of at least one(1) inch or to remove all loose material
with the edges perpendicular to the surface and parallel to form markings.
Voids, surface irregularities, chipped areas, etc., shall be filled by patching,
and/or rubbing, as directed by the Architect, and shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. Repaired surfaces shall duplicate the appearance of the
' unpatched work. Prepare a sample of a repaired condition for approval by
Architect before proceeding with all of this work.
3.12 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
A. Install concrete pads, pits, and other concrete work required for mechanical
equipment, i.e., plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilation, electrical and for
Owner's equipment, all as indicated on the drawings. Refer to related drawings and
specification sections for information and details. All equipment pads shall have one
inch bevel on all upper edges and shall be famished as hereinafter specified.
M 1. Equipment Supports: With the exception of rough underground concrete such
as anchor blocks for fire mains, envelopes for conduit, etc., all concrete work
such as slabs, pads, curbs, etc., supporting or related to mechanical, plumbing,
fire sprinkler and electrical work shall be furnished and installed under Section
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 8
A. All concrete work, including concrete finishes and toppings, shall be protected from
injurious action by the sun,rain,flowing water,frost and other injury.
B. For all methods of curing hereinafter specified or otherwise approved, the primary
intention is the retention of contained water in the concrete for proper hydration. All
exposed surfaces of concrete shall, therefore, be protected. Where wood forms are
left for curing purposes, they shalt be kept moist to prevent seepage and premature
drying of the concrete. When forms are removed,the resulting exposed surfaces shall
be cured by the application within 4 hours of approved coating herein specified so as
to prevent premature drying.
C. All curing methods as hereinafter specified or otherwise approved, shall be based on
the premise of applying the curing as soon as possible, and as herein specified, and,
therefore, the immediate application of any curing medium used may be expected to
necessitate overtime work for compliance with this requirement.
D. Curing results obtained by the method described under WATER CURING hereinafter
specified, shall be the standard to which all other methods hereinafter specified or
approved shall be comparable.
1. Water curing shall be accomplished by keeping the horizontal surfaces of the
concrete continuously wet for the curing period of not less than 6 days or longer
if required, by the use of water saturated coverings, if mats or proper layout of OW
wet sand. For all other surfaces in lieu of mats, etc., continuous spraying with
fresh water may be used provided the method and personnel used for the
spraying insures a continuously wet saturated surface of concrete at all times. am
2. Curing with approved coatings and compounds used on the job shall be
delivered in the original manufacturer's containers with the instruction as to
what method of application and proper quantity of compound to be used per
coverage area clearly indicated thereon. Recommended equipment of
manufacturer shall be used with the curing compound. It shall be applied to '
whole area as soon as initial set takes place or finish troweling (Maximum
permitted time between pouring and applying compound shall be 60 minutes,
when air temperatures are above 65F.) is accomplished. If time is longer before
compound is applied, then water sprinkling shall be applied keeping concrete
moist until compound is applied.
E. Curing compounds shall have no harmful erects upon concrete or upon any of
the finish flooring materials specified and shall be applied as a fine mist. It
shall dry quickly so that it can be walked upon, being neither slippery nor sticky
but forming a tough continuous waterproof seal without pinholes or other
defects to impair the efficiency of the sealing properties as specified. Seal
coverings or coatings shall provide not less than 90 percent water retention
Methods of Testing for Efficiency of Materials for a distinct color during the
first 12 hours after application,but all traces of coloring shall be completely
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 7
A. Construction joints shall be located only as herein specified or as approved by the
Architect.
B. Joints not indicated on the drawings shall be made and located so as to least impair
.� the strength of the structure. To this end the Contractor shall submit to the Architect
for approval a plan for the proposed construction joint layout.
�* C. At construction joints, the surface shall be chipped. After the joint is properly
roughened, and immediately before the next pour, the joint surface and all adjacent
formwork and reinforcement, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned and washed down as
required and a thick creamy grout 1:1 shall be applied on this surface at least 1/2 inch
to 1/4 inch thick and followed immediately with new concrete so as to properly bond
the new and old concrete.
It is important that the technique of this operation be scrupulously adhered to in order
to minimize appearance of cracks at construction joints. Construction joints mean all
horizontal and vertical joints.
D. All construction joints in slabs 4"and thicker shall be keyed.
E. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints unless otherwise
detailed.
F. Concrete floor slab shall be placed in rectangular sections with construction joints and
control joints as shown on Drawings. Allow three days between pours of adjacent
sections.
G. Control Joints:
1. At all slabs, place zipper strip control joints in square or rectangular patterns of
approximately 15 feet by 15 feet maximum distance apart. If strip pours are
used,place control joints where construction joints are shown at 30 feet apart.
2. Place joints straight, true, and flush with concrete after initial troweling. Then
remove top of zipper strip and trowel concrete smooth over joints.
H. Submit layout drawings for all joint locations as required for shop drawings. Locate
and form joints so as to maintain structural integrity.
1. The Contractor shall keep a record on the building of the time and date of placing all
concrete in each portion of the building. The record shall be open to the inspection of
the Architect.
3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 6
concrete may be effectively compacted into horizontal layers not exceeding 12 inches
in thickness with minimum lateral movements.
C. Depositing of concrete shall:
I. Proceed continuously after once starting, until reaching the end of a section or •�
construction joint approved by the Architect. The operations shall be conducted
so that no fresh concrete is deposited on concrete sufficiently hardened to cause
formation of seams and planes of weakness. +�
2. Be as nearly as practicable in its final position in the forms.
3. Proceed as to constantly maintain a top surface approximately level.
D. Concrete shall be placed before initial set has occurred, and in no case shall the time
exceed 90 minutes from either the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and
aggregates. During hot weather or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of
the concrete, this time shall be reduced to 60 minutes. Under any conditions the
mixing operation shall begin within 30 minutes after the cement has been introduced
to the aggregate.
E. Concrete shall be thoroughly worked and compacted by means of suitable tools to
provide impermeability, durability and strength and shall be thoroughly worked
around reinforcement and embedded items and into comers of forms so as to be free
from voids,pockets, or honeycombing. In no case shall mechanical vibrators be used
to transport concrete inside forms.
F. The vibrating equipment shall be of the internal type and shall at all times be adequate
in number of units and power of each unit to properly consolidate all concrete. Form
or surface vibrators shall not be used. Hand spading shall be simultaneously
employed with mechanical vibrators in the comers and angles of forms and along
form surfaces of all exposed concrete surfaces to eliminate all air pockets while the AW
concrete is plastic.
G. Accumulation of water on the surface of concrete due to water gain, segregation, or
other causes, during placing and compacting shall be prevented as far as possible by
adjustments in the mixture, and shall be removed as fast as accumulated so that
concrete will not be placed in such accumulations.
H. Concrete shall be placed in one operation to the predetermined construction joints,
and the supplying and placing of concrete shall be continuous and progressive. In the
case of unavoidable delays or breakdowns resulting in interruption and partial set of
concrete, the vertical surface of the joint shall be treated in a similar manner as
described herein under CONSTRUCTION JOINTS.
3.06 CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINTS .,
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 5
Class B C
Min. 28 Day
Compressive
Strength,P.S.I. 3000 40M
Min. Slump In. 2 3
" Max. Slump In. 4 4
Aggregate In. 3/4" 3/4"
Class B Concrete unless otherwise indicated or specified shall be used for all
sonotubes,footings and foundations.
Class C Concrete for slabs. Exterior concrete to be air entrained-
D, Retempering of concrete, regardless of addition of extracement, shall not be permitted
under any circumstances.
E. If, for any reason whatsoever, the slump of the concrete is increased beyond the
allowable limit by the addition of extra water to the mixer, chutes, or forms, the
Contractor shall be held fully responsible for any unsatisfactory concrete resulting by
this action whether it is indicated by low strength tests, core tests, segregation, or poor
durability.
3.05 DEPOSITING
A. Preparation for placing concrete. Before depositing concrete the Contractor shall:
1. Remove from space to be occupied by concrete all debris, including snow, ice
and water.
2. Provide diversion, satisfactory to the Architect of any flow of water into an
excavation to avoid washing the freshly deposited concrete.
3. Coat the forms prior to placing of reinforcing steel.
4. Notify the Architect at least 48 hours in advance of any concrete placement.
B. Transporting of concrete from mixer to place of final deposit shall be done as rapidly
as practicable by means which shall prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients.
Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than 4 feet_ Where greater drops
are required canvas "elephant trucks" or galvanized iron chutes equipped with suitable
hopper head shall be employed and a sufficient number placed to ensure that the
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 4
F. Reinforcement:None required.
G. Admixtures shall not be used. .W
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FORMS
A. Sonotubes, sizes shown on drawings.
3.02 CONDUITS,PIPES, SLEEVES,INSERTS,ETC.
A. All conduits pipes, sleeves, inserts, etc., shall be installed in strict conformance with
Chapter 6 of the ACI Building Code and with the manufacturer's recommendation.
B. Aluminum conduit,inserts, angles, etc., shall not be cast in concrete.
C. Anchors,bolts,dowels,reglets, flashing, inserts,blocking and all other similar built-in
or concreted-in items shall be properly located, accurately positioned and secured. In
addition this contractor shall cooperate in the placing of other such items with
contractors who require a fastening device for their work and he shall maintain them
in proper locations during the progress of his work.
D. All sleeves whether shown on the structural drawings or only on mechanical and
electrical drawings shall be furnished and set by the Contractor for the work requiring
the sleeving. The location of all openings shall be verified by the Contractor involved WP
prior to placing concrete.
3.03 REINFORCEMENT or
A. None required
OF
3.04 CONCRETE
A. Quality and Working Stresses: Concrete for the various parts of the work shall or
comply with the limits shown in the following Table A, in which the values are based
on materials which meet the requirements of the specifications.
B. Proportions of concrete ingredients shall be submitted for approval as proposed by the
Contractor at least thirty(30)days before commencing any concrete operations, unless
otherwise permitted by the Architect.
C. Table A-Mix Design Requirements for Concrete „�
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 3
3. Cutting and/or patching made necessary by failure or delay in complying with
these requirements shall be at the expense of this Contractor.
1.04 APPROVALS
A. Upon request furnish affidavits from manufacturer certifying that all materials
delivered to the project meet these Specifications.
B. Notify the Architect prior to placing any concrete for footings,slabs,etc.
C. Record all information or obtain copies of such recorded information as required in
ACI 318,and as recommended in ACI 306 and/or in ACI 305.
D. Submit material samples as herein specified.
40 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. None required: save trucking slips for Owner
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. None required.
1.07 SAMPLES
A. None Required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All material shall be of the quality specified herein so delivered, stored, and handled
as to prevent inclusion or foreign matter and damage by dampness and breakage.
B. Portland cement shall be ANSI/ASTM C 150. Type 1.
C. Sand and gravel concrete is to be transmit-mix concrete conforming to ASTM
Specification C94-71 and ACI 318-71, for normal weight concrete. Strength shall be
3000 psi at 28 days.
D. Normal weight aggregate shall be ANSUASTM C33.
E. Water for mixing and curing shall be clean, potable and free from deleterious
material.
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page 2
8. Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete ACI 308. Copies of which shall be
famished by the Contractor and kept available at the project at all times Perform
work in accordance with these Specifications and indications on drawings MW
whenever referenced materials are in conflict therewith.
C. Substitute the "Architect or his authorized representative" for 'Building Official" or
similar title of person charged with enforcement in all references such as ACI 318.
D. It is the intent of this Specification to secure for every part of the work, concrete of
homogeneous structure, which when hardened, will have the required strength,
durability and resistance to weathering. To this end, limiting values for mix design of
concrete shown in Paragraph 11, Table A, and the requirements thereafter specified
must be met.
E. The scope of the work will also include supply and installation of the following: "
1. Vapor barrier.
2. Sleeves.
3. Miscellaneous Concrete.
4. Accessories.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Concrete work shall comply with pertinent requirements of the American
Concrete Institute contained in "Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, latest
edition.
B. Worlananship: Produce concrete which will present an appearance satisfactory to the
Architect when finished as specified in this and/or other sections of the Specifications.
Particular care shall be used when starting concrete pour to maintain the continuity of
appearance. Use all means necessary to avoid blemishes, imperfections or changes in
the finished surfaces. Where color is used, all finished, cured colored concrete shall "
match in color and appearance.
C. Cooperate with Other Trades:
1. This Contractor shall obtain information and instructions from other contractors
and suppliers in ample time to schedule and coordinate the installation of items
furnished by them to be embedded in concrete under this section so that
provisions for their work can be made without delaying the project.
2. Take precautions to maintain alignment and prevent damage of such items
during placement of concrete. „
CONCRETE
Section 03001 -Page I
SECTION 03001
CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. This section is intended to include repair of cast-in-place concrete including
formwork,reinforcement,related accessories,and surface finishes.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor under this division shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances and
equipment necessary for completion of the concrete work, in accordance with this
section of the specifications and applicable drawings and subject to the terms and
conditions of the contract.
B. Unless otherwise noted or as modified by more stringent requirements either in the
Contract Drawings or specified herein, all plain and reinforced concrete work shall be
performed in full compliance with applicable requirements of the latest editions of the
•■ following codes and recommendations.
1. Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 318.
2. Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI
315.
3. Recommended Practice for concrete Formwork ACI 347.
4. Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 306.
5. Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concrete ACI 305.
6. Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight Concrete
ACI 211.1.
7. Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete ACI 304.
Recreational and Playground Equipment
Section 02882-Page 4
6. Galvanized Steel Posts shall be 127 mm(5")O.D., 13 gauge
pre-galvanized round tubing with robotically welded stamped steel
componentry. Minimum tensile strength shall be 380 mpa(55,000 psi).
Minimum yield point shall be 345 Mpa(50,000 psi). After fabrication,all
posts shall have a baked-on electrostatically applied polyester dry powder
coating. •R
7. Vinyl Clad Metal Decks shall be fabricated from 13 gauge hot rolled steel
which shall be punched, formed and reinforced with welded in place 11
gauge strips. Decks shall have hole patterns on each edge to provide flush
mounting of play events that attach to the deck. Decks shall maintain a
full 1016 mm(40")on center post spacing. This assembly shall be dipped
in a textured poly-vinyl-chloride coating,oven cured to a durable finish.
C. Furnish and install accessible fall absorbing surface.
1. Reference Standards: ASTM PS-97, ASTM PS-83, ASTM F 1292-99,
ASTM F-1951
2. Excavate to 12"depth and install a 12"depth of Playground Safety Fiber, .�
engineered hardwood fiber by New England Playground Surfacing.
3. Installation shall include manufacturer's limited(10)ten year warranty.
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Install per manufacturer's specifications.
B. Provide written warranties as follows: '■
1. Unconditional one year material and labor warranty excluding only
vandalism,acts of war and natural disasters.
2. Lifetime warranty on aluminum posts.
3. Limited lifetime warranty on stainless steel hardware.
4. Limited 15 year warranty on main structures against structural failure.
5. Limited ten(10)year warmaty on polyethylene slides,enclosures and ..
plastic components.
End of Section
Recreational and Playground Equipment
Section 02882-Page 3
10. Arch Climber: Arch Climbers shall be designed to incorporate a
one-piece,all welded construction with rungs evenly spaced,center to
center and welded to siderails. The siderails shall have a center spacing of
711 mm(28") . The siderails shall be fabricated from 42.2 mm(1.66")
O.D. pre-galvanized steel tubing. The rungs shall be fabricated from 33
mm(1.315")O.D. pre-galvanized steel tubing.Available with hand hold
loops or safety loops. After fabrication all parts shall have a baked-on
electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating.
11. Hex Roof: Hex Roof shall have the manufacturer's trademark applied to
identify the source of the product. Roof shall be a double-wall
construction. The rof shall be rotationally molded from linear low density
polyethylene.
B. Construction Accessories to include the following:
1. Plastic Caps shall fit snugly into 127 mm(5")and 33 mm (1.315")tube
ends and shall be injection molded Low Density Polyethylene. This
plastic shall be stabilized against ultraviolet(UV)degradation and shall
have color molded in. All caps will be installed at the factory and 127 mm
(5")caps will be secured with aluminum drive pins.
2. Paint shall be electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating which
shall be cured at temperatures between 400 and 500 degrees Fahrenheit.
The polyester powder with ASTM standards: D-522(Flexibility Mandrel
► Test), D-2794 (Impact Resistance Test), B-117 (Salt Spray Resistance
Test), D-2247(Humidity Resistance Test), D822 (Weatherability Test),
D3363 )Pencil Hardness Test), D2454 (Overbake Resistance Test)and
D3359B(Adhesion Crosshatching Test). Epoxy or Hybrid paints are not
acceptable due to poor weatherability characteristics.
3. Rotationally Molded Plastic Parts shall be molded from linear low density
polyethylene with ultraviolet(UV)light stabilizers,anti-static guard and
color molded in. This material shall comply with ASTM-D-790(Flex
Modulus), ASTM-D-638(tensile Strength), ASTM-D-648(Heat
Distortion Temperature)and ARM-STD(Low Temperature Impact)and
shall have an average 6 mm (.25")wall thickness.
4. Textured Poly-Vinyl-Chloride coating shall be an average of 3 mm
(.118")thick. Poly-vinyl-chloride coating shall be oven cured and
textured for added traction when wet or dry.
5. Hardware: Bolts,Nuts, Screws,Threaded Spacers,Washers and other
hardware used in the assembly of components shall be metric stainless
steel and tamper resistant. All necessary hardware shall be provided.
Recreational and Playground Equipment
Section 02882 -Page 2
and two step assembly for the 915 mm(36")and handrails. Each
triangular deck shall be fabricated from 11 gauge sheet steel, covering.37
square meters(575 sq. inches)and have three 25 x 152 mm(1"x 6"hand
slots incorporated into the deck surface for aid in user transition. The step
assemblies provide access from the transfer decks to a 1.2 in(48")deck
height or 915 mm(36")deck height. Each step shall have a tread depeth
of 406 mm(16")and a tread width of 953 mm(37.5"), with each rise
203mm(8")or less. Each step assembly shall have an all welded
construction from 1 i gauge sheet steel. Each step assembly and Transfer
Deck shall be dipped in a textured poly-vinyl-chloride coating. Transfer
Station handrails 1 shall be fabricated from 33 mm(1.315")O.D.,
pre-galvanized, 14 gauge tubing. Transfer Station loops shall be
fabricated from 42.2 mm(1.66")O.D.,pre-galvanized, 11 gauge tubing.
All welded handrail assemblies shall have a baked-on electrostatically
applied polyester dry powder coating.
7. Double Wide Slide: Double Wide Slide with Hood shall be rotationally
molded from linear low density polyethylene. Plastic double wide slide
sides shall be 203 mm(8")high from the slide surface and slide bedway
shall be designed with a 406 mm(16") minimum width. Double wide
slide shall be a one piece design with a center divider having no seams,
joints or gaps. Plastic slides shall have the manufacturer's trademark
applied to identify the souce of the product. Slide end support shall be ,..
fabricated from 38 mm(1.5") square tubing and shall have a baked-on
electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating. Mid support shall
be fabricated from 42.2 mm(1.66")O.D. tubing. All steel tubing shall •
have a baked-on electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating.
8. Interdeck Step: Inter-deck Step shall be completely fabricated from 11
gauge steel. The step surface shall measure 203mm(8")by a minimum of
406 mm(16")wide,with rises limited to 203 mm(8"). The complete
assemble shall be coated in a textured poly-vinyl-chloride coating after
fabrication. Hand loops shall be made from 33mm(1.315") diameter
pre-galvanized tubing and shall have a baked-on electrostatically applied
polyester dry powder coating.
9. Spiral Slide: 360 degree Spiral Slide shall be a one piece bedway
rotationally molded from linear low density polyethylene. Slide sides shall .�
be minimum of 355 mm(14")high from the slide surface. Center post
shall be 89 mm(3.5")pre-galvanized tubing. Spiral slide shall provide a
full 360 degrees of rotation. Slide transition deck shall be fabricated from
punched sheet steel and shall be dipped in a textured poly-vinyl-chloride,
oven cured to a durable finish Slide enclosures shall be rotationally .,
molded linear low density polyethylene. Slide enclosures shall have no
gaps greater than 76 mm (3")and less than 254 mm(10").
Recreational and Playground Equipment
Section 02882-Page 1
Recreational and Playground Equipment
Section 02882
PART 1 General
A. Furnish and install one play structure including parts, accessories and
anchorage to the ground.
B. Furnish and install handicap accessible,fall absorbing surface.
PART 2 Products
A. Play structure to be Little Tikes Kid Builders Tm Play Structure Model#KB 102
including the following components:
1. Bubble panel: Bubble panel shall be fabricated from 6 mm(.25")thick,
an extremely tough,impact resistant polycarbonate material and shall be
optically clear. The bubble panel shall be attached to a rotationally
molded from linear low density polyethylene panel to provide enclosure.
The plastic panel shall have the manufacturer's trademark applied to
identify the source of the product.
2. Two Talk Tubes: Talk Tubes shall be constructed with a 41 mm(1.625")
all steel voice tube,covered with a rotationally molded linear low density
polyethylene communication box at each end-
3. Eight Foot Challenge Ladder: Challenge ladder shall have 33 mm
W (1.315") O.D. pre-galvanized steel tube rungs equally spaced welded to
side rails. The challenge ladder shall be designed to work between posts
on 1.2 in(48")centers for the width and on 3.66m(12')and 2.44m(8')
centers for the length. The side rails shall be fabricated from 60 mm
(2.375")O.D. pre-galvanized steel tubing. After fabrication all parts shall
have a baked-on electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating.
4. Chinning Bar: Turning and chinning bars and single rails shall be
fabricated from 33 mm(1.315)O.D. galvanized steel pipe and shall have a
baked-on electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating.
5. Turning Bar: Turning and chinning bars and single rails shall be
fabricated from 33 mm(1.315)O.D. galvanized steel pipe and shall have a
baked-on electrostatically applied polyester dry powder coating.
6. Transfer Station: 1.2 in(48")and 915mm(36")Transfer Station shall
consist of two triangular decks,a three step assembly for the 1.2 m(48")
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page 5
B. Install bituminous concrete pavement in two courses. Binder 2"(base course)
and wearing course(topcourse), I".
C. Apply uniform tack coat on bituminous concrete binder course, following
acceptance by the Architect,at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard.
Allow to dry and cure as required. ...
D. Place,spread,and strike off the bituminous concrete mixture on a properly
prepared and conditioned surface. Inaccessible and small areas may be placed *�
by hand. Place the required grade,cross-section, and scheduled compacted
thickness.
,W
E. Carefully make joints between old and new pavements,and between
successive day's work,to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining work.
Construct joints to have the same texture,density,and smoothness as other
sections of the bituminous concrete course.
F. Begin rolling operations when the bituminous concrete mixture will bear the
weight of the roller without excessive displacement. Compact areas
inaccessible to rollers with vibrating plate compactors.
G. When during progress of work, field tests indicate that installed compacted
materials do not meet specified requirements,remove defective materials,
install new materials,and retest at Contractor's expense, as directed by the
Architect.
H. New paved areas:Pitch to be shown on the Contract. ,.
I. Paint traffic stripes according to site plan and provide painted handicapped
symbols as shown on the Contract Drawings.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect paving from damage due to construction and vehicular traffic until
final acceptance.
WW
3.07 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the
work. Remove from site all excess materials,debris,and equipment. Repair
damage resulting from paving operations.
B. Sweep pavement and wash free of stains, discoloration,dirt, and other foreign
material immediately prior to final acceptance. .�
END OF SECTION
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page 5
B. Install bituminous concrete pavement in two courses. Binder 2"(base course)
and wearing course(topcourse), I"
C. Apply uniform tack coat on bituminous concrete binder course, following
acceptance by the Architect,at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard-
Allow to dry and cure as required.
D. Place,spread,and strike off the bituminous concrete mixture on a properly
prepared and conditioned surface. Inaccessible and small areas may be placed
by hand. Place the required grade,cross-section,and scheduled compacted
thickness.
E. Carefully make joints between old and new pavements,and between
successive day's work,to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining work.
Construct joints to have the same texture,density,and smoothness as other
sections of the bituminous concrete course.
F. Begin rolling operations when the bituminous concrete mixture will bear the
weight of the roller without excessive displacement. Compact areas
inaccessible to rollers with vibrating plate compactors.
G. When during progress of work,field tests indicate that installed compacted
materials do not meet specified requirements,remove defective materials,
install new materials,and retest at Contractor's expense, as directed by the
Architect.
H. New paved areas:Pitch to be shown on the Contract.
I. Paint traffic stripes according to site plan and provide painted handicapped
symbols as shown on the Contract Drawings.
3,06 PROTECTION
A Protect paving from damage due to construction and vehicular traffic until
final acceptance.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of e
work. Remove from site all excess materials,debris, and equipment. Repair
damage resulting from paving operations.
B. Sweep pavement and wash free of stains,discolorations,dirt, and other foreign
material immediately prior to final acceptance.
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page 4
A. Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain
firm,even subgrade surface. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove
incompatible materials; replace with clean fill,and compact as specified
elsewhere.
B. Remove grass, weeds and other vegetation from holes and cracks in existing
paved areas to be overlayed. Using Roundup or equal biodegradable weed
killer per manufacturer's instructions. Remove debris.
r
C. Remove loam, grass and other planted material in previously unpaved areas to
be paved Install gravel and processed gravel as specified in 2.01.
3.03 INSTALLATION-GENERAL
A. Comply with Asphalt Institute(AI)MS-3 Asphalt Plant Manual for material
storage,control and mixing,and for plant equipment and operation.
B. Transport bituminous concrete mixtures from the mixing plant to the project
site in trucks with tight,clean compartments.
3.04 INSTALLATION-BASE MATERIALS
A. Install fill material and compacted structural gravel sub-base materials. Make
sieve analysis submittal for approval. Maximum three(3)inches each layer
total of six(6)inches.
B. Install compacted processed crushed gravel base(make sieve analysis
submittal for approval)two(2)inches thick over the new gravel sub-base.
C. Compact aggregate base materials until a uniformly smooth,hard surface,
complying with the liens, grades,elevations,and-cross-sections shown has
been established
D. Compacted aggregate base may be used as a wearing surface during
construction operations. If used,base shall be approved by the Architect, and *�
damaged portions removed and replaced, and the entire surface thoroughly
cleaned before application of asphalt concrete.
3.05 INSTALLATION-ASPHALT CONCRETE
A. Remove loose and foreign materials from compacted processed crushed gravel
base immediately before application of surface materials. So not start work
until all other work which may damage the finish surface is completed.
1P
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page 3
B. Grade Control:Establish and maintain the required lines and grades, including
crown,and cross-slopes,for each course during paving operations.
C. Testing of Compacted Gravel: Contractor to hire and pay for an independent
testing laboratory to perform compaction testing on the new gravel base.
Submit testing results to the Architect for approval. Compaction tests to be
in accordance with the Massachusetts Department of Public Works
Standards.
D. Provide temporary barricades as required for protection of project work and
public safety.
E. Protect adjacent work from damage,soiling and staining during paving
operations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Subgrade Fill: Compacted structural gravel, surface sub-base six inches(6")
thick with an additional base layer of two inches(2")thick processed crushed
gravel.
B. Tack Coat:Asphalt emulsion SS-1, SS-1h,CSS-I,or CSS-1h.Required in one
inch overlay areas.
C. Bituminous Concrete: Class 1,bituminous concrete base,type I-1,and
bituminous concrete pavement,as specified in the Massachusetts Department
of Public Works Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, 19 73.
Total pavement thickness to be three(3)inches.
D. Pavement Paint:Paint shall be suitable roadway marking paint and shall be
approved by the Architect. Color White. Handicap symbols white and blue.
Paint at handicap parking spaces in street.
44
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine subgrades and installation conditions. Do not start bituminous
concrete paving work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
�„ 3.02 PREPARATION
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page 2
B. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following
standards:
1. Massachusetts Department of Public Works, Standard Spmifications for
Hjghways and Bridaes, 1973:
a. Section 420-Class I Bituminous Concrete Base Course,Type 1-1.
b. Section 460 -Class I Bituminous Concrete Pavement. •R
2_ American Society for Testing and Materials,(ASTM).
3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
(ASSHTO).
4. Asphalt Institute, (AI).
C. Promptly notify Architect of unsatisfactory subgrade soil conditions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS.
A. Product Data:
1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify
materials source.
2. Submit pavement stripping paint data.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver traffic paint in manufacturer`s original, unopened,and undamaged
containers with labels intact and legible. •
B. Store and handle products to prevent damage and deterioration.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitation:
1. Do not install base course materials over set or frozen subgrade surfaces.
2. Install bituminous materials only when base is dry and air temperature is
40 degrees F or above.
Asphalt(Bituminous)Concrete Pavement
Section 02513 -Page I
SECTION 02513
ASPHALT(BITUMINOUS)CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART I GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide bituminous concrete paving as shown and specified. The work
includes:
I. Grind up,reclaim, and add 2"base and 1"finish coat in paved areas to
be regraded.
2. Furnish and install subgrade gravel,2"base and I"finish coat in areas
of new asphalt.
3. Furnish and install overlay in all other existing paved areas.
4. Patch and repair of asphalt in disturbed areas.
�w
5. Install and repair parking space lines and handicap symbols.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 02110: Site Preparation
2. Section 02072: Minor Demolition.
3. Section 02219: Excavation and Backfill
wa
5. Section 03001: Concrete,
6. Section 0 10 15: Alternates
7. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special
Conditions and General Requirements.
L02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 02000 requirements.
MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
Section 02072 -Page 2
H. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Do not allow
accumulation of rubbish. Pick up debris daily. Upon completion of work leave areas
of work in clean condition. Owner's judgment is final.
I. Legally dispose of all debris and rubbish off site at no cost to the Owner.
1.05 REMOVAL SCHEDULE:
A. Remove interior doors and hardware where indicated to be replaced-
B. Remove plumbing fixtures and from where indicated to be replaced.
C. Remove toilet accessories where indicated to be replaced
D. Remove portions of walls,floors,ceilings and stairs where shown to be renovated.
E. Remove kitchen cabinet doors and countertops to be replaced.
F. Remove V.C.T. and carpet indicated to be replaced.
G. Remove all fogged and broken glass and replace with new.
H. Remove frame walls,drywall, plaster in locations to be revised for handicap access. .�
K. Remove any other miscellaneous materials required in preparation for new work
described in these documents.
END OF SECTION
.W
or
MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
Section 02072-Page 1
SECTION 02072
MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUVED
A. Remove designated building equipment and fixtures,
.. B. Remove playstructures to be replaced
C. Remove plumbing fixtures,cabinets and appliances scheduled to be replaced.
i V SUBMITTALS
A. Submit demolition, and removal procedures and schedule in accordance with Article
III of the Printed Contract.
1.03 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas and Owners
normal operations. Maintain protected egress and access at all times.
40
B. Provide,erect,and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.
1.04 PREPARATION AND EXECUTION
A. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings. Allow no water to
penetrate existing building.
B. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered, Contractor is held
responsible for damage permitted.
C. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing supporting structural
members and fire escape.
D. Except where noted otherwise,immediately remove demolished materials from site.
E. Relics, antiques, and similar objects,if any,remain the property of the Owner. Notify
Architect prior to removal and.obtain acceptance regarding method of removal.
F. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous
,► materials encountered.
G. Do not barn or bury materials on site.
SITE PREPARATION
Section 02110-Page 2
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials and equipment: As selected by the Contractor,except as indicated-
B. Tank backfill with pea stone.
C. Backfdl around site utilities,6"sand top and bottom.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING
A. Protect all areas which are not to be resurfaced or regraded,and adjacent areas outside
of the contract limits from damage due to site preparation work.
3.02 SITE IMPROVES
A. Remove existing site improvements within contract limits as indicated. Include any or
all of the following:
1. Pavements.
2. Other Existing Site Improvements Shown on the Contract Drawings to be
Removed.
B. Existing Utilities:
L Call Dig Safe: 1-888-344-7233 and consult original site utility drawings.
C. Remove existing paving, including all base material, as required to accommodate
tank removal. Cut existing paving in neat, straight lines to provide uniform, even
transition from new to adjacent existing work. Sawcut back existing paving a
sufficient distance to permit performing of new work.
3.03 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of all waste materials and debris.
Accumulation is not permitted.
B. Maintain disposal routes,clear,clean,and free of debris.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of site preparation work, clean areas within contract limits, remove .W
tools and equipment. Provide site clear, clean, and free of materials and debris and
suitable for site work operations.
END OF SECTION 4W
■
SITE PREPARATION
Section 02110-Page 1
SECTION 02110
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Perform site preparation work as shown and specified.
I. Protect equipment,existing building services, site fixtures, individuals.
2. Excavation and backfill for handicap ramp and handicap entry vestibules.
3. Trenching and backfill for surface drainage shown.
4. Excavation and backfill for extended parking areas.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 02000 - Site Work Requirements.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform site preparation work before commencing site construction.
B. Locate,protect, and maintain active utilities and site improvements to remain. Contact
DIGSAFE.
C. Provide necessary barricades, coverings, and protection to prevent damage to existing
improvements indicated to remain.
D. Restore to original grades and conditions, areas adjacent to site disturbed or damaged
as a result of site preparation work.
E. Provide necessary barricades for the protection of workers, property users and the
general public on a 24 hour basis from personal injury.
1.04 RELATED WORK
A. General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and
General Requirements.
B. Section 02000- Site Work Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
IM
dim
No
.w
Technical Requirements "�
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
Section 01740 -Page 2
1.04 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Obtain warranties or bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors,
suppliers and manufacturers, within ten (10) days after the completion of the
applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission,leave
date of beginning of time of warranty until date of Substantial Completion is
determined.
B. Verify that documents are in proper form and contain full information.
C. Co-execute submittals when required.
D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittals.
1.05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction
with Owner's permission,submit documents within ten(10)days after acceptance.
B. Make other submittals within ten(10)days after date of Substantial Completion, prior
to final Application for Payment.
C. For items of work when acceptance is delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion,
submit within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the
beginning of the warranty period.
1.06 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY
A. Provide general contractor's written two(2)year warranty for all materials and labor
to make any and all repairs and replacements on the project.
B. Provide all subcontractor's written two (2) year warranty for all materials and labor
to make any and all repairs and replacements on the project.
C. For roof shingles provide manufacturer's 40 year limited warranty and 5 year material
and labor warranty.
D. Provide manufacturer's 1 year warranty_ for plumbing,mechanical and electrical
aw items, appliances, etc.
E. For playground equipment provide 10 year, 15 year and limited lifetime warranties as
outlined in section 02882.
'"" END OF SECTION
..
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
Section 01740 -Page 1
SECTION 01740 �•
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Preparation of Submittal of Warranties and Bonds.
B. Schedule of Submittals.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Instructions to Bidders.
B. General Conditions.
C. Section 0 170 1: Contract Closeout Procedures. .�
D. Section 01730: Operation and Maintenance Data.
E. Individual Specification Sections: Warranties and Bonds required for specific
products or work.
1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 inch x I1 inch three-ring binders with cleanable,
plastic covers.
B. Label cover of each binder with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND .�
BONDS", with title of project, name, address, and telephone number of Contract, and
name of responsible principal.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the
Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the .�
Specification Section in which specified, and the name of product or work item.
D. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of contents
listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List
Subcontractor, supplier and manufacturer,with name,address and telephone number
of responsible principal.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 01730 — Page 4
L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and
function of each valve, keyed to flow and control
diagrams.
M. Provide list of original manufacturer 's spare parts
current prices, and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
N. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual
Specification Sections.
END OF SECTION
w
-
w
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 01730 - Page 3
D. Additional Requirements : As specified in individual
Specification Sections.
.o
1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include 4W
description of unit system and component parts. Give
function, normal operating characteristics and limiting
conditions . Include performance curves, with engineering +o
data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial
number of replacement parts.
B. Panelboard Circuit Directories : Provide electrical .o
service characteristics, controls and communications .
C. Include as-installed, color-coded wiring diagrams.
D. Operating Procedures : Include start-up, break-in and
routine normal operating instructions and sequences. ..
Include regulation, control , stopping , shut-down and
emergency instructions. Include summer , winter and any
special operating instructions .
do
E. Maintenance Requirements : Include routine procedures and
guide for trouble-shooting, disassembly, repair and
reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, an
balancing and checking instructions .
F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of 4ft
lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer 's printed operation and maintenance
instructions .
H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
I . Provide original manufacturer 's parts list, illustrations , .a
assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
J. Provide as installed control diagrams by controls
manufacturer.
R. Provide Contractor 's coordination drawings, with as
installed color-coded piping diagrams.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 01730 - Page 2
G. Drawings : Provide with reinforced punched binder tab.
Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text
pages.
1.04 CONTENTS
A. Table of Contents: Provide title of project; names,
addresses and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer and
Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of
products. and systems , indexed to content of volume.
B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and
telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers ,
including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
C. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify
specific products and component parts, and data applicable
to installation; delete inapplicable information.
D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations
of component parts of equipment and systems, to show
control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record
Documents as maintenance drawings .
E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data,
provide logical sequence of instructions for each
procedure, incorporating manufacturer 's instructions .
F. Warranties and Bonds : Bind in copy of each.
1.05 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Building Products , Applied Materials and Finishes :
Include product data, with catalog number, size,
composition and color and texture designations . Provide
information for reordering custom-manufactured products.
* B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include
manufacturer 's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and
methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Moisture Protection and Weather-Exposed Products: Include
product data listing applicable reference standards ,
chemical composition, and details of installation.
Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance and
repair.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 61730 - Page 1
SECTION 61736 wo
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
a.
PART 1 GENERAL
•
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Format and Contents of Manuals.
B. Schedule of Submittals.
1.62 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 61340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .
B. Section 01701: Contract Closeout Procedures.
C. Section 01720: Project Record Documents.
D. Section 01740: Warranties and Bonds .
E. Individual Specification Sections : Specific requirements
for operation and maintenance data .
1 .03 FORMAT
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual .
B. Binders : Commercial quality, 8-1/2 inch x 11 inch three
ring binders with cleanable, plastic covers. When
multiple binders are used, correlate data into related
consistent groupings.
C. Cover : Identify each binder with typed or printed title
"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"; list title of
project and identify subject matter of contents.
D. Arrange contents by systems , under section numbers and •*
sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual.
E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and 4W
system, with typed description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
F. Text: Manufacturer 's printed data, or typewritten data.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 61720 - Page 3
3. Contractor 's name, address and telephone number.
4. Number and title of each Record Document.
5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative.
END OF SECTION
40
sA
131
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 01720 - Page 2
8 . Manufacturer 's Certificates.
B. Store Record Documents and samples in field office apart
from Documents used for construction. Provide files,
racks and secure storage for Record Documents and samples.
C. Label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance
with Section number listings in Table of Contents of this
Project Manual . Label each Document "PROJECT RECORD" in
neat, large, printed letters.
D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible
condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction
purposes.
E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection
by Architect.
1.04 RECORDING
A. Record information on a set of blueline opaque drawings .
B. Provide felt tip marking pens , maintaining separate colors
for each major system, for recording information. „
C. Record information concurrently with construction
progress. Do not conceal any work until required
information is recorded.
D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each
item to record actual construction, including:
1. Field changes of dimension and detail.
2. Changes made by modification.
3. References to related shop drawings and modifications .
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples +•�
under provisions of Section 01761.
B. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing: .R
1. Date.
2. Project title and number.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 01720 — Page 1
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples by General
Contractor and all Subcontractors.
,M B. Submittal of One (1) Set Record Documents and Samples to
the Owner and the Architect at the Completion of the
Project.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions .
B. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
C. Section 01701 : Contract Closeout Procedures.
D. Section 01730: Operation and Maintenance Data.
* . E. Individual Specification Sections: Manufacturer ' s
Certificates and Certificates of Inspection.
1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. In addition to requirements of General Conditions ,
maintain at site for Owner and the Architect two (2)
record copies- of:
1. Contract Drawings .
2. - Specifications .
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and Other Modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
6. Field Test Records.
7. Inspection Certificates. -
i
FINAL CLEANING
Section 01718 - Page 2
C. Clean finishes free of dust, stains , films, glue and
other foreign substances. Broom clean floors.
D. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished
condition; remove foreign substances. Polish reflective
surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces.
F. Clean, wax and polish resilient and hard-surfaced floors
as specified. .�
G. Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication.
H. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition.
I . Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and
replace disposable filters when units have been operated
during construction; in addition, clean ducts, blowers and
coils when units have been operated without filters during
construction.
J. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
K. Maintain cleaning until Substantial Completion.
L. Remove waste, foreign matter and debris from roofs,
gutters , areaways and drainage systems .
M. Remove waste, debris and surplus materials from site.
Clean grounds , remove spills and foreign substances from
paved areas and sweep clean. Rake clean other exterior
surfaces .
END OF SECTION
• wa
FINAL CLEANING
Section 01710 Page 1
SECTION 01710
FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Final Cleaning of Project.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions.
B. Section 01701: Contract Closeout Procedures.
C. Individual Specifications Sections : Specific cleaning for
product or work.
1.03 DESCRIPTION
A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection for Substantial
Completion .
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or
property, and which will not damage surfaces.
B. Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer
of material being cleaned.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING
A. In addition to removal of' debris and cleaning specified in
other Sections , clean interior and exterior exposed to
view surfaces.
B. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to
remain.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01700 - Page 4
1.07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit a final statement' of accounting to Architect.
B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract
Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Allowances.
C. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
d. Deductions for liquidated damages.
e. Deductions for reinspection payments.
f. Other adjustments.
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
4. Previous payments . .R
5. Sum remaining due.
C. Architect will prepare a final Change Order , reflecting
approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not
previously made by Change Orders.
1 .08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment
in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in
the Conditions of the Contract.
END OF SECTION
.w
r
r
w1
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01700 - Page 3
D. When the Architect finds that the Work is acceptable under
the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to
make closeout submittals.
1.05 REINSPECTION FEES
A. Should Architect perform reinspections due to failure of
�. the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion
made by the Contractor:
1. Contractor will compensate Architect for such
additional services prior to Architect's approval of
final retainage.
2. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional
services and will deduct same from Contractor as
liquidated damages.
+w 1.06 CONTRACTOR' S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT
A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing
authorities :
1. Certificate of Occupancy.
2 . Certificates of Inspection.
a . Mechanical .
b. Electrical .
C. Plumbing.
-B. Project Record Documents : To requirements of Section
01728.
C. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner 's
Personnel: To requirements of Section 01730.
D. Warranties and Bonds: To requirements of Section 01740
and Technical Sections.
E. Keys and Keying Schedule: To requirements of Section
08710 - Finish Hardware.
F. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: To requirements
of General and Supplementary Conditions.
+ ! G. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed
Operations.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01700 - Page 2
1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in
writing, giving the reasons therefor.
2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work,
and send a second written notice of substantial
completion to the Architect.
3. Architect will reinspect the work. All punch list
items must be completed within thirty (30) days of
Substantial Completion.
D. When Architect concurs that the Work is substantially
complete, he will :
4M
1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA
Form G704, accompanied by Contractor 's list of items
to be completed or corrected as verified and amended
by the Architect.
2. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for
their written acceptance of the responsibilities
assigned to them in the Certificate.
1.04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. When the Contractor considers the Work is complete, he
shall submit written certificate that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed .
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract
Documents .
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract
Documents .
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence "'
of the Owner 's representative and are operational .
5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.
B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of
completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of
such certification.
C. Should Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or
defective:
1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in
writing, listing the incomplete or defective work.
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the ®•
stated deficiencies, and send a second written
certification to the Architect that the Work is
complete.
3. Architect will reinspect the Work. ""
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01700 - Page 1
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
s
w
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the
Contract and in Specifications for administrative
procedures in closing out the Work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Conditions of the Contract. Fiscal provisions, legal
ON submittals and additional administrative requirements .
B. Section 01020 : Allowances .
C. Section 01710 : Cleaning.
D. Section 01720 : Record Documents .
E. Section 01730: Operating and Maintenance Data .
F. Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds .
G. The respective sections of Specifications : Closeout
Submittals Required of Trades.
1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially
complete, he shall submit to the Architect:
► 1. A written notice that the Work, is substantially
complete, he shall submit to the Architect:
2. A list of items to be.completed or corrected.
B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,
Architect will make an inspection to determine the status
of completion.
C. Should Architect determine that the Work is not
substantially complete:
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630 - Page 4
1'.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit three (3) copies of request for substitution.
B. Architect will review Contractor 's requests for
substitutions with reasonable promptness.
C. After award of Contract, Architect will notify Contractor,
in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested '
substitution within fifteen (15) days.
D. For accepted products, submit shop drawings, product data,
and samples under provisions of Section 01340.
END OF SECTION
■W
.W
w�
i
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630 — Page 3
w
B. Identify product by Specification Section and Article
numbers. Provide manufacturer's name and address, trade
name of product and model or catalog number. List
fabricators and suppliers as appropriate.
C. Attach product data as specified in Section 01340.
D. List similar projects using product, dates of installation
and names of Architect and Owner.
E. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with
specified product, listing variations, and reference to
Specification Section and Article number.
F. Give quality and performance comparison between proposed
substitution and the specified product.
G. Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with
specified product, and amount of net change to Contract
Sum.
H. List availability of maintenance services and replacement
materials .
I . State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and
changes required in other work or products.
1.07 CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATION
A. Request for substitution constitutes and representation
that Contractor has investigated proposed product and has
determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects
to specified product or that the cost reduction offered is
ample justification for accepting the offered
substitution.
B. Contractor will provide same warranty for substitution as
for specified product.
C. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted
substitute, making such changes as may be required for
Work to be complete in all respects.
D. Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete
and includes all related costs under this Contract.
E. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to
substitution which may later become apparent.
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630 - Page 2
B. Tabulate products by specifications section number, title
and article number .
C. For products specified only by reference standards, give
manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation and
reference standards.
D. Architect will reply in writing within fifteen (15) days
stating whether there is reasonable objection to listed
items. Failure to object to a listed item shall not
constitute a waiver of requirements of Contract Documents.
1.05 LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS
A. During bidding period, Supplementary General Conditions
and Instructions to Bidders govern times for submitting
requests for substitutions under requirements specified in
this Section.
B. Requests for substitutions of products will be considered
only within thirty (30) days after the date of Owner-
Contractor Agreement. Subsequent requests will be
considered only in case of product unavailability or
other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor .
C. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on
shop drawings or product data submittals without separate
formal request, when requested directly by Subcontractor
or supplier , or when acceptance will require substantial
revision of Contract Documents.
D. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed
without written acceptance.
E. Only one (1) request for substitution for each product
will be considered. When substitution is not accepted,
provide specified product.
F. Architect will determine acceptability of substitutions.
1.06 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS ,
A. Submit separate request for each substitution. Document
each request with complete data substantiating compliance
of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract
Documents .
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630 - Page 1
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Contractor 's Options in Selection of Products.
B. Products List.
C. Requests for Substitution of Products .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Instructions to Bidders .
B. Supplementary General Conditions.
C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
D. Section 01720: Project Record Documents .
E. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data.
1.03 OPTIONS
A. Products specified by Reference Standards or by
description only: Any product meeting those standards ,
B. Products specified by naming one manufacturer. Submit a
request for substitution for any manufacturer not
specifically named: Architect may accept substitutions or
may insist upon product named.
C. Products specified by naming several manufacturers:
products of named manufacturers meeting specifications; no
options, no substitutions.
1.04 PRODUCT LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the date of Owner-Contractor
Agreement, transmit three (3) copies of a list of major
products which are proposed for installation; include name
of manufacturer .
NNW
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
Section 01620 - Page 2
C. Provide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive
products as required by manufacturer 's instructions .
D. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves , in bins or
in neat groups of like items.
3.03 EXTERIOR STORAGE
A. Provide substantial platforms, blocking or skids to
support fabricated products above ground; slope to provide
drainage. Protect products from soiling and staining.
B. For products subject to discoloration or deterioration
from exposure to the elements, cover with impervious sheet
material . Provide ventilation to avoid condensation.
C. Store loose granular materials on clean, solid surfaces
such as pavement, or on rigid sheet materials to prevent
mixing with foreign matter .
D. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of
water .
E. Prevent mixing of refuse of chemically injurious materials
or liquids .
F. Do not .store any more material on t he roof than can be
used that day unless otherwise approved in advance .
3 .04 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE
A. Periodically inspect stored products on a scheduled basis .
B. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer 's
product storage requirements .
.w
C. Verify that manufacturer-required environmental conditions
are maintained continually.
D. Verify that surface products exposed to the elements are
not adversely affected, that any weathering of finishes is
acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents .
3.05 MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT STORAGE
A. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long term
storage, provide manufacturer 's service instruction to
accompany each item with notice of enclosed instructions
shown on exterior of package.
END OF SECTION ..
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
Section 01620 Page 1
SECTION 01620
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. Storage, General .
B. Enclosed Storage.
C. Exterior Storage.
D. Maintenance of Storage .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work.
B. Section 01610: Transportation & Handling .
C. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents .
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE, GENERAL
A. Store products, immediately on delivery, in accordance
with manufacturer 's instructions, with seals and labels
intact. Protect until installed.
B. Arrange storage in a manner to provide access for
maintenance of stored items and for inspection.
3.02 ENCLOSED STORAGE
A. Store products subject to damage by the elements in
substantial weathertight enclosures.
B. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges stated in
-manufacturer 's instructions.
.A
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
Section 01610 - Page 2
B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with work and
conditions at site, work of other Contractors; or Owner;
limitations on storage space; availability of personnel
and handling equipment.
.d
C. Deliver products in undamaged, dry condition, in original
unopened containers or packaging with identifying labels
intact and legible.
D. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of
equipment to identify equipment and contents or permit
easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly.
E. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1. Product complies with Contract Documents and reviewed
submittals .
2. Quantities are correct.
3 . Accessories and installation hardware are correct.
4 . Containers and packages are intact and labels legible.
5. Products are protected and undamaged .
3 .03 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Arrange for construction personnel to be present to
receive deliveries , and provide equipment. and personnel to
handle products , including those provided by Owner , by
methods to prevent soiling and damage.
B. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent
marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging and
surrounding surfaces .
C. Handle products by methods to avoid bending or
overstressing. Lift large and heavy components only at
designated lift points .
END OF SECTION
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
Section 61610 - Page 1
SECTION 01610
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
�r
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Packaging , Transportation.
B. Delivery and Receiving.
C. Product Handling .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
�r
A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work .
B. Section 01620 : Storage and Protection.
C. Individual Specification Sections : Specific requirements
for packaging, shipping and handling .
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PACKAGING, TRANSPORTATION
A. Require supplier to package products in boxes or crates
for protection during shipment, handling and storage.
Protect sensitive products against exposure to elements
and moisture .
B. Protect sensitive equipment and finishes against impact,
abrasion and other damage.
3 .02 DELIVERY AND RECEIVING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with
construction progress schedules . Allow time for
inspection prior to installation.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Section 61660 - Page 4
3 . Will coordinate installation and the other changes
which may be required for Work to be complete in all
respects .
4. Waives claims for additional costs which may
subsequently become apparent.
D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are
indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data
acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract
Documents .
E. Architect/Engineer will determine acceptability of
proposed substitutions, and will notify Contractor of
acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable
time.
END OF SECTION
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01600 - Page 3
to
C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a
well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter.
D. Arrange storage to " provide access for inspection.
Periodically inspect to assure Products are undamaged, and
are maintained under required conditions.
E. After installation, provide coverings to protect Products
from damage from traffic and construction operations ,
remove when no longer needed.
1.08 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Within 5 days after date of Contract, submit complete list
of major Products proposed, with name of manufacturer,
trade name and model.
B. Options :
1. Products specified only be reference standard: any
Product meeting that standard .
2. Products specified by naming several manufacturers.
Products of any named manufacturer meeting
Specifications .
3. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers
and "or equal" : Submit a request for substitution for
any manufacturer not specifically named .
4. Products specified by naming only one manufacturer : No
option .
1.09 SUBSTITUTIONS
A Only within 5 days after date of Contract will
Architect/Engineer consider requests from Contractor for
substitutions . Subsequently, substitutions will be
considered only when a Product becomes unavailable due to
no fault of Contractor .
B. Document each request with complete data substantiating
compliance of proposed substitution with Contract
Documents .
C. Request constitutes a representative that Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that
it meets or exceeds in all respect, specified Product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for
w specified Product.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01660 - Page 2
1.04 WORKMANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards except when more
restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicates
more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
B. Perform work by persons qualified to product workmanship
of specified quality. dw
C. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices
designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and
racking. "w
1.05 MANUFACTURER' S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer 's
instructions , submit copies as specified in Section 01300,
distribute copies to persons involved, and maintain one
set in field office.
B. Perform work in accordance with details of instructions
and specified requirements . Should a conflict exist
between Specifications and instructions, consult with
Architect/Engineer .
1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport Products by methods to avoid Product damage:
deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer ' s unopened
containers or packaging, dry.
B . Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by .�
methods to prevent soiling or damage.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that Products comply
with requirements , quantities are correct, and Products
are undamaged .
1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store Products in accordance with manufacturer 's
instructions , with seals and labels intact and legible. .►
Store sensitive Products in weather-tight enclosures;
maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required
by manufacturer 's instructions. .W
B. For exterior storage of fabricated Products , place on
sloped supports above ground. Cover Products subject to
deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ""
ventilation to avoid condensation. .
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01600 - Page 1
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
s.
A. Products.
B. Workmanship.
C. Manufacturer 's Instructions.
D. Transportation and Handling.
E. Storage and Protection .
F. Substitutions and Product Options .
1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
w A. Section 01010 : Summary of Work.
B . Section 01300 : Submittals : Submittal of Manufacturers '
certificates .
.C. Section 01700 : Contract Closeout
D. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data .
E. Section 01740: Warranties and Bonds.
1.03 PRODUCTS
10 A. Products include material, equipment, and systems.
B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as
minimum requirements.
C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a
Specification section, shall be the same, and shall be
interchangeable.
D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
structure, except as specifically required, or allowed, by
Contract Documents.
i
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
Section 61569 - Page 1
SECTION 61569
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.61 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Cleaning and disposal of waste materials , debris and
rubbish during construction.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions of the Contract.
B. Section 01710 : Final Cleaning.
C. Individual Specification Sections : Specific cleaning for
product or work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Provide covered containers for disposal of waste
materials , debris and rubbish.
PART 3 CLEANING
A. Maintain areas under Contractor 's control free of waste
materials , debris and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean
and orderly condition.
B. Periodically clean interior areas to provide suitable
conditions for work .
C. Control cleaning operations so that dust and other
particles will not adhere to wet or newly-coated surfaces.
3.02 DISPOSAL
A. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site
daily and dispose of off-site.
END OF SECTION ..
1 .
SECURITY
Section 01540 - Page 1
4
SECTION 01540
SECURITY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Provide a project security program to:
1. Protect work, stored products , tools , and construction
equipment from theft and vandalism.
2. Protect premises from entry by unauthorized per3 ns .
Lock up building and site at night or during weekends
to prevent anyone from entering site.
3. Consult with Owners engineering department regarding
access and egress from work site and follow their
directions .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01530 : Barriers .
„ B. Section 01620 : Storage and Protection of Products .
END OF SECTION
w
40
i
Barriers
Section 01530-Page 2
A. Completely remove barricades,including foundations,when construction has
progressed to the point that they are no longer needed,and when approved by
Architect. „w
B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation,fill and grade areas of the site
to required elevations and slopes,and clean the area. ..
End of Section
W
4W
Barriers
Section 01530 -Page 1
Barriers
Section 01530
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Requirements Included
* A. Furnish,install and maintain suitable safety and weather barriers as required
to prevent public entry,and to protect the work,existing facilities, from
construction operations;remove when no longer needed,or at completion of
work.
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 01520: Construction Aids
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials,General
A. Materials may be new or used,suitable for the intended purpose but must not
violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 Fencing
A. Materials at contractor's option,as appropriate to serve required purpose.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Install facilities of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance,structurally
adequate for required purposes.
B. Maintain barriers during entire construction period-
C. Relocate barriers as required by progress of construction.
3.02 Removal
.A
Construction Aids
Section 01520-Page 2
so
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in individual Specification
sections. as
B. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction,by storage
or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of Owner .r
and other Contractors employed at the site.
3.03 Removal
A. Completely remove temporary materials,equipment and services at
completion of project.
B. Restore existing facilities used for temporary purposes to original condition
C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified
condition.
End of Section at
Construction Aids
Section 01520-Page 1
Construction Aids
„ Section 01520
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Requirements Included
A Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids;remove on completion
of work.
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials,General
A Materials may be new or used,suitable for the intended purpose,but must not
violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 Construction Aids
A. Each trade or contractor shall provide construction aids and equipment
required by personnel and to facilitate execution of the work; ladders,
runways,platforms, chutes and other facilities and equipment
B. Maintain facilities and equipment in first class condition.
2.03 Architect/Engineer and Owner must be provided with access to the work at all
times.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation
A Consult with Architect/Engineer;review site conditions and factors which
affect construction procedures and construction aids,including adjacent
properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the
,N work.
3.02 General
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01500-Page 3
A. Field offices and sheds(optional).
B. Work space for clerk shall be provided with 3' x 5' plan table,appropriate MO
chair,and 2 drawer lockable file cabinet all within easy reach of telephone.
1.11 Removal
A. Remove temporary materials,equipment,services and construction prior to
substantial completion inspection.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. .,
Restore existing facilities used during construction tospecified or to original
condition_
End of Section
W#
40
..
ON
AN
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01500 -Page 2
A. Only designated existing facilities may be used during construction operations;
maintain in sanitary condition or lose privilege_ Consult with school
maintenance department. Keep clean or lose provolege. Contractor's option:
portable toilets.
1.06 Barriers
A Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect
existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction
operations.
B. Protect the existing surrounding areas as required to prevent damage during
construction. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials,dumping;
chemically injurious materials,and puddling from continuous running water.
1.07 Enclosures
A. Provide temporary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to
provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials,to allow
for temporary heating(if necessary)and to prevent entry of unauthorized
persons.
1.08 Protection of Installed Work
A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in
immediate area to minimize damage.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs, sills and movement
of heavy objects, and storage.
C. Prohibit traffic and storage on new lawns and landscaped areas.
1.09 Electricity
40
A. Provide temporary service or field generators or electric power cords required
for construction operations,to allow service by means of construction type
power cords. Owner will pay for the cost of the energy used if Owner's
receptacles are used. Option: portable generators.
B. Provide temporary lighting if required as per OSHA and other applicable codes
for construction operations.
1.10 Field Offices(optional)
i
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01500 -Page 1
Section 01500
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
A*
PART 1 General
1.01 Requirements Included for Construction Period at
A. Electricity,lighting.
B. Heating,ventilation_
C. Telephone service
D. Water
,.e
E. Sanitary Facilities
F. Barriers
G. Enclosures M
K Protection of installed work
IM
1. Field offices and sheds.
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 0 17 10: Final Cleaning
1.03 Telephone Service(optional)
A. Provide telephone service,if desired,to field office which is also optional.
1.04 Water
A. Connect to building's existing facilities;extend branch piping with outlets
located so that water is available by use of hoses. Owner will pay for water
used. Take steps to conserve use of water or lose privilege_ .d
1.05 Sanitary Facilities
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
40
Section 01370 - Page 2
E. Component listings shall each include a directly
proportional amount of Contractor 's overhead and profit.
F. For items on which payments will be requested for stored
products, list sub-values for cost of stored products with
taxes paid .
4. G. The sum of values listed shall equal total Contract Sum.
1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit
data justifying line item amounts in question.
B. Provide one (1) copy of the data with cover letter for
each copy of application. Show Application numbet and
date , and line item by number and description.
END OF SECTION
04
+�nr
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Section 01370 - Page 1
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Schedule of
Values .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions of the Contract.
B. Section 01010 : Summary of Work, work sequences.
C . Section 01020 : Allowances .
D. Section 01027 : Applications for Payment.
1.03 FORMAT +o
A. Type Schedule of AIA Documents G703 - Continuation Sheet
for Application and Certificate for Payment. M.
B. Contractor 's standard form or media-driven printout will
be considered on request .
C. Follow Table of Contents of Project Manual for listing
component parts . Identify each line item by number and
title of major specification sections.
1.04 CONTENT
A. List installed value for each major item of work and each
subcontracted item of work as a separate line item to
serve as a basis for computing values for Progress
Payments. Round off values to the nearest dollar .
B. For each major subcontract, list products and operations
of that subcontract as separate line items .
C. Include work allowances within line item of work.
D. Coordinate listings with Progress Schedule. ""
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Section 01340 - Page 3
C. Apply Contractor 's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying
to review, verification of products, field dimensions and
field construction criteria, and coordination of
information with requirements of work and Contract
Documents .
D. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings to facilitate
interrelation of the several items :
1. Finishes which involve Architect selection of colors,
textures or patterns.
2. Associated items which require correlation for
efficient function or for installation.
E. Submit number of opaque reproductions of shop drawings
Contractor requires , plus two (2) which will be retained
by the Architect.
F. Submit number of copies of product data and manufacturer 's
instructions Contractor requires , plus two (2) copies
„ which will be retained by the Architect.
G. Submit number of samples specified in individual
Specification Sections .
1.09 RESUBMITTALS
A. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial
submittals , identify changes made since previous
submittal .
1.10 DISTRIBUTION
A. Duplicate and distribute reproductions of shop drawings ,
copies of product data and samples which bear Architect's
stamp of approval to job site file, Record Documents file ,
Subcontractors , Suppliers , other affected Contractors and
other entities requiring information.
END OF SECTION
.n
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
MW
Section 01340 - Page 2
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit full range of manufacturer 's standard finishes
except when more restrictive requirements are specified ,
indicating colors, textures and patterns , for Architect
selection.
B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of
products , including parts and attachments .
C. Approved samples which may be used in work are indicated
in the Specification Section.
D. Label each sample with identification required for
transmittal letter . ,
1.06 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Manufacturer 's instructions for storage, preparation ,
assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, balancing and
finishing .
1.07 CONTRACTOR REVIEW
A. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and „
verify field measurements, field construction criteria ,
manufacturer 's catalog numbers , and conformance of
submittal with requirements of Contract Documents .
B. Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and of
Contract Documents .
C. Sign or initial each sheet of shop drawings and product
data and each sample label to certify compliance with
requirements of Contract Documents . Notify Architect in
writing of time of submittal , of any deviations from
requirements of Contract Documents .
D. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires
submittals until return of submittal with Architect
acceptance.
1.08 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Transmit submittals in accordance with approved progress
schedule and in such a sequence to avoid delay in the work
or work of other Contracts.
B. Provide 8 x 4 inch blank space on each submittal for
Contractor 's and Architect's stamps . -
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Section 01340 - Page 1
'f SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
g
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
44 A. Procedures for Submittals.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. General Conditions of the Contract.
B. Section 01310 : Progress Schedules .
C. Section 01630: Substitutions and Product Options .
D. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents .
E . Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data .
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Present in a clear and thorough manner . Title each
drawing with project and Contract name and number ;
identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet
number and detail , schedule or room number of Contract
Documents .
B. Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent or
critical features of work or products .
1.04 PRODUCT DATA
A. Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of
standard printed data to identify pertinent products ,
reference to Specification Section and Article number .
Show reference standards, performance characteristics and
capacities; wiring and piping diagrams and controls,
component parts , finishes, dimensions and required
clearances . Identify deviations from materials specified.
B. Modify manufacturer 's standard schematic drawings and
diagrams to supplement standard information and to provide
r information specifically applicable to the work. Delete
information not applicable.
41n
i
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01330 - Page 2
C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices
designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and
racking.
PART 2 MATERIALS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. All materials are to be stockpiled on the roof. If any .�
machinery cranes , lifts , etc. must. be left on the grounds
it must be approved in advance in writing by Owner . The
Contractor shall take full responsibility for damage to
machinery and liability for injuries.
wee
END OF SECTION
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
BAR
Section 613301 - Page 1
SECTION 61336
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.61 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Products.
B. Workmanship.
4ft
1.62 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 61616 : Summary of Work.
B. Section 61761: Contract Closeout.
C. Section 61746 : Warranties and Bonds Certificates.
1.63 PRODUCTS
A. Products include material , equipment and systems .
B . Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as
minimum requirements .
C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a
Specification section shall be the same, and shall be
interchangeable.
D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
structure, except as specifically required, or allowed , by
Contract Documents .
40 1.64 WORKMANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards except when more
40 restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate
more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
sh B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship
of specified quality.
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
Section 013101 - Page 3
.ra
1.07 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to job site file,
Subcontractors , suppliers and other concerned entities.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report in writing,
problems anticipated by projections shown in Schedules .
AM
END OF SECTION
a
MW
.w
s.
IM
.r
,w.
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
Section 01310 - Page 2
M D. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of
entire schedule.
E. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item,
and total percentage of work complete, as of the first day
of each month.
,M F. Provide separate schedule of submittal date for shop
drawings , product data and samples, including Owner
furnished products and dates reviewed submittals will be
me required from Architect. Show decision dates for
selection of finishes. Show delivery dates for Owner-
furnished products.
0 1.05 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of .submittal ,
40 and projected completion date of each activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal ,
major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes .
C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas ,
anticipated delays , and impact on Schedule . Report
44 corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect,
including effect on changes on schedules of separate
Contractors .
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit preliminary outline Schedules within twenty (20)
40 days after the date of Owner-Contractor Agreement for
coordination with Owner 's requirements and work of
separate Contracts . After review, submit detailed
to Schedules within fifteen (15) days , modified to
accommodate revisions recommended by Architect.
B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application
for Payment.
C. Submit number of opaque reproductions which Contractor
requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained by
Architect.
i
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
Section 91310 - Page 1
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Procedures for Preparation and Submittal of Construction
Progress Schedules and Periodical Updating .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01910 : Summary of Work.
B. Section 01027 : Applications for Payment.
C. Section 01209 : Project Meetings .
MW
D. Section 91340 : Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .
1.03 FORMAT ow
A. Prepare Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate
bar for each major portion of work or operation, ow
identifying first work day of each week.
B. Sequencing of Listings : The chronological order of the
start of each item of work. "
C. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and
revisions . 40
D. Sheet Size: Multiple of 8-1/2 x 11 inches.
1.04 CONTENT
A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with
dates for beginning and completion of each element of '*
construction.
B. Identify each item by major Specification Section number.
C. Identify work of separate stages and other logically
grouped activities.
.R
SUBMITTALS
Section 01306 - Page 3
D. Submit the number specified in respective Specification
" section; one will be retained by Architect/Engineer.
Reviewed Samples which may be used in the Work are
indicated in the Specification section.
1.08 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A. Submit certificates, in duplicate, in accordance with
requirements of each Specification Section.
END OF SECTION
SUBMITTALS
Section 61300 - Page 2
review by Architect Engineer revise and resubmit as
required. Submit revised schedules with each Application
for Payment, every 30 days, reflecting changes since
previous submittal .
D. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to
Work progress . Coordinate submittal of related items .
E. After Architect/Engineer review of submittals to concerned
persons . Instruct recipients to promptly report any
inability to comply with provisions .
1.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Show submittal dates required for Shop Drawings, Product
Data , and Samples , and Product delivery dates , including
those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances .
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor
requires , plus two copies which will be retained by .,
Architect/Engineer .
1 .96 PRODUCT DATA
A. Mark each copy to identify applicable Products, models ,
options , and other data ; supplement manufacturers standard
data to provide information unique to the Work. Include
manufacturers installation instructions when required by
the Specification section.
B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires , ..
plus two copies which will be retained by
Architect/Engineer .
1.07 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples within 5 days after date of Contract to
Architect.
B. Submit Samples to illustrate functional characteristics of
the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices.
coordinate submittal of different categories for
interfacing work.
C. Include identification on each Sample, giving full
information.
.W
SUBMITTALS
Section 01300 - Page 1
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
40
4N PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Procedures .
B. Construction Progress Schedules.
40
C. Schedule of Values .
40 D. Shop Drawings .
E. Product Data.
F. Samples .
G. Manufacturer 's Certificates .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions : 01010-
Summary of Work : Work sequence.
B. Section 01152 - Applications for Payment: Submittal of
*0 Applications .
1.03 PROCEDURES
A. Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at address listed
on cover of Project Manual.
" B. Transmit each item under Architect/Engineer form.
Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor , major
supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail
number, and Specification section number, as appropriate.
Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide
space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps .
C. Submit initial progress schedules schedule of values in
duplicate within 5 days after award of Contract. After
4
PROJECT MEETINGS
Section 61200 - Page 3
2. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda .
3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda.
4. Others .
E. Suggested Agenda :
1. Review of work progress since previous meeting.
2. Field observations, problems, conflicts .
3. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
4. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules .
5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected
schedule.
6. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
7 . Progress , schedule , during succeeding work period .
8 . Coordination of schedules .
9 . Review submittal schedules; expedite as required. MW
10. Maintenance of quality standards.
11. Pending changes and substitutions .
12. Review proposed changes for:
a . Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion
date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the project.
13 . Other business .
END OF SECTION
r
3
PROJECT MEETINGS
Section 81266 — Page 2
me D. Suggested Agenda :
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a . List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. Project Construction Schedules .
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
4. Project coordination:
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
C. Submittals .
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents .
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents .
8. Use of premises :
a . Office , work and storage areas.
b. Owner ' s requirements .
9. Construction facilities , controls and cons`r ..
aids .
10. Temporary utilities.
+w 11. Safety and first aid procedures .
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings, as required.
B. Hold called meetings as required by progress of the Mork .
C. Location of Meetings : Project field office of Contractor
or a meeting room in the Municipal Office Building , if
available. No smoking in project meetings.
D. Attendance :
1. Architect and his professional consultants as needed.
on
PROJECT MEETINGS
Section 01200 - Page 1
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS ,
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Contractor shall schedule and administer pre-construction
meeting, periodic progress meetings , and specially called
meetings throughout progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings .
2 . Make physical arrangements for meetings.
B. Representatives of Contractors , Subcontractors , and
Suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and
authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents .
C. Architect may attend meetings to ascertain that work is
expedited consistent with Contract Documents and
construction schedules .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01310 : Construction Schedules .
B . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples .
C. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents .
E. Section 01730 : Operation and Maintenance Data .
1.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS
A. Schedule within fifteen (15) days after date of Execution
of Contract.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties,
designated by the Contractor .
C. Attendance: *�
1. Owner 's Representative.
2. Architect and his Professional Consultants .
3. Contractor 's Superintendent.
4. Major Subcontractors. -
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
Section 61128 - Page 4
1. When finished surfaces are cut in such a way that a
smooth transition with new work is not possible,
terminate existing surface in a neat manner along a
straight line at a natural line of division, and
provide trim appropriate to finished surface.
B. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over
entire area . When finish cannot be matched, refinish
entire surface to nearest intersections.
3 .65 CLEANING
A. In addition to cleaning specified in Section 61569, clean
Owner-occupied areas of work daily.
` END OF SECTION
40
i
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
Section 01120 - Page 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3 .01 PERFORMANCE
A. Patch and extend existing work using skilled mechanics
who are capable of matching existing quality of
workmanship. Quality of patched or extended work shall be
not less than that specified for ne work .
3.02 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Where partitions are removed, patch floors, walls , and
ceilings , with finish materials to match existing.
1. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces
becoming one, rework floors and ceilings to provide
smooth planes without breaks, steps , or bulkheads .
2. Where extreme change of plane of two inches or more
occurs , request instructions from Architect as to
method of making transition.
B. Trim and refinish existing doors as necessary to clear new
floors .
3.03 DAMAGED SURFACES
A. Patch and replace any portion of an existing finished
surfaces which is found to be damaged, lifted , discolored ,
or shows other imperfections , with matching material .
1. Provide adequate support of substrate prior to
patching the finish.
2. Refinish patched portions of painted or coated
surfaces in a manner to product uniform color and
texture over entire surface.
3. When existing surface finish cannot be matched,
refinish entire surface to nearest intersections.
3.04 TRANSITION FROM EXISTING TO NEW WORK
A. When new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work,
make a smooth and workmanlike transition. Patched work
shall match existing adjacent work in texture and
appearance so that the patch or transition is invisible at
a distance of five feet.
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
Section 01120 - Page 2
B. Perform cutting and removal work to remove minimum
0 necessary, and in a manner to avoid damage to adjacent
work .
4ft 1. Cut finish surfaces such as shingles or metals , by
methods to terminate surfaces in a straight line at a
natural point of division.
4" C. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section
01045.
4" D. Protect existing finishes , equipment, and adjacent work
which is scheduled to remain, from damage.
i. Protect existing and new work from weather and
extremes of temperatures .
a . Provide weather protection, waterproofing, heat
go and humidity control as needed to prevent damage
to remaining existing work and to new work.
w„ E. Provide temporary enclosures as specified in Section
01520, to separate work areas from existing building and
from areas occupied by Owner, and to provide weather
protection.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK
A. General Requirements that Work be Complete:
k"
1. Provide same products or types of construction as that
in existing structure, as needed to patch, extend or
match existing work.
a. Generally Contract Documents will not define
products or standards of workmanship present in
existing construction; Contractor shall determine
products by inspection and any necessary testing,
and workmanship by use of the existing as a sample
of comparison.
2. Presence of a product, finish, or type of
construction, requires that patching, extending or
► matching shall be performed as necessary to make Work
complete and consistent to identical standards of
quality:
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
.W
Section 01120 - Page 1
SECTION 01120
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED MW
A. Coordinate work of . trades and schedule elements of
alterations and renovation work by procedures and methods
to expedite completion of the Work.
B. In addition to demolition specified in Section 02072, and
that specifically shown, cut, move or remove items as
necessary to provide access or to allow alterations and
new work to proceed. Include such items as :
1 . Repair or removal of hazardous or unsanitary
conditions .
2 . Removal of abandoned items and items serving no useful
purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit and wiring.
3 . Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not
marked for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings and
metals and deteriorated concrete.
4. Cleaning of surfaces, and removal of surface finishes
as needed to install new work and finishes .
1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .w
A. Section 01045 : Cutting and Patching.
aw
B. Section 01310 : Construction Schedules.
1.03 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULES
am
A. Schedule Work in the sequences and within times specified
in Section 01010.
so
1.04 ALTERATIONS, CUTTING AND PROTECTION
A. Assign the work of moving, removal, cutting and patching ..,
to trades qualified to perform the work in a manner to
cause least damage to each type of work, and provide means
of returning surfaces to appearance of new work.
4W
Reference Standards
Section 01090-Page 5
SMACNA Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna,Virginia 22180
TCA Tile Council of America,Inc.
Box 326
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
UL Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062
End of Section
Reference Standards
Section 01090-Page 4
MIL Military Specification
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers .�
221 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, Virginia 22180
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
2101 L Street,N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20037
NEPA National Fire Protection Association
Battery March Park
Quincy, Massachusetts 02269
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, Illinois 60077
PS Product Standard
U.S. Department of Commerce
Washington, D.C. 20203
SDI Steel Deck Institute
Box 3812 �.
St. Louis, Missouri 63122
SDI Steel Door Institute ,w
712 Lakewood Center North
Cleveland, Ohio 44107
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer Association
111 East Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
SJI Steel Joist Institute
1703 Perham Road, Suite 204
Richmond,Virginia 23229
Reference Standards
Section 01090-Page 3
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80235
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
+*� 2310 South Walter Reed Drive
Arlington, Virginai 22206
' * AWS American Welding Society
550 LeJeune Road
Miami, Florida 33135
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Insitute
933 Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, Illinois 60195
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
3310 Harrison
White Laeks Professional Building
Topeka, Kansas 66611
FM Factory Mutual System
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood,Massachusetts 02062
► FS Federal Specification
General Services Administration
Specifications and Consumer Information,
40 Distribution Section(WFSIS)
Washington Navy Yard, Building 197
Washington,D.C. 20407
GA Gypsum Association
1603 Orrington Avenue
Evanston, Illinois 60201
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
IIVIIAC International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council
International Masonry Institute
815 15th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
Reference Standards
Section 01090-Page 2 .�
Al Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building
College Park,Maryland 20704
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue,Eighth Floor
Chicago,Illinois 60611
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association aw
30 West University Drive
Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004
ANSI Americcan National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1815 Norht Fort Myer Drive
Arlington, Virginia 22209
ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers
1791 Tuulie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers .�
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
ASPA American Sod Procedures Association
Association Building
Ninth and Minnesota
Hastings, Nebraska 68901
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials .�
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
oil
Reference Standards
Section 01090 -Page 1
Reference Standards
Section 01090
PART 1 General
* 1.01 Requirements Included
A. Applicability of Reference Standards.
B. Provision of Reference Standards at site.
C. Acronyms used in Contract Documents for Reference Standards. Source of
Reference Standards
1.02 Related Requirements
A_ General Conditions of the Contract
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. For products or workmanship specified by association,trade or Federal
Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid
requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date or date of
Owner-Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific
date is specified.
C. When required by individual Specifications Sections, obtain copy of standard.
Maintain copy at jobsite during submittals,planning and progress of the
specific work until substantial completion.
1.04 Schedule of References
AA Aluminum Association
818 Connecticut Avenue,N.W.
Washington,D.C. 20005
ACI American Concrete Institute
Box 19150,Reford Station
Detroit,Michegan 48219
ADC Air Diffusion Council
230 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago,Illinois 60601
Cutting and Patching
Section 01045 -Page 3
A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will
provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
ow
B. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed
and moisture resistant elements,and sight exposed surfaces.
C. Cut rigid materials uring masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not
allowed without prior approval.
D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract
Documents.
.*
E. Fit work airtight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduit and other penetrations
through surfaces. .�
F. At penetrations of fire-rated wall,ceiling or floor construction,completely
seal voids with fire-rated material,full thickness of the construction element. .,
G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes.For continuous surfaces,refinish
to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit.
End of Section
sw
s
Cutting and Patching
Section 01045 -Page 2
8. Date and time work will be executed
PART 2 Products
2.01 Materials
A_ Those required for original installation
B. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution under provisions of
Section 01630.
PART 3 Execution
3.01 General
A. Execute cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and fill,to complete
work and to:
1. Fit the several parts together to integrate with other work.
2. Uncover work to install ill-timed work
3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work-
4. Remove samples of installed work for testing.
5. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical,
plumbing and electrical work.
3.02 Inspection
A. Inspect existin conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement
+*� during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering, inspect conditions,including elemens subject to damage or
movement during cutting and patching.
C. Beginning of cutting means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.03 Preparation
A. Provides supports to assure structural integrity grity of surroundings., devices and
methods to protect other portions of project from damage.
B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by
uncovering work; maintain excavations free of water.
3.04 Performance
ems
Cutting and Patching
Section 01045 -Page 1
Cutting and Patching
Section 01045
-PART 1 General
1.01 Requirements Included
A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work.
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 01120: Alteration Project Procedures .�
C. Section 01630: Substitutions and Product Options ..
D. Individual Specification Sections:
1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the section.
2. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of
those sections. •»
3. Limitations on cutting structural members.
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:
L Structural integrity of any element of project.
2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency,maintenance or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
B. Include in request:
1. Indentification of project
2. Location and description of affected work
3: Necessity for cutting or alteration. .�
4. Description of proposed work
5. Alternatives for cutting and patching
6. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor **
7. Written permission of affected separate contractor
Coordination
Section 01040 -Page 2
1.06 Coordination of Contract Closeout
A. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections in
preparation for substantial completion.
w
B. After Owner occupancy of premises,coordinate access to site by various
sections for correction,with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of
Owner's activities.
C. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 0 170 1.
w
1.07 Coordination of Phasing of hte Construction Work
A. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Owner in terms of phasing
the work so that it will not be a hindrance to the Owner.
End of Section
Coordination
Section 01040-Page 1
Coordination
Section 01040
PART 1 General
1.01 Requirements Included
A. Coordination of the work of each contract .�
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 01045: Cutting and Patching
C. Section 01200: Project Meetings
D. Section 01340: Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples
E. Section 01630: Product Options and Substitutions
F. Section 0 170 1: Contract Closeout Procedures
1.03 Description
.w
A. Coordinate scheduling,submittals, and work of the various sections of the
specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of
construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items to be as
installed later. Coordinate under direction of the Owner's representative.
1.04 Coordination of Submittals
A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Section 01340.
B. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for
installing, connecting to, and placing in service,such equipment
C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space,of
operating elements, and effect on work of other sections.
1.05 Coordination
A. Coordinate sequence of installation of structural work and ceiling repair which
is indicated on Drawings.
Change Order Procedures
Section 01028 - Page 3
A. For predetermined unit prices and quantities, change order will be executed on
a fixed price basis.
B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not predetermined,
execute work under a Construction Change Authorization. Changes in
Contract Time or Contract Sum will be computed as specified for time and
material change order.
1.09 Time and Material Change Order
A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,
within time limits in Conditions of the Contract.
B. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract
Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract.
1.10 Execution of Change Orders
A. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the
Conditions of the Contract.
1.11 Correlation of Contractor Submittals
A. Promptly revise Application for Payment forms to record each authorized
Change Order as a separate line item and adjust Contract Sum as shown on
Change Order.
B. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time;
WA revise Subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the
change and resubmit.
C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
" " End of Section
Change Order Procedures
Section 01028- Page 2
1. Quantities of products
2. Taxes, insurance, bonds
3. Overhead and profit .�
4. Justification for any change in contract time.
5. Credit for deletions from contract, similarly documented
D. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time and
material basis with additional information:
dW
1. Origin and date of claim.
2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment and subcontracts.
1.05 Preliminary Procedures
A. Architect may submit a proposal request which includes: Detailed description
of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the
projected time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime
work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be
considered valid.
B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect
describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change,
the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and a
statement of the effect on work of separate contractors. Document any
requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01630.
1.06 Construction Change Authorization/Work Directive Change
A. Architect may issue a directove signed by Owner, instructing contractor to
proceed with a change in the work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change
Order.
B. Directive will describe changes in the work and will designate a method of
determining any change in the Contract Time or Contract Sum.
1.07 Lump Sum/Fixed Proce Change Order
A. Will be based upon proposal request and contractor's lump sum quotation or
contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Architect.
1.08 Unit Price Change Order
Change Order Procedures
Section 01028- Page 1
Change Order Procedures
Section 01028
+�. PART 1 General
1.01 Requirements Included
A. Procedures for processing Change Orders.
1.02 Related Requirements
A. Owner/ContractorAgreement: Monetary values of established unit proses.
B. General Conditions
C. Section 01027: Applications for Payment
D. Section 01310: Progress Schedules
E. Section 01630: Product Options and Substitutions
F. Section 01701: Contract Closeout Procedures
,■, G. Section 01720: Project Record Documents
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit name of individual authorized to accept changes and to be responsible
for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the work.
B. Change Order Forms: A.I.A.Document G701.
1.04 Documentation of Change in Contract Sum and Contract Time
A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide
full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to
substantiate costs of changes in the work.
B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to
allow evaluation of the quotation.
C. On request,provide additional data to support computations:
Applications for Payment
Section 01027-Page 2
A. Submit three(3)copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in
Agreement. �•
1.06 Substantiating Data
A. When Architect requires substantiating information,submit data justifying line
itme amounts in question.
B. Provide one(1)copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal.
Show application number and date,and line item by number and description.
End of Section
MW
OW
.•
OF
Applications for Payment
Section 01027-Page 1
Applications for Payment
Section 01027
PART I General
1.01 Requirements Included
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment.
1.02 Related Requirements
A- Owner/Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum,Amounts of Progress Payments,
Retainages and Times for Submittal.
B. General Conditions of the Contract.
C. Special Conditions
D. Supplementary General Contitions
E. Section 0 17 10: Contract Closeout Procedures.
1.03 Format
A. A.I.A.Document G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment.
B. A.I.A.Document G703 - Continuation Sheet.
1.04 Preparation of Application
A. Type required information
B. Execute cerfification by signature of authorized officer.
C. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work
performed and for stored products.
D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on Continuation Sheet,
listing Change Order Number and dollar amount as for an original item of
work.
E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 0 170 1.
1.05 Submittal Procedures
SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01010-Page-5
the use of the building or other portions of the project for the purpose for which they
are intended-
C. The Owner will, prior to any such partial occupancy, give notice to the Contractor
thereof and such occupancy shall be predicated upon the following conditions:
D. The Contractor shall extend all necessary insurance coverage until Final Acceptance
of the project. Owner's use and occupancy prior to Final Acceptance shall not relieve
the Contractor of his responsibility to maintain the insurance coverage required by the
Contract Documents,
E. The guarantee period called for by the Contract Documents shall not commence until
Substantial Completion of all work under the Contract.
F. Occupancy of the building or any portion thereof by the Owner shall not constitute an
acceptance of the work or portion thereof nor relieve Contractor of responsibility to
perform any work required by Contract Documents but not completed at time of
occupancy.
G. The Contractor shall not be required to pay maintenance costs on the portion of the
building occupied under this agreement, nor shall he be responsible for wear and tear "
or damage resulting from such occupancy.
H. The Contractor shall not be required to furnish heat,light and water used in the
building or portion of building so occupied without proper remuneration thereof.
1.10 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA
A. Be responsible for properly laying out the work and for lines and measurements for
the work. Verify the figures shown on the Drawings before laying out the work and
report errors or inaccuracies to the Architect before commencing work_
B. The General Contractor shall establish necessary reference lines and elevations to lay
out the work. Be responsible for the proper location and level of the work and for the
maintenance of the referenced lines and bench marks. Establish bench marks and axis **
lines at each floor showing exact floor elevations and other lines and dimensional
reference points as required by the Technical Sections of the Specifications; the
marking and layout of walls and partitions.
C. The General Contractor shall verify periodically that portions of the work are located
in accordance with the Drawing and at the required elevations. Upon completion of
foundation walls, submit to the Architect a report showing that dimensions,
elevations, angles,and the location of the building are in accordance with the Contract
Documents. When enclosing walls are completed, submit a report as to their location
and plumbness.
END OF SECTION
SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01010-Page-4
3. Permits
4. Contract Limit Lines
B. Parking of Contractor's vehicles or those of his Subcontractors will only be allowed in
parking areas designated by the Owner.
C. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.
D. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.
E. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on
premises.
F. Move any stored products which interfere with operations of Owner or other
Contractors.
G. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations
beyond designated areas shown on Site Plan.
H. Limit use of site to work and storage.
I. Do not store closed-cell polystyrene or hazardous materials within the building.
Storage of such materials outside the building shall be with proper precautionary
measures taken against fire.
J. The Contractor shall be responsible for adequate site drainage during the entire
construction period by any temporary means which shall not adversely affect
construction progress or abutting property.
1.08 SAFETY REGULATIONS
A. This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 91-596, "Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970" (OSHA), with respect to all rules and regulations pertaining
to construction, including Volume 36, Numbers 75 and 105, of the Federal Register,
as amended, and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor.
1.09 USE AND OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE
A. The Tenants will occupy their units during normal schedules the entire period of
construction. Tehy will be relocated in a piecemeal manner by the Owner as
construction operations require.
B. If the project has not been Substantially Completed by the specified date, the Owner,
at his election,may from time to time, occupy the building or any portion thereof as
the work is completed to such a degree as will, in the opinion of the Owner, permit
SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01010-Page-3
3. Contract Documents: The Plans and Specifications show the extent of the
Contract requirements. Generally,most scope of work items appear both in the
Drawings and Specifications. However, if a certain scope of work item only
appears either in the Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications, it will not be
an excuse or argument on the part of a Contractor that the scope of work is not
adequately defined Therefore, if any work is singularly shown in either the
Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications, then that item will be a
contractual responsibility of the contractor involved
4. Related requirements in other parts of the project manual:
a. Conditions of the Contract: Additional requirements of all parties to the
Contract.
1.04 WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY ASSIGNED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR
A. The Owner understands that he will receive a complete product. All items expressly
stated or reasonably implied by the Drawings or Specifications or both are to be
included to insure that complete product.
1.05 CONTRACT
A. Construct the work under a Lump Sum Amount, in accordance with the conditions of
the agreement between Contractor and Owner, including provisions for liquidated
damages.
1.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
A. Visit the site and examine Contract Documents before submitting a bid Inspect and
be thoroughly familiar with the same and conditions under which work will be carried
out. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for errors, omissions •s
and/or charges for extra work arising from the Contractor's failure to familiarize
himself with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid,the
bidder agrees and warrants that he had the opportunity to examine the site and the .�
Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both
and, where there is required in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that
the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by:
1. Law
2. Ordinances
SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01010-Page-2
1. The Several Contractors for this project will be responsible for the following
scope of work items:
a. All staging, lifting,hoisting, protection, supervision,and coordination.
b. Handicap ramp,handicap access into three apartment buildings, curb cuts.
C. Extension of several parking lots,handicap parking spaces,curb cuts_
d. Drainage improvements,repaving of roadways, walkways and parking lots
including piping.
e. New Children's playground.
�*! f. New doors and hardware
g. Repair of window parts, new interior sills and recaulking.
h. All new vinyl siding,soffits,trim and accessories.
i. New mail gazebo.
j. Interior renovations of first floor of community building.
k. Carpet,V.C.T., S.A.T. and paint finishes.
1. Refirrbishing of kitchens and bathrooms including new counters,
appliances, fixtures, surrounds, accessories.
m. New GFCI's where indicated-
n. All new fire alarm system.
o. New gutters,downspouts and splashblocks.
p. New 4 x 4 PT columns where missing at apartment exterior decks.
q. Contractor will be responsible for all other miscellaneous work that is
shown in the Contract Documents that is not specifically identified to be
that of others, including all work that is shown in the Contract Documents
that is not identified as being any Contractor's specific responsibility.
T. The Contractor will be responsible for all cutting and patching.
S. Furnish and install new construction as indicated in the Contract
Documents.
2. There will be no Filed Sub-Bidders for this project.
SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01010 -Page-1
MW
aw
SECTION 01010
0
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS/REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDED
A. The work of this Contract includes all labor and materials necessary to complete
imprivements,repairs and handicap access at Country Lane Estates, 491 Bridge Road,
Florence, Massachusetts 01062 in accordance with the Contract Documents as
prepared by Roy S. Brown, Architects, 85 Chilson Road, Wilbraham, Massachusetts
subject to additions and deductions according to the terms and conditions of the
Contract. Included under the scope of work of this section is the replacement of any
existing construction damaged during the course of the job.
ow
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Instructions to Bidders MW
B. Contract and Construction Forms
C. General Conditions
D. Supplementary General Conditions ••�
E. Special Conditions
F. Technical Specifications
G. Contract Drawings
1.03 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Scope of Work:
General Requirements
.M
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page-4 ..
2. Property Damage
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence ..
2. Add the following Clause 11.1.4.1 to 11.1.4:
11.1.4.1: The Contractor shall furnish one copy of each Certificate of
Insurance herein required for copy of the agreement which shall
specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by Subparagraph No
11.1.1, 11.1.2, and 11.1.3. The form of Certificate shall be that of his
insurance carriers. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of MW
any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage limits.
3. Revise General Conditions paragraph 11.4.1 to read, "Unless otherwise
provided,the CmkWa shalll purchase and maintain ...."
G. Article 12. Ov rh,-,A nd mfiL(including bond)
1 Overhead and profit shall be limited to 15%.
End of Section
,.
M.
W
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page- 3
w
I. State
2. Employer's liability
b. Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises Operations;
Independent Contractor's Protective);
1. Bodily Injury
$ 500,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
2. Property Damage
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
3. Products and completed operations to be maintained for
one(1)year after final payment.
4. Product Damage Liability Insurance will provide collapse
coverage as applicable.
C. Contractual Liability
„ 1_ Bodily Injury
$1,000,000 Each occurrence
2. Property Damage
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
d. Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion Deleted
1. $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
e. Comprehensive Automobile Liability
1. Bodily Injury
$ 500,000 Each Person
$1,000,000 Each occurrence
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page- 2
Failure of the Owner or the Architect to reply promptly shall constitute
notice of no reasonable objection. Failure to object to a manufacturer
shall not constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of the Contract
Documents,and all products furnished by the listed manufacturer must
conform to such requirements.
2. Add the following clauses 3.4.2.1 and 3.4.2.2 to paragraph 3.4.2
3.4.1 After the Contract has been executed,the Owner and the Architect
will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of
those specified only under the conditions set forth in the General As
Requirements of the Specifications(Division 1).
3.4.2.2 By making requests for the substitutions based on clause 4.4.3 00
above,the Contractor:
a. Represents that he will provide the same warranty for the .M
substitution that he would for the specified.
b. Represents that he has personally investigated the proposed
substitute and determined that it is equal to or superior in all Aw
respects to that specified.
C. Certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all
related costs under this Contract,but excludes costs under separate AM
contracts,and excludes Architect's re-design costs,and waives all
claims for additional costs related to the substitution which
subsequently became apparent; and ""`
d. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute,making
such changes as may be required for the work to be complete in all
respects.
E. Article 9 -Pay=n s and CQmWr&jw
1. Add the following clause to 9.3.1
9.3.1.1 Until Substantial Completion,the Owner will pay nine ty-
five
percent(95%)of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress
payments. The retainage of five percent(5%)will be paid within thirty
(30)days after the acceptance of the work by the Owner.
F. Article 11 -Insurance
1. 11.1.1 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for
not less than the following,or greater if required by law:
a. Workers Compensation
AM
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page- 1
A. General
1, A.I.A. Document A201,Fourteenth Edition, 1999 "General
Conditions of the Contract for Construction", constitutes the General
Conditions of the Contract and is hereby included in these documents by
reference. Copies are available to bidders upon request.
► 2. Articles of A.I.A. General Conditions,listed under this Section
"Supplementary General Conditions",are amended by adding, substituting
or omitting material as indicated herein.
ke
3. All provisions of such Articles,not so specifically amended herein, shall
remain in full force and effect.
B. Article 1 -Contract Documents:
1. Delete the last sentence in Subparagraph 1.1.1.
C. Article 2 -Owner:
1. Delete subparagraph 2.2.5 in its entirety and substitute the following.:
2.2.5 the Contractor will be furnished free of charge five(5)copies of the
Drawings and Project Manuals. Additional sets will be furnished at the
cost of reproduction,postage and handling.
D. Article 4-Contractor:
1. Add the following subparagraphs 3.12.5.1 and 3.12.5.2 to paragraph
3.12.5
3.12.5.1 Not later than thirty(30)days from the Contract date,the
Contractor shall provide a list showing the name of the manufacturer
proposed to be used for each of the products identified in the General
Requirements of the Specifications(Division I)and where applicable,the
name of the installing Subcontractor.
3.12.5.2 The Architect will promptly reply in writing to the Contractor
stating whether the Owner of the Architect,after due investigation,has
reasonable objection to any such proposal. If adequate data on any
proposed manufacturer or installer is not available,the Architect may state
that action will be deferred until the Contractor provides further data.
,m
MW
am
Supplementary General Conditions
14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other
damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the
Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the dif-
ference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall
be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive
termination of the Contract.
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or inter-
rupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
143.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time
` caused by suspension,delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1.Adjustment of the
Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent:
.t that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by
0 another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the
Contract.
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and
without cause.
14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's
convenience,the Contractor shall:
i cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the Work;and
.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination
stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter
into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled
to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along
with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed.
► 44
3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the _
Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph ...
9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within
the time stated in the Contract Documents;or
.4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's
request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1.
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor 40
or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,
repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in
Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than loo percent of the total number of days
scheduled for completion,or 12o days in any 365-day period,whichever is less.
14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,
upon seven days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover
from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,
equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead,
profit and damages.
14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of the
Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing
portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently
failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters 00
important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written
notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as
provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. r►
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor:
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or 4W
proper materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the
respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; 40
3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public
authority having jurisdiction;or
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. Aip
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that
sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or Aw
remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven
days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights
of the surety:
.1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction
equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and
3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon
request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed
accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.
14.23 V%Then the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in
Subparagraph 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work
is finished.
43
WA
i
13.5.3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2
reveal failure of the portions of the Fork to comply with requirements established by the
Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated
procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by
the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect.
13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract
Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place
of testing.
13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made
promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the VVork.
13.6 INTEREST
13.6.1 Pavments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date
payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at
the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located.
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the
relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall
commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in
any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or
failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and
prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of
limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to
have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final
Certificate for Payment;and
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the
relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of
limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to
have accrued in am•and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by
the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any
correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph
it 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or
obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last.
t�
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period Of 30 con-
secutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or
their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under
direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons:
1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which
requires all Work to be stopped;
.2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all
Work to be stopped; 42
MW
i
nw
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located.
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS `
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns
and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners,successors,assigns and legal
representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,agreements and obligations contained
in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the
Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party
attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain
legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an
institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender
shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor
shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 \Nritten notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the
individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was MW
intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known
to the party giving notice.
w+
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies
available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and ,
remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver �
of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act
constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed
in writing.
13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract
Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations: or orders of public authorities having
jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time.Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall
make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing
laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall �.
bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect
timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may
be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals
which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.
13.5.2 If the Architect,Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions
of the Work require additional testing,inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph
13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to
make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to
the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests
and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such
costs,except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense.
41
i
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly coned Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform
to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial
Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such
rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's
services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense.
12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5,if,within one year after the
date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for
' commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1,or by terms of an applicable
special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it
promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has
previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give
such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.During the one-year period for correction
w of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to
make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to
make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work
within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,
the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
12.2.2.2The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of
Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial
Completion and the actual performance of the Work.
12.2.2.3The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extenaea by corrective Work
performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2.
e 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the
Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,
whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the
Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of
limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract
Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in
Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the�Vork,
" and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract
Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be
commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations
other than specifically to correct the Work.
123 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
123.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,
in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment
w
shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.
40
i
11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as -
fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may
appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph ii.4.1o.
The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall
require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall,upon occurrence
of an insured loss,give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties.The cost of required
bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a
separate account proceeds so received,which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in
which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6.If after such loss no other special
agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience,replacement �.
of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the
Work in accordance with Article 7.
11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one
of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the
Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as .W
provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6.The Owner as fiduciary shall,in the case of arbitration,make
settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of
insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Ak
11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering
faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated
in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of
execution of the Contract.
11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds
covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly
furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be-nade.
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK �r
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements
specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if required in writing by the Architect,
be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without
change in the Contract Time.
12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically_
requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and
it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such AVork is in accordance with the Contract
Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the
Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction
shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs.
39
occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take
reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without
mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause
cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance.
11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and
machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law,which shall specifically cover
such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance
shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the
Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain
such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or
other hazards,however caused.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for
loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards
however caused.
11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described
herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner
shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor
by appropriate Change Order.
11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or
both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring
the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project
through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,
the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages
caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate
policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of
each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each police shall
contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions,exclusions and endorsements related to
this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed
to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 3o days'prior written notice has been
given to the Contractor.
11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other
and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,each of the other,and
go (i) the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in ?Article 6, if any, and
any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for damages caused by fire
or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this
Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as t I have
to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as
appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors de-cribed
in Article 6,if any, and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of
them,by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity,similar waivwrs each
in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such wai,ors of
subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective 3.s to a
person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnifica-
tion, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and
whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged.
no 38
shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and _ •
maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for
purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of
liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for
Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5.
11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,
the Owner,Contractor and Architect„wive all rights against each other for damages,except such
rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such
waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
1133 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Omer, Architect or other
persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under
Paragraph 11.1. MW
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or �
companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,
property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount
of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of
materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site
on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be
maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing
by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been
made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an
insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered,whichever is later.
This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and ,
Sub-subcontractors in the Project.
11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an"all-risk"or equivalent policy form and shall include,
without limitation,insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss
or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief,
collapse, earthquake,flood,windstorm, falsework,testing and startup, temporary buildings and
debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal
requirements,and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services
and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.
rw
11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the
Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above,the Owner shall so inform
the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.The Contractor may then effect
insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be
charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to
purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in
writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.
11.4.13 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered 40
because of such deductibles.
11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also 00
portions of the Work in transit.
11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the ..�
insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial
37
0 extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as
provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
4 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully
0 authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will
protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the
Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,
whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them max,be liable:
.1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee
benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death
of the Contractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person
10 other than the Contractor's employees;
.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of
0 tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom;
.6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property &Arnage
arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
Y injury or property damage arising out of completed operatior� ind
01 .7 claims for bodil\ i J 0 0
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the ContracLor's
obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
0
ko 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph ii.i.1 shall be written for not less than llio,'js of
liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is cl,.ater.
Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained ,, ;,,ut
interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final paymcl _;jid
termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment.
0
11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall.be filed with the Owner "o
commencement of the. \Vork. These certificates and the insurance policies.required ),is
Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies wil', )e
canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been givei� fte
Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force af+-- linal
payment and are reasonablv available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation -ft
coverage shall be submittei with the final Application for Payment as required by Subpai ph
9.10.2.Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or clairn- naid
under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with re-�_-_ —ible
promptness in accordance 0 with the Contractor's information and belief.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 T.he Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual
liability insurance.
113 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
113.1 optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project
Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources a,,, 'Ary
coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect!s vicarious liability for coip,-_ -',on
operations under the Contract.Wess otherwise required by the Contract Documents,ffi�, 36
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at -
the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's
superintendent unless othemise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and ..�
Architect.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded
..
so as to endanger its safety.
103 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death
to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or
polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,
upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the "
condition to the Owner and Architect in writing.
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or
absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material
or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been rendered harmless.Unless otherwise
required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and
Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying
the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal
or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will
promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to M.
the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an
objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom
the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection.When the material or substance ,M
has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the
Owner and Contractor.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum
shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, 40
delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7.
10.33 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the MW
Contractor,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of
them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attor-
neys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact so
the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph
10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim, damage,loss or expense is
attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible
property(other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage,loss or expense is not due .m
to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity.
10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances "`
brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the
Contract Documents.
10.5 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable for the
cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as
required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and «
expense thereby incurred.
10.6 EMERGENCIES
10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the w�
Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury or loss.Additional compensation or
35
A portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and
conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except
those arising from:
.1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and
unsettled;
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or
3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.
9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall
constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified
by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall' provide
reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to:
.i employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage
on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's
'ft Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and
3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements,roadways,structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or
their protection from damage,injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and
performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting
danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.
uw
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual
methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and
carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss
insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in
Clauses 10.2-1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a
Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
40 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of
them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The
foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under
Paragraph 3.18. 34
i
have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of
warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as
provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall
not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by
written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision
of the Architect.
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor and Architect
shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to
determine and record the condition of the\fork.
9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the
Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Mr
9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the\Fork is ready for final inspection and acceptance
and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such
inspection and,when the?architect finds the\Vork acceptable under the Contract Documents and �
the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment
stating that to the best of the architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of
the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate
for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2
as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled.
9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the
Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and
equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's
property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid
or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract
Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled
or allowed to expire until at least 3o days'prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3) a AW
written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance wW not
be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,
to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or
satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests am
or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be
designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the
Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner
against such lien.If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall
refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. ,
9.103 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed
through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,
and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certifi-
cation by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not
MY completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if ««
bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that
33
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the
Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the
Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract
Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor
may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until
w payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropri-
ately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs
of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or
designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents
so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the'Owner
agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to
the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.
Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine
as whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's
inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not
sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy
or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall,before
issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon
notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another
inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion.
9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial
Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,
maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within
which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties
required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of
the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and
Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.
Upon such acceptance and consent of surety,if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage
' applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted for��ork
that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work
at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,
+ ► provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and
authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy or use
may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and
Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,
retainage, if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and 32
opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including loss ..
resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of
.t defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims
unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,
materials or equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum;
s damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and
that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages
for the anticipated delay;or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. +••
9.5.2 NN'hen the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be
made for amounts previously withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in
�w
the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the
Architect.
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the .W
Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's
portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages
actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of *'
the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each
Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.
9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information
regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken
thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such
Subcontractor.
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment
of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law.
9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in
Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4.
9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the
Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of
the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by
Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or
suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the
Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require
money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,
shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust
or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for
breach of the requirements of this provision.
31
t
93.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on
account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent
incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made
for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.
Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon com-
pliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfacton•to the Owner to establish the Owner's title
to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the
10 costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and
equipment stored off the site.
w 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will
pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon
submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been
previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's
knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims,security interests or encum-
brances in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or entities
making a claim by reason of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for
WA Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for
such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in
writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in
Subparagraph 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect
to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the
Application for Payment,that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that,to the best
of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with
the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the'v4'ork
" for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of
subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents
prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a
9I► Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to
payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be
a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,
sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and
material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to
payment,or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used
money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent
reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the
Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify
40 payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as
provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,
the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect
0 is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate
for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a
Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's
,0 30
by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other
agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of morgages,mechanic's
liens and other security interests.
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve
Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.
83 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
83.1 If the Contractor is delayed at am•time in the commencement or progress of the NNork by
an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor
employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,or by labor disputes,fire,unusual
delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control,or by ..
delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration,or by other causes which the
Architect determines may justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order
for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of.
Paragraph 4.3.
8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under
other provisions of the Contract Documents. a*
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the
total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the
Contract Documents.
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a "`
schedule of values allocated to various portions of the \Mork, prepared in such form and
supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule,
unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's a.
Applications for Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
93.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor
shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in
accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and
.r
supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or
Architect may require,such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,
and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.
93.1.1 As pro-6ded in Subparagraph 7.3.8,such applications may include requests for payment on
account of changes in the\fork which have been properly authorized by Construction Change
Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders.
93.11 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for
which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such
Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay.
29
R
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use or similar
taxes related to the Work;and
s additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the
w
change.
73.7. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or
change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed
0 by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are
involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase,if any,with respect to that change.
7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the
Owner,amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for
0 Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of
such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an
interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.That
determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject
0 to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4.
7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect
"e concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach
agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
IN 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjust-
ment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent
of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding
on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 8 TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized
adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance
with Paragraph 9.8.
8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless
otherwise specifically defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By
executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period
40 for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in
writing,prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of
insurance required by Article a to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of
commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.Unless
the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given
28
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the
Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following:
.1 change in the NVork;
.2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and
3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed
in Subparagraph 7.3.3.
73 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the?architect and signed
by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if
any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both.The Owner may by Construction Change
Directive,N&ithout invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope
of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and
Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the
terms of a Change Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the
adjustment shall be based on one of the followving methods:
.i mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient
substantiating data to permit evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;
3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually
acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or
.4 as provided in Subparagraph x.3.6.
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed ..
with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or
disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for
determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
7.35 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the
Contractor therewith,including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method �•
for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a
Change Order.
7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment .s
in the Contract Sum,the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the
basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the NVork attributable to the
change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead M"
and profit.In such case,and also under Clause 7.3.13,the Contractor shall keep and present,in
such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate
supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of
this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following:
.t costs of labor, including social security,old age and unemployment insurance, fringe
benefits required by agreement or custom,and workers'compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether
incorporated or consumed;
3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from
the Contractor or others;
27
i
Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those
stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles io,ii and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
a 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity
for introduction and storaae of their materials and equipment and performance of their
0
activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with
theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 if part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon
construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to
proceeding with that portion of the \Vork, promptly report to the Architect apparent
discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an
acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's NVork, except as to defects not.then
reasonably discoverable.
6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which
are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective
construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs
incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the'Work or
defective construction of a separate contractor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage \vrong fully caused by the Contractor to
completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate
contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2-5.
6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting
and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14.
40
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the
so responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surroundin,area
free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the
cost among those responsible.
40
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Changes in the NVork may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without
invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor
change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the�- iiiract
Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and
40 Architect;a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and
may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a minor change in the Work may be
issued by the Architect alone.
40 7.13 Changes in the NVork shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract
Documents,and the Contractor shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change
Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.
26
Subcontractor's Work,which the Contractor,by these Documents,assumes toward the Owner and
Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and
Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the \Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the
Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of
all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract
Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall
make available to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agree-
ment,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon .�
written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the
proposed subcontract agreement which may be ai variance with the Contract Documents.
Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to .,
their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the\\ork is assigned by the Contractor to the ..
Owner provided that:
.t assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause
pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner
accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and
.z assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond
relating to the Contract. MW
5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than ;o days, the
Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the ■M
suspension.
ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Opener reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project
with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions
of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract
identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and
waiver of subrogation.If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of .W
such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other a.
construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each
case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Opener shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owners own forces and .w
of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The
Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their
construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the
construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The
construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate
contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs
construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be .0
deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the
40
25
1
4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for
arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration
is permitted to be demanded.
4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be
final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in am court
having jurisdiction thereof.
w►
ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to
perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized
! representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a wparate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract ^th a
Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subconta is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and
Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless othenv ise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirena :r , °
Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in wntb
Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including those who are to 1.;?:^.,4 it
materials or equipment fabricated to a special design i proposed for each principal porti,-
" " Work.The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether ,.
Owner or the .architect. after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such :.-; <d
person or entity.Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute nr+?. .
reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom
or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be reel . : to
contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner or.architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity prop{,
Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Archite.
reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably
performing the Work.the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decmi,
difference,if any,occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shat.
before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no incre;
Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contract.
promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously sele:
Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Con!,
require each Subcontractor,to the e��tent of the Work to be performed by the Subcont ?°
bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume
Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for
24
40
i .
subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable w*
proceedings by either party.
4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties
mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules
of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.Request for mediation shall be filed
in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.
The request may be made concurrently „ith the filing of a demand for arbitration but,in such
event,mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings,.which
shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing,unless stayed for
a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.
4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall
be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.
Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in am• court
having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6 ARBITRATION
4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic
effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall,after
decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the architect,be subject to
arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5•
4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties
mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance ,vith the Construction Industr Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration AM
shall be filed in.Nwriting with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration
Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect.
..
4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs
4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases Arithin a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen,
and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings AM
based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined
pursuant to Paragraph 13.7.
4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the am
Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the
Architect's employees or consultants,except by written consent containing specific reference to
the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner,Contractor and any other person or entity
sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other
manner,parties other than the Owner,Contractor,a separate contractor as described in Article 6
and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or lacy whose presence is
required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the
Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an
original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is
insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute
consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or
described therein.The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an ,
additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically
enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
23 '"
condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor
and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 3o days have passed after the
Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect.
The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than
the Owner.
4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one
r or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a
response with supporting data from the other party,(2) reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)
approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5)advise the parties that the Architect is unable
s to resolve the Claim if the architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the
Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the architect's sole discretion, it would be
inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek
information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may
assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize
14 retention of such persons at the Owner's expense.
4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional
0 supporting data,such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall
either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Architect when the
response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will
be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any,the Architect will either
reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.
4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the rea-
sons therefor and which shall notifi.the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract
Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim bA the Architect shall be final and binding on
the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration.
4.4.6 N.Vhen a written decision of the Architect states that(i) the decision is final but subject to
mediation and arbitration and (2 a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision
must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the
final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days'period shall result
in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the
„ Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,such decision may
be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceeding's unless the decision is
acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at am time thereafter,the Architect or
the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the
Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner
may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the
controversy.
twi 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim
may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines
prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration.
4.5 MEDIATION
4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic
effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall,after
initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the architect, be
22
i
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor Arishes to make Claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum,written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the
Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or
property arising under Paragraph io.6.
43.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited
to (i) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work
where the Contractor was not at fault,(3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued
by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the
Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in
accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.
43.7 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written
notice as provided herein shall be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost
and of probable effect of delay on progress of the\Fork.In the case of a continuing delay only one
Claim is necessary.
4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim
shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the
period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the
scheduled construction.
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or
damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for
whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injure,or damage,whether or
not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after
discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the
matter.
.W
4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if
quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or
Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of NN'ork
proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices
shall be equitably adjusted.
4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against "'
each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual
waiver includes:
a damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, +m
financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee
productivity or of the services of such persons;and
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the
compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and repu-
tation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the NVork.
This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either
party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10
shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.4.1 Decision of Architect Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the
Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred
initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a
21
t
w
A The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed
upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. if no agreement is made concerning the time
within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance Nvith this
■ Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish
such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them.
M 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect Neill be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of
drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to
secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and
will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent
with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
43 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
M 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of
right,adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money,extension of time or
other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other
disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to
the Contract.Claims must be initiated by written notice.The responsibility to substantiate Claims
shall rest with the party making the Claim.
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after
occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first
recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by
written notice to the Architect and the other party.
4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as
otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor
shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make
payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site
which are (1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from
those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual
nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as
inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,then
notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are
disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect
will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or
decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,
will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the
Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those
indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,
,w the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by
either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect
has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different, the
Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor
cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be
referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to
Paragraph 4.4.
""� 20
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the
Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect
about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the
Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with ..
Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and
with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
w.
4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the
Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for
Payment in such amounts.
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract
Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have
authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and
13.53, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this
authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise
such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,
Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work.
4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the
Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the
limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable
promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or
separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to
permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or
for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of
which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The
Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations
under Paragraphs 3.3,3.5 and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety
precautions or,unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means, ..
methods, techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall
not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may
authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.9 The Architect Neill conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial
Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the
Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract
and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
w�
4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project
representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in
an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and
requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. °"
19
tl -
construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would
otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 338.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an
employee of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or
anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Subparagraph
3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit ads.
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1 ARCHITECT
0 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully
practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the Architect or the
w Architect's authorized representative.
4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the
Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the
Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
is 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect
against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract
Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract
Documents,and will be an Owner's representative(1)during construction,(2)until final payment
is due and (3)with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for
correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf
of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents,unless otherwise modified
is in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract.
4.2.2 The Architect,as a representative of the Owner,will visit the site at intervals appropriate
W to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar lvith and to keep the
Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to
endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine in
general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully
completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not
be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, ^or be
responsible for,the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,o-f ?t>r the
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the
Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in
Subparagraph 3.3.1.
4.23 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have
control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor,
Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions
of the Work.
:Inf3
3.13 USE OF SITE
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,ordinances,
permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with
materials or equipment.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete
the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially
completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise
altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such
construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and
of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor
shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's
consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
3.15 CLEANING UP `
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of
waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the\Work,
the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's
tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to cleanup as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may .K
do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK w,
3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation
and progress wherever located.
3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or
claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect
harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when .a
a particular design,process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required
by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,
Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the w
Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement
of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such
information is promptly furnished to the Architect. +»
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or
expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the
Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3,the Contractor shall indemni6'and hold harmless
the Owner,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and
against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attornevs'fees,arising
out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or
expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of .w
tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts
or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly emploved by them
or anyone for whose acts they maybe liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss Owl
or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be
{ 17
i
* the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay
in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.Submittals which are not
marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the
Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar
submittals,the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials,
field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and has checked
and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the
NNork and of the Contract Documents.
3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the\Mork for which the Contract Documents
require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until
the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.
3.12.8 The\Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall
not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by
the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals unless the
Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of
submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor
40 change in the Work, or (i) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued
authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or
omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's
! ► approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
M Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by
the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's
approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.
3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which
constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required
by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide
such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,
methods,techniques,sequences and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide
professional services in violation of applicable law.If professional design services or certifications
by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the
Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance
and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or
certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional,whose signature and seal
shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings and other
submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the
40 Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such
professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect
shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and
Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services
must satisfy.Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take other
appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
01 information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor
shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the
Contract Documents. 16
i
3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who
shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work The superintendent
shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor.Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. .�
Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case.
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for
the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The
schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at
appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the
entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall provide for expeditious
and practicable execution of the Work.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current,for the Architect's approval,a schedule of
submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the
Architect reasonable time to review submittals. .�
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent
schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect.
3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked
currently to record field changes and selections made during construction,and one record copy of
approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar required submittals.These shall be
available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon
completion of the Work.
3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES A"
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the
Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or
distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. ow
3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,
brochures,diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and
�r.
establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract
Documents.The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for
which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor
proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. s.
Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may
be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals which are not required by the Contract
Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. +
3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and
submit to the Architect Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by
15
■
Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly
approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes
remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor,
improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal
usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind
and quality of materials and equipment_
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by
the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,
0 whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.
3.7 PERMITS,PEES AND NOTICES
■ 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and
pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees,licenses and inspections
necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after
0 execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations
concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in
accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes, and rules and regulations.
However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance
therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and
necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws,statutes,ordinances,
pa building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the
Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs
attributable to correction.
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract
Documents.Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons
or entities as the Owner may direct,but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons
or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered
at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts;
■, .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs,
overhead,profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall
be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;
s whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be
adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect
W the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.1 and
(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.23.
3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient
time to avoid delay in the Work.
14
3.23 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications
or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for
information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as
provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of
Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as
would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.The Contractor shall
not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or
omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or *�
conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error,
inconsistency,omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect.
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and
attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction
means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the
Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions
concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning
construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate
the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the
jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor
determines that such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the
Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with
that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the
Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences
or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be
solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Con-
tractor's employees,Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities
performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed
to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and
pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, heat, wr
utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and
completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to
be incorporated in the Work. „
3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after
evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order.
3.43 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's
employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit
employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment
furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless othenvise required or
permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the
quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract
13
B
w
accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been
eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the
part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or
entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
a 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the
Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and
0 promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written
notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such
three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct
any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,
correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting
from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such
deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services
made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts
charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect.If payments then or
thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay
the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred
to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means
0 the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's
administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by
persons other than the Contractor.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
No 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the
Work,the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract
Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished ':; the
Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions
related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.'These
obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are n1 , ; ':he
purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Do t1ts;
however,any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be k zq-orted
promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.
3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review si~all be
reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the
Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless -vise
specifically provided in the Contract Documents.The Contractor is not required to ascertain that
the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances. '.;;olding
codes, and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the
Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
- - . 12
i
the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this
authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings,
Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants.
Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in
connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's
or Architect's consultants'copyrights or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2 OWNER
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in
writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all
matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in
Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the
Owner or the Owner's authorized representative.
2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written
request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or
enforce mechanic's lien rights.Such information shall include a correct statement of the record
legal title to the property on which the Project is located,usually referred to as the site,and the
Owner's interest therein.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the
\pork and thereafter,furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements
have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence
shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the �Vork. After such
evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements
without prior notice to the Contractor.
2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which are
the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and
pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction,use or s�
occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
2.23 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and
utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall
be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise
proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be
furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness.Any other information or services relevant
to the Contractor's performance of the NIVork under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the
Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services.
2.2.5 unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor will be furnished,
free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for
execution of the Work.
23 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
23.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in
11
A _
complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance
by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents
and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.
1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of
Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in
establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
1.23 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known
technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
1.3 CAPITALIZATION
1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (r) specifically
defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs,Subparagraphs
and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American
Institute of Architects.
1.4 INTERPRETATION
me
1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modil}ying words such
as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or w J +;{'e is
absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the inteipi o, of
either statement.
1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If �-J..°her the
Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect sha> _dentify
such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Corer- ', . '-a
visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the NAh-: ize
performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract
1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER IN1174 ',NTS
OF SERVICE
1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in elect., orris,
prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service l hrnugh
which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described.The Contractor may _:; :.; :ine
I* record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or Jr
equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and ether
documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unle�� '" ° i .e
to indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors :}i ;id
will retain all common law,statutory and other reserved rights,in addition to the col • , ail
copies of Instruments of Service,except the Contractor's record set,shall be returned °,,..`.ably
accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The , ngs,
Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's con* i l' + >,�nd
copies thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this ProjPrt ^'are
not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or + r' ,)r
4 equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scopt. >vork
without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect and the Architect's co;:;' "he
Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment *r• are
OR authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings,Specificatms- ,her
documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to anc: <,i mse in
10
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter
the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),
Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents
listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification
is (i) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a
Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by
the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not
include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,
Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to
bidding requirements).
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire
and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, *�
representations or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified
only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual
relationship of any kind (t) between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a ..
Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any
persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled
to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate
performance of the Architect's duties.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,
whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and
services provided or to be prmdded by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The
Work may-constitute the whole or a part of the Project. •�
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract •�
Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by
separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS s
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the
design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections,
details,schedules and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written require-
ments for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and perfor-
mance of related services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL -
The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding
requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. )— ----- „�
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper ..
execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are
9 ..
Substitution of Subcontractors Title to Work
5•'-.3.5.2.4 9.3.2,9.3.3
Substitution of Architect UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
4.13 12
6r Substitutions of Materials Uncovering of Work
3-4-2,3.5.1,7.3.7 12.1
Sub-subcontractor,Definition of Unforeseen Conditions
5.1.2 4.3.4,8.3.1,10.3
Subsurface Conditions Unit Prices
4.3.4 4.3-9,7-3-3.2
Successors and Assigns Use of Documents
13.2 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3
Superintendent Use of Site
3.9,10.2.6 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
Supervision and Construction Procedures Values,Schedule of
1,-.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,42.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3,6.2.4, 9.2,9.3.1
7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10,12,14 NNIaiver of Claims by the Architect
Surety 13.4.2
4.4.7,5-4-1-2.9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
Surety,Consent of 4.3.10,9.10.5,11-4.7,13-4.2
9.10.2,9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Owner
let Surveys 4.3.10,9.9.3, 10.9.10.3,3 9.10.4,11-4.3,11-4.5,11.4.7,
2.2.3 12.2.2.1,13-4.2,14-2.4
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Consequential Damages
14.4 4.3.10,14-2.4
Suspension of the Work Waiver of Liens
5-4-2,14-3 9.10.2,9.10.4
Suspension or Termination of the Contract \,\aivers of Subrogation
■ 4.3.6,5.:}.1.1,11.4.9,14 6.1.1,11.4,5,11.4.7
Taxes Warranty
3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6-4 3.5,4.2.9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4,12.2.2,
0 Termination by the Contractor 13.17.1.3
4.3.10,14.1 Weather Delays
Termination by the Owner for Cause 4.3-7.2
4.3.10,5.4.1.1,141 bVork,Definition of
Termination of the Architect 1.1.3
4.1.3 Written Consent
Termination of the Contractor 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2,
14.2.2 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4.1,13.2,13.4.2
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Written Interpretations
14 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Tests and Inspections Written Notice
3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4-2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 2.3,--4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,43,4.4.8,46.5,
9.10.1,10-3.2,11.4-1.1,12.2.1,13.5
5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3,11.1.3,11.4.6,
12.2-2,1-1.2.4,133,14
TIME
8 Written Orders
Time,Delays and Extensions of 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11-4.9,12.1,12.2,13.5.2,
14.3.1
3.2.3,43.1,43.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,
7.4.1,7.5.1,e3.9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2,1o.6.1,14.3.2
Time Limits
2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.1-15.3.15.1,
42,4.3.44,45,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2-4,7.3,74
8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7.9.8,9.9,
9.10,11-1.3,11.4-1.5,11.4.6,11.4-10,12.2,13.5,13.7,14
Time Limits on Claims
431,4.3-4,4-3-8.44,4.5,4.6 8
A
Product Data,Definition of Safety of Persons and Property
3.12 10.2,10.6
.r�
Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Safety Precautions and Programs
3.11.3.12,4.2.7 - 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1,10.2,10.6
Progress and Completion Samples,Definition of
4.2.2,4.3-3,8.2.9.8,9.9.1,14.1.4 3,12.3
Iw
Progress Payments Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and
4-3-3.9-3,9-6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14-2.3 3-11,11.12,4-2.7
Project,Definition of the Samples at the Site,Documents and
1.1.4 3.11
Project Management Protective Liability Insurance Schedule of Values
113 9.2,9.3.1
Project Manual, Definition of the Schedules,Construction
1.1.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Project:Manuals Separate Contracts and Contractors
'2.5 t-1.4,3.12.5,3-14.2,4.2-4,4.2-7.4-6.4,6,8.3-1,11-4.7, '
Project Representatives 11.1.2,12-•1.5
4-2.10 Shop Drawings,Definition of
Property Insurance 3.12.1
10.2.5,11.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3.11,3.12,4.2.7
10 Site,Use of
Regulations and Laws 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, Site Inspections
9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4,13.5.1,13.5.2, 1.2.2,3'.1,3.3.3,3•;.1,42,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1,13.5
13.6,14
Site Visits,Architect's wu
Rejection of Work 4.1.2,4-2-9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5
3.5.1>4.2.6,12.2.1
Special Inspections and Testing
Releases and Waivers of Liens
4._,.6,11.1.1,13.5
9.10.2 Specifications,Definition of the e.
Representations 1.1.6
1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9-3-3,9-4-2,9-5.1, Specifications,The
9.8.2,9.10.1
1.1.1,1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17
Representatives Statute of Limitations
2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.1,13.2.1 4.6-3,12.2.6,13.7 e o Limitations
do
Resolution of Claims and Disputes Stopping the Work
.,
4.4,4.5,4.6 pP g
2.3,4-3.6,9.7,10,3,14.1
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Stored'Materials
3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9-5.1,10 6.2.1,9.3-2,10.2.1.2,10-2.4,11.4-1.4
Retainage
Subcontractor,Definition of
9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 5.1.1
Review of Contract Documents and Field
Conditions by Contractor SUBCONTRACTORS
1-5-2,3-2,3-7.3,3-12-7,6.1.3 5 wA
Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner Subcontractors,\York by
and Architect 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.11.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3.5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.;
3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8-2 Subcontractual Relations ow
Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 5.3,5.4.9.3.1-2,9.6,9.to 10.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8,14.1,
Samples by Contractor 14.2.1,14-3.2
3.12 Submittals
Rights and Remedies 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2-3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3,
1.1.2,2-3,24 35.1,3.15.2,4.2-6,4.34 4.5,4-6,5.3, 9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-1.3
54 6-1.6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7,10.2-5,10.3,12.2.2, Subrogation,Waivers of
12.24,13.4,14 6.1.1,11-4.5,11.4-7 w®
Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Substantial Completion
3.17 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9-4-2,9-8,9.9.1,9.10.3,
Rules and Notices for Arbitration 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7
4.6.2 Substantial Completion,Definition of
9.8.1 7
i -
Mediation Owners Loss of Use Insurance
` 4.4.1,4.4.5,4-4.6,4.4-8,4.3,4.6-1-4.6-2,8.3-1,10.3 11.4.3
Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
_ 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4-3.6,7.1,7.4 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10-2,14.2-2
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
■ 13 2.4,12.2-4-14.2-2.2
Modifications,Definition of Owner's Right to Clean Up
1.1.1 63
w9 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to
1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4,1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7, Award Separate Contracts
10.3.2,11.4.1 6.1
Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Stop the Work
■ 6.2 2.3
Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work
9.6.6,9.9.3,123 14.3
Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract
2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 14.2
12.2.1,13.7.1.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications
Notice and Other Instruments of Service
2.2.1,2.3.2.4,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3•7•4,3.12.9,4.3• 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3
4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11.1.3, Partial Occupancy or Use
11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 9.6.6,9.9,11.4.1.5
Notice,Written Patching,Cutting and
2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.6.5, 3.14,6.2.5
5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3,11.1.3,11.4.6,
12.2.2,12-2.4,13.3,14 Patents
31
Notice of Testing and Inspections
13-5.1,13-5.2 Payment,Applications for
4.2.5,7.3-8,9-2,9.3,9.4,9-5.1,9.6-3,9.7.1,9-8.5,
Notice to Proceed 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11-1.3,14-2.4,14-4.3
a 8.2.2 Payment,Certificates for
Notices,Permits, Fees and 4.2.5,4-2-9,9.3.3,9.4.9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.1o.1,
2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4
Observations,Contractor's Payment,Failure of
1-5-2,3-2,3.7-3,4-3.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6
Occupancy Payment,Final
2-2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11.4.1.5 2.1 4-3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11-1.3,11-4.1,
4._ 4.2.9,
Orders,\Written 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,142.4,14.4.3
1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11-4.9,1-2-1,12.2,13.5.2, Payment Bond,Performance Bond and
14.3.1 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9-10.3,11.4.9,113
OWNER Payments,Progress
2 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8-5,9.10.3,13.6,14-2.3
Owner,Definition of PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
2.1 9
Owner,Information and Services Required of the Pavments to Subcontractors
2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4'•7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 5.4.2,9-5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7,11.4.8,
6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3,10.3.3, 14.2.1.2
11.2,11.4,13-5.1,13-5.2,14.1-1.4,14-1.4 PCB
Owner's Authority 10.3.1
1.6,2'1'1'2.3,2.4,3'4.2'3.8.1'3.12.10,3.14.2'4.1.2, Performance Bond and Payment Bond
4.1.3,4.2.4,4-2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7,5.2.1.5 2.4,5.4-1, Y
7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,114 9,113
6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2.9.5.1,
9.9-1,9.10.2,10.3.2,11.1-3,11-3.1,11-4.3,11.4-10, Permits,Fees and Notices
1?.2.2,1.12-3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2 2
Owner's Financial Capability PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF
2.2.1,13-2.2,14.1-1.5 10
Owner's Liability Insurance Polychlorinated Biphenyl
11.2 10.3.1
b
Faulty Work Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy
(See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 9.9.1,11.41.5 ..
Final Completion and Final Payment Insurance Companies,Settlement with
4.2.1,4.2-9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9r.10,11.1.3,11.1.3,11.4-1, 11 4 10
11-4.5,12-3.1,13.7,14-2-4,14-4.3 Intent of the Contract Documents
Financial Arrangements,Owner's �.
Arrangements, 4•'-•7,4•'—.12,4.2.13,7.4
Interest
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance
13.6
11'4 Interpretation
GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2-3,1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4
1 Interpretations, Written
Governing Law 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
MW
13.1 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required
Guarantees(See Warranty) 4.6.4
Hazardous Materials Judgment on Final Award
10.2-4,103,10.5 4.6.6
Identification of Contract Documents Labor and Materials,Equipment
1.5.1 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1,
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers -r-.6-4.2-7,5.2.i,6.2-1,7-3.6,9.3.2,9.3-3,9.5-1-3, s
5•2.1 9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2-1.2
Indemnification Labor Disputes
3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10-3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11-4.7 8.3.1
Information and Services Required of the Owner Lays and Regulations 1W
2.1.2,21,3.2.1,3.1=.4,3.12.10,4.2-7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.-,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6,
6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.3,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3,10-3.3, 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11..},13.1,13.4,13.5.1,13.5.3,
11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,1.}.1.1.4,1.}.1.4 13.6,14 �
Injury or Damage to Person or Property Liens
43.8,10.2,1o.6 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10
Inspections Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder
3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2-9,9.4.2,9.8.2, 4.6.4
9.8-3,9.9-2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 Limitations,Statutes of
Instructions to Bidders 4.6-3,12.2.6,13.7
1.1.1 Limitations of Liability ■W
Instructions to the Contractor 2.3,3•-•1.3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18,4.2.6,
3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.3.2,13.5.2 4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2-2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.4,10-3.3,
Insurance 10.2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11.4.7,12.2.5,13.4.2
3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8. Limitations of Time "�`
4 9.9.1,9.los,
9.10.5,11 2.1.2,2.2,24 3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,
Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 8 1'7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,
9.2,9.3• 9.3.3,9.4• 9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,
11.4.2 9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5,13.7,14
Insurance,Contractor's Liability Loss of Use Insurance
11.1 11.4.3
Insurance,Effective Date of Material Suppliers
8.2.2,11.1.2 L6.3-U-1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.1o.5
Insurance,Loss of Use Materials,Hazardous
1143 10.24 10.3,10.5
Insurance,Owner's Liability Materials,Labor,Equipment and
11.2 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.1-,3.13,
Insurance,Project Management Protective Liability 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5?.1,6.2.1,7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3,
11.3 9-5-1-3-9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.Z.1.2 aer
Insurance,Property Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and
10-2.5,11.4 Procedures of Construction
Insurance,Stored Materials 3.3.1,3.1Z.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 MW
9.3.2,11.4.14 Mechanic's Lien
INSURANCE AND BONDS 4'4.8
11 5
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Damages,Claims for
I Contractors and Owner's Forces 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3,
3.12.5,3.14•'-,4.2.4,6,11-4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 11.1.1,11-4.5-11-4.7,14.1-3,14.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay
1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 6.1.1,8.3.3.9.5.1.6,9.7,10-3.2
11.4.1.2,11.+.7,11.4.8 Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of
Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2
1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2-3.5-1- Date of Substantial Completion.Definition of
3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1•'-,4.1.3.+.2,4.3•+. 81.3
4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2 9.3.9•+,-5,9.7
9.8,9.9,1o.2.6,10.3,11.3,11.4.7,12,13.43,13.5 Day,Definition of
8.1.4
Contractor's Representations
1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,63.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 Decisions of the Architect
4.2.6,4-2-7,+.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5,
Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9•2,9.4,9.5.1,
the\Mork 9.8.4,9.9-1,13-5.2,14.2.2,14-2.4
3.3.2,3.18,4•2-3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3.9.5.1,10
Decisions to Withhold Certification
Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3
1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3
Defective or nonconforming Work,Acceptance,
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Rejection and Correction of
9.7 2-3,2-4,3-5-1-4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6,9.8.2,
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.9.3,9.10..x,12.2.1,13.7.1.3
4.3.10,14.1 Defective\Fork,Definition of
Contractor's Submittals 3.5.1
3.10,3.11,3.12.4'.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2.9.3• Definitions
9-8.2,9.8-3,9.9.1,9.10,2,9-10.3,11-1.3,11-5.2 1.1,2.1.1,333,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,
Contractor's Superintendent 6.1.2,73.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1,9.1,9.8.1
3.9,10.2.6 Delays and Extensions of Time
Contractor's Supervision and Construction 3.2-3,4-3.1,4.3-4,4.3-7,4.4-5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4.1,
Procedures 7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1.10.3.2,1o.6.1,14.3.2
1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,433,4•2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3,63.4' Disputes
7.1.3.7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2,10,12,14 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,45,4.6,6.3,7.3.8
Contractual Liability Insurance Documents and Samples at the Site
11.1.1.5,11.2,11.3 3.11
Coordination and Correlation Drawings,Dennition of
1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,63.1 1.1.5
Copies Furnished of Dray,ings and Specifications Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of
1.6,2.2.5,3.11 1.1.1,1.3,2•2.5,3.11,5.3
Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance
1.6,3.1- 8.2.2,11.1.2
10 Correction of Work Emergencies
2.3,2-4,3.7.4,4•1•1,9.4-2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,12.1.2,
4.3-5,10.6,14.1.1.2
12.2.13.7.1.3
Employees,Contractor's
Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents
3.3-2,3 4 3 3.8-1,3.9,3,18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,103,10.3,
1.2 11.1.1,11-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1
Cost,Definition of Equipment,Labor,Materials and
7.3.6 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1.3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1,
+� Costs
4.2.6,4.2-7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6,9.3-2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,
2.4,3.2.3.3.7.+,3.8.2,3.15.2 4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2-3. 9.10.2.10.2.1,103.4,14.2.1
7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2,10.5,11.3, Execution and Progress of the Work
11.4,1--.1,1--.2.1,12.2-4,13.5,14 1.1-3,1.2.1,1.2.2,22.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7,
l0, 1_ ;t 2 2 Z 6.2..2,7.1.
Cutting and Patching 3• 3-'•_•+,+--•-.4 3.4-3.3. 3,7•
6.2-5-3.14 8.2,9.5,9.9.1,10.2.1o.3,12.2,14.-,1+•3
Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Extensions of Time
Contractors 3.2.3.4.3.14-3.4.4.3.7,4.4.5,5-2-3,7.2.1,7.3,7-4-1.
3.14.2,63.4,9.2-1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.1,11.4, 9-5-1,9-7-1.10-3.2,10.6.1,14.3.2
12-2.4 Failure of Payment
Damage to the Work 4.3.6,9.5.1.3.9.7,9.10.2.1+.1.1.3.14.2.1.2,13.6
3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,103.5,10.6,p.4,12.2-4
4
Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval Conditions of the Contrail
13.5.4 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4
Certificates of Insurance - Consent,Written
9.10.2,11.1.3 1.6. 1.4.2,3.12.8,3.14•'-,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6-4,4 9.3.2,
Change Orders 9.8.5,9-9.1,9-10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1,13.2,13.4.2
1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,;.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.4, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE
-1.:.9,.5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3,11.4.1.2, CONTRACTORS
11.4-4.11-4.9,12.1.2
Change Orders,Definition of Construction Change Directive,Definition of ..
7.2.1
i•3-I
CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directives
3.11,4.2.5,7.8.3.1,9.3.1.1,11.4.9 1.1.1, ;.12.8, 2.8,
4•- 4-3.9.,-.1.73,9.3.1.1
Claim,Definition of Construction Schedules,Contractor's
43.1
1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2 4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Claims and Disputes Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts
3.2.3,43,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3-7.3.8,9.3-3.9-10.4, 5.4,14.2.2.2
10.3.3
Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance
4.3.3
4.6.5 wr
Claims for Additional Cost Contract,Definition of
3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5, 1.1.2 -
4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8,10.3.2 CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
Claims for Additional Time 5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 ..
3'3,4.3.4,43.7,6.1.1,8.3-2,10-3.2
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contract Administration
4.3.4 3.1.3,4.9.4,9.5
Claims for Damages
Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating ■'"
3.2-3,3-18,4.3-lo,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5-1,9.6-7,10-3.3, to 3-7-1, 3'-10,5.2,6.1,11.1.3,11.4.6,11.5.1
11.1.1,11-4.5,11.4-7,14-1.3,14.2.4
Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Documents,The
4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6.1
Contract Documents,Copies Furnished
Cleaning Up and Use of
3.15,6.3 1.6,2.2.5
Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period Contract Documents,Definition of
13.7
I.1.1
Commencement of the Work, Contract Sum
Conditions Relating to
-
2.2-1, 3.8'4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5-2• ,%',7•3,7.4,9.1,9.4.2,
3.1.1,3.4•I,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2-1, 9.5.1.4.9.6.7,9.7,10.3.2,1.1.4.1.14.2.4,14.3.2
5.2.3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1,11.1,11.4.1,11.4.6,11.5.1 Contract Sum, Definition of
Commencement of the Work,Definition of 9.1
8.1.2
Communications Facilitating Contract Contract Time
Administration 4.3.4,4.3.7.4.4.5,5.2-3.7-2.1-3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1,8.2,
3.9-1,4.2.4
8.3.1,9.5-1,9.7,10-3.2,12.1.1,14.3.2
Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of
1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4•'-2,4 2.9,8.2,9-4.2,9.8, 8.1.1
9.9-1,9.10,M2,13.7,14-1.2 CONTRACTOR
COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 3
a
9 Contractor,Definition of
Completion,Substantial 3.1,6.1.2
4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9a,9.10.3, Contractor's Construction Schedules
9-10-4.2,12.2,13.7 ules
1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2.4.3•,-.2,6.1.3
Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees
1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,
448,4-6.4, 3.3.2.3.1.3,3.8.1,3.9.3.18.2.4•''--3,4.2.6.10.2,10.3, ..�
4.6-6,9.64 10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4,13.5.1, 11.1.1,11-4-7,14.1.14.2.1.1,
13-5.2,13.6,14-1.1,14.2-1.3
Contractor's
Concealed or Unknown Conditions Liability Insurance
4.3.-6 8.3.1,10.3 lt.l
.w
3
INDEX Architect's Authority to Reject Work
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1
9.6.6,9.9.3,123 Architect's Copyright
Acceptance of Work 1.6
9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,1'2.3 Architect's Decisions
Access to Work 4.2--6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4•2•13,4.3-4,4.4-1-4.4.5,
3.16,6.2.1,1.2.1 4.4.6,4-5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,
9.8.4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,142.4
Accident Prevention
4.2.3,to Architect's Inspections
4.2.2,42.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5
Acts and Omissions
3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1,9.5.1, Architect's Instructions
10.2.5,13.4.2.13.7,14.1 3-2.3,13.1.4.2.6,4-2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2
Addenda
Architect's Interpretations
1.1.1,3.11 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Additional Costs,Claims for Architect's Project Representative
4% 4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,10.3 4.2.10
Additional Inspections and Testing Architect's Relationship with Contractor
9.8.3,12.2.1,13.5 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2-1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1,
3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,
q" Additional Time,Claims for 4.4-1,4-4.7,5•2,6•-•2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,
4.3.4,4-3.7,83.2 9.8,9.9,to.2.6,10.3,11.3,11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors
3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 1.1.2,42.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4,11.4.7
Advertisement or Imitation to Bid Architect's Representations
1.1.1 9-4-2,9-5.1,9.10.1
Aesthetic Effect Architect's Site Visits
4.2.13,4.5.1 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4-2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,
Allowances 13.5
3.8 Asbestos
All-risk Insuran.z 10.3.1
11.4.1.1 Attorneys'Fees
Applications for Payment 3.18.1,9.10.2,10.3.3
4'.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5• Award of Separate Contracts
9.10,11.1.3,142.4.14.4.3 6.1.1,6.1.2
Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts
2.4,3.1.3, 1.5.;.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3•2,13.4.2,13.5 for Portions of the Work
Arbitration 5.2
4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1.4.5.2,4.6, 8.3.1,9.7.1,11.4.9,11.4.10 Basic Definitions
Architect
4.1 Bidding Requirements
Architect,Definition of 1.1.1,1.1-7,52.1,11.5.1
4.1.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance
Architect,Extent of Authority 11-4.2
2-4,3-12-7,42,4.3.6,416>2,6.3,7-1.2,7.3.6-7.4, Bonds,Lien
9.2,9-3.1,9.4.9.5,9.8.3,9-10-1,910.3,12.1,122.2.1, . 9.10.2
13.5.1,13.5.2.14.2.2,14.2.4 Bonds,Performance,and Pavment
Architect,Limitations of Authority and 7.3.6.4,9.6-7,9-10.3,114-9',11.5
'! Responsibility
2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.1.2.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2, Building Permit
4.2.3,4.2.6,4•2•71 4.2.10,4.-.12,4.2--13,4.4,5.2.1, 3.7.1
7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 13
2.4,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion
Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5
3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,;..},9.4,9.5 Certificates for Payment
Architect's Approvals 4-2-5.4-2.9,9-3.3-9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1,
2.4,3.1.3 3.5-
1.3.10.2,4.2.7 9.10-3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14-2.4
a
2
t
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Gene;-al Conditions of the Contract for Construction
This document has impor-
tant legal consequences.
Consultation with an
attorney is encouraged
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS with respect to its
completion or modification.
2. OWNER This document has been
approved and endorsed by
3. CONTRACTOR The Associated General
Contractors of America.
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
■r
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
r.
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7. CHANGES IN THE WORK aw
8. TIME
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
_ re
r
General Conditions of the Contract
w
�- C4 - z a o Li
N a
u
i wS
V:—
o
�wV AN
go_
V
� WO0 F .m
o m < F- Z ''U
� Q
Z0G
oZ O oc t p
c z �_ v °M�� .�
�rzO< _
W O Z
CL. < .0
CL.
<
a
WN000
�CL
O
� C
0
cr
Q W Q 6. C
W =
1N
C � U
.v 00
v >. 0
3 A14r
U ^ on lJ Q J y <
V ^ j Y
LL, or � � 53
Z ^ u
tz
� =
.r.
Z ~ u ` 0 cc
o f
L/) 0— ^ z
O t
Z � z -
O 0 p wo
° m 0
� J
V ^ c H
L
r U O a i
cc
u w C C Z
E • o
°
v.v _
O 75 ° L
O C o v
V
i
R
t :
t C J m ^...
C4_ t go = 109 0
° w .
U7
C
tZ.T C v w 0
p v t wf
U _ _v _ a
C '� W 0 Y
€ e ! ? wCie 3O •^ " ` E o
cn v wh
{ O o Q .:D F C N o 79
1< V C G G U C o v r O4 V V C N
O v Y.. C O.W y { y
ff L ° O y
• i 3 Z raz m
E1iT � � aO w r•_ C M. "
.. cn
!R ) 17 < U E 4 1- E W `O E O E C Z O ,z c< ,.� rn C
cc
$? i U C00000 0, ozxoXa
at
O " w j
c- < C•= Q v ° W W in
lu
c c, oc p
<;
I _ v
c `� ., C ;
i a
y
an
OM
Y Q >` O
.. d .y t y y L
ce 00
O a )- < _ CoM Yo
•� j T- }"" U OG U °; w L { w U U.p O V V .. " y
CK
Iq
tl i j ' (C�_ < O p
c l t r ` U U± V C. �•<I Z 2 p w Y s V C
CERTIFICATE OF Distribution to:
OWNER ❑
SUBSTANTIAL ARCHITECT ❑
CONTRACTOR ❑
COMPLETION FIELD ❑
AfA DOCUMENT 0704 OTHER ❑
,w
PROJECT: ARCHITECT:
(name, address)
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER:
TO (Owner): CONTRACTOR:
F CONTRACT FOR:
L CONTRACT DATE: .a
DATE OF ISSUANCE:
PROJECT OR DESIGNATED PORTION SHALL INCLUDE: `R
The Work performed under this Contract has been reviewed and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial low
Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby established as
which is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below.
.tt
DEFINITION OF DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect when
construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner can occupy or utilize the AW
Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. as expressed in the Contract Documents.
A list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared by the Contractor and verified and amended by the Architect, is ,,,,
attached hereto. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all
Work"in accordance with the Contract Documents. The date of commencement of warranties for items on the attached list will
be the date of final payment unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
aw
ARCHITECT BY DATE
.w
The Contractor will complete or correct the Work on the list of items attached hereto within days
from the above Date of Substantial Completion.
CONTRACTOR BY DATE
The Owner accepts the Work or designated portion thereof as substantially complete and will assume full possession thereof
at (time) on (date).
OWNER BY DATE
The responsthtlitiet, of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work
and in urance shall he as follo%vi: .w
t Noh•—<��rnrr ,ind Contractor" letial.end insurance counsel should dr-tr•rrnrn.•and ricers smurance requirement, and coverage: Contractor
-halt ••.cure• c on•rra or aurr•ty comnanv ri anv t
no
aw
.c.. it mt.r G:tu - r !K:A N::
ARCHITECT'S Owner ❑
SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS Architect ❑
Consultant ❑
Contractor ❑
Field ❑
AIA DOCUMENT 0710 (instructions on reverse side) Other ❑
PROJECT: ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL
(name, address) INSTRUCTION.NO:
OWNER: DATE OF ISSUANCE:
TO: ARCHITECT:
(Contractor)
CONTRACT FOR: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions issued in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Prior to proceeding
in accordance with these instructions, indicate your acceptance or these instructions for minor change to
the Work as consistent with the Contract Documents and return a copy to the Architect.
ft
Description:
Attachments: (Here insert))sting of documents that support description.)
ISSUED: ACCEPTED-
BY BY
Architect Contractor Date
"? AIA DOCUMENT 0710 ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS • MARCH 1979 EDITION AIA-
01979 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW'YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.0 20006 G',110 1979
M
Change Distribution to: Owner -X-Architect-2L Contractor-X
Order
PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: MM
U41ATION DATE:
am
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
TO:
CONTRACT FOR: so
CONTRACT DATE.-
You are directed to make the following changes in this contract:
Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect.
Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum
or Contract Time.
The original Contract sum was.............................................................................$
Net change by previously authorized Change Orders...................................... $
The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order................................................... $
The Contract Sum will be increased by this Change Order.......................... $
The new Conract Sum including this Change Order will be............................. $
The Contract Time will be increased by.......................................................
The date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is
Roy S,Brown
85 Chilson Road
Wilbraham MA 01095
by: by: by:
date: date: date:
ISEP-20-00 10= 1S FROM:MHFA ID+S179S41027 PAGE 14/14
I
OWNER:
I
BY
w
SIGNATURE:
DEVELOPER:
BY:
SIGNATURE:
CONTACTOR:
BY:
w
SIGNATURE:
-MASSACHUSETTS HOUSING FINANCE AGENCY:
By; Vivian C.Beard.Director
Equal Opportunity Division
SIGNATURE•
DATE
� (G:l satccstiaffr�l,acivcactioncoaczn,ction] ,
13
I
SEP-20-00 10= 14 FROM:MHFA ID=6176541027 PAGE 13/14
1. Any amounts which the Equal Opportunity Director previously recommended be
suspended or placed in escrow;and
2_ Liquidated damages in amounts up to S2,000,per violation, for each week that the
owner or any contractor or subcontractor has not complied.
XVM- GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The sections of this contract are severable, and, if any of these sections shall be
held unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such
court shall not affect or impair any of the remaining sections.
B. All decisions and determinations by the Equal Opportunity Director shall be final
and not subject to contest except as provided on appeal to the Agency's Executive
Director by the owner/developer and the contractor. The Agency's Executive
Director, upon consideration of the facts in the case, may revise, amend, alter or
rescind the determination made by the Equal Opportunity Director_
M.
C_ The owner/developer and the contractor shall not enter into any agreement, formal
or Mformal, written or verbal, which would directly or indirectly have the effect
of reducing,modifying,, or otherwise changing the terms and conditions contained
in this contract.
D. The owner/developer and the contractor and all subcontractors agree to fully
comply with rules, regulations and the Agency's policies, which have been
adopted and promulgated fzom time to time. Notice of any changes in the
Agency's rules, regulations or policies, which impact on this contract, shall be
provided to the owner/developer and the contractor.
The parties hereto have executed this equal opportunity/affirmative action contract for
construction as of the date first above written tender seal by their duly authorized representatives.
..
12
gSEP-20-00 10: 14 FROM:MHFA ID=6179541027 PAGE 12/14
R
B. If, when the work under this contract is substantially complete, the Agency's
Executive Director has not released funds placed in escrow pursuant to this
provision, such fiends shall be deemed liquidated damages, released from the
escrow to the Agency and not distributed to the owner.
O` NI ER/DEVELOPER OBLIGATIONS
Before the legal entity, which is to be the owner/developer, has been formed, the
developer entity may have agreed to the provisions of this contract. In such cases, the
obligations of the developer must be assumed by the owner. In instances where there is a
consultant operating as a developer, both the owner and the developer must agree to
comply with the provisions of the contract. The primary responsibility fo r complying
w
with this contract lies with the owner.
A. In addition to any other obligations of the ownevdeveloper under any preceding
a section, the owner/developer agrees to monitor, ensure and enforce full
compliance by its contractor and all subcontractors with this contract. The
owner/developer agrees to furnish, or to cause its contractors, subcontractors, or
vendors, as applicable, to furnish such information as the Equal Opportunity
Director may require for review of such compliance, and to allow authorized
representatives of the Equal Opportunity Director full access to the job site and to
employees working on the job site. The owner/developer agrees to take such
action with respect to any contractor or subcontractor, as the Agezzcy may direct,
as a means of enforcing this contract_
B. During this terns of this contract, the owner/developer agrees to include the
provisions of the contract in every contract, subcontract, or purchase order entered
into under the contract, and in any requests for proposals, or similar solicitations
made in connection with such contracts,subcontracts or purchase order.
G_ when the Agency determines that the contract work is substantially completed,
the owner/developer shall deliver to the Equal Opportunity Director a sworn
certificate indicating that all affirmative action requirements of this contract have
been fulfilled, according to the provisions of the contract_ The Equal Opportunity
Director may request from the owner/developer such additional information as
he/she deems necessary to demonstrate such compliance_ Prior to payment of the
final requisition, the Equal Opportunity Director shall determine whether the
owner/developer has complied with the applicable requirements of this contract_
If the Equal Opportunity Director finds that the ownerldeveloper has not so
complied, the Equal Opportunity Director may recommend that the Agency's
Executive Director withhold said payment from the owner/developer for the
following:
i
SEP-20-00 10. 13 FROM:MHFA ID:617SS41027 PAGE 11/14 r
rM
If ten (Id) days after notification by the Equal Opportunity Director that the
owner/developer, through the contractor are in preliminary noncompliance with
the requirements of this contract, no more than one tenth of one percent (I%) of
the contract price, per violation, for each week that the contractor has failed or
refused to comply shall be held in escrow.
A.
RIGHT OF APPEAL
A. 'Within five (5) days after recei,4mg notice that funds are to be placed ui escrow M
pursuant to this contract, the o�lner/developer and the contractor, may appeal to
the Agency's Executive Director pursuant to the provisions of Executive Order
no. 227,as amended. ..
B. In addition to the penalties that may be unposed by the.Agency already herein
stated, the Agency may, after the issuance of the final report of non-compliance, ..
impose one or more of the following penalties on the owner/developer and the
contractor as it may deem appropriate, to attain full and effective enforcement of
this contract: ..�
1. The Agency may exclude the owner/developer and the contractor from
participation in any Agency financed programs for a specified period of time,
commensurate with the seriousness of the breach of equal
opportunity/affirmative action construction provisions, generally not to
exceed five (5) years. However, the Agency may exclude a i3arty for au
indefmite period because of a deliberate and N-villful violation of this
contract.
.o
2. The Agency may .disqualify the owner/developer and the contractor
temporarily from participation in the Agency financed programs until the
Agency, at its sole discretion, is satisfied that sufficient steps have been
implemented to remedy violations of the equal opportunity/affirmative action
construction provisions.
.w
XV1. RELEASE OF ESCROWED FUNDS
..
A. No fiords placed in escrow by the Agency's Executive Director, in accordance
with the recommendation o£the Equal Opportunity Director, shall be released by of
the Agencv to the owner/developer, until the Agency's Executive Director has
consulted with the Equal Opportunity Director to determine that the
owner/developer through the contractor, as applicable are in compliance with this ..
contract.
I0
ySEP-20-00 10: 12 FROM:MHFA ID:617eS41027 PAGE 10/14
process. A w-rztten notice will.be sent by the Equal Opportunity Director to the
owner/developer, and the contractor, requesting them to meet with Equal
10 Opportunity Director, or his/her designee, to formulate a corrective action plan.
The affected party(ies) shall have thirty days to negotiate an acceptable corrective
action plan, upon receipt of notice of non-compliance. The plant, among other
a elements, shall include a timetable, acceptable to the Equal Opportunity Director,
indicating the date by which compliance shall be achieved. The plan shall also
include any other provision which the Equal Opportunity Director, at his/her sole
discretion, deems advisable. The owner/developer and the contractor shall
comply in full with the provisions of an Equal Opportunity Director's approved
plan_ It is the responsibility of the Equal Opportunity Director, or his/her
designee, to monitor the quality of the owner/developer and the contractors
implementation of the corrective action plan. In malting a compliance
determination, the Equal Opportunity Director must make a finding of the
responsiveness to the corrective action plan of the owner/developer and the
contractor,with regard to:
1. Quality of effort; and
2. Numerical performance.
D_ Time EO Director shall issue a written decision regarding the manner in which the
owner/developer and the contractor have adhered to the corrective action plan and
whether they are in compliance with the terms of the plan. The decision will set
forth a summary of the facts and reasons on which the determination is based.
Copies of the decision shall be sent to the owner/developer and contractor.
E. If the Equal Opportunity Director finds cause to believe that the owner/developer
and contractor have not adhered to the corrective action plan or are otherwise in
noncompliance, the Equal Opportunity Director shall, in writing, notify the
ownerldev eloper and the contractors of this determination. If the Equal
+► Opportunity Director determines that the owner/developer and the contractor have
not adhered to the corrective action plaza, and are in noncompliance, he/she shall,
with notice to the owner/developer and the contractor, recommend to the
M Executive Director of the Agency the imposition of the penalties for
noncompliance allowed this contract and such funds should be deposited in
an escrow account until said owner/developer and the contracior are in
compliance with this contract, The escrowed funds shall be deducted from
loan funds available for the development.
3C V. PENALTIES FOR NONCOMPLIANCE
4
The amount to be escrowed shall be determined.as follows:
9
i
SEP-20-00 10: 11 FROM=MHFA ID%SI78541027 PAGE S/14
M
A. The Agency's Executive Director may,at hisiher sole discretion, impose a penalty
of$50.00 per day on the owner/developer for each day that he/she fails to submit
its MHFA M/W'BE progress payment report form 181-3A with the monthly
requisition form_ Each owner/developer shall have ten (10) days in which to
submit Agency form 181-3A, following notice from the Agency's Equal
Opportunity Director, before the $50.00 per day penalty is imposed by the ""
Agency. The fifty dollars(550.00)per day will be deposited in an escrow account
for each day of non-compliance for each violation. If the reports(s)have not been
received by the Agency on the 45`'day following the imposition of the penalty for "�
failure to report,the funds collected for the penalty will be retained by the Agency
in the form of liquidated damages and deducted£Zorn the project account
. 13. If the owner/developer,through the contractor, fails to submit NGTp'A's form 181-
1 by the 10"' day of each month, that firm shall be subject to a $50.00 per day 40
penalty for each day that the form has not been filed. Each ownerideveloper shall
have ten (10) days in which to submit form 181-1, following notice from the
Agency's Equal Opportunity Director, before the $50.00 per day penalty is no
imposed by the Agency. The fifty dollars($50.00)per day will be deposited in an
escrow account for each day of non-compliance, for each violation. if the
report(s) have not been received by the Agency on the 45 h day following the .w
imposition of the penalty for failure to report,the fiends in the escrow account will
be retained by the Agency, in the form of liquidated damages, and deducted from
the project account. .M
DETERMINATION OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH iMIN01UTX/WOMEN am
EMING GOALS AND GOALS FOR lyU'ORITWWOWN BUSINESS
ENTERPRISES UTILIZATION
4M
A. Whenever the Agency's Equal Opportunity Director believes that the contractor,
or any of its subcontractors, may not be operating in compliance with the "'
of umative action provisions of this contract,the Equal Opportunity Director shall
conduct an investigation,or cause such an investigation to be conducted.
B. If the Equal Opportunity Director determines that the owner/developer, through
the contractor,has taken every possible measure to achieve the affirmative action
requirements under this contract, he/she shall find the contractor to be in
compliance. The EO Director shall issue the finding in writing, setting forth a
summary of the facts and reasons on which the finding is based. Copies of the
finding and summary shall be sent to the owner/developer and the contractor.
AM
C. An owner, developer or contractor shall be found to be in preliminary
noncompliance when its reports demonstrate that it is not meeting the goals
established at the start of construction and has not made its best faith efforts in the ,w
s
SEP-20-00 10= 11 FROM:MHFA ID-6178541027 PAGE 6/14
VIII, RIGHT OF ACCESS
* A designee of the Agency and a designee of the Liaison Committee (when applicable)
shall each have the right of access to the construction site.
A
IX. COINIPLI NCE ZVITH REQUIREMENTS
The contractor will comply with the provisions of Executive Orders 2227 and 237, of the
Governor's Code of Fair Practices,and of chapter 15113,as amended, of the MGL. Each
of the referenced executive orders and statues are incorporated herein and made a part of
this contract.
x. NON-DISCRIMINATION
The contractor,in the performance of all work after award and prior to completion of the
contract work, will not illegally discriminate in employment practices, or in procurement
0
of materials and rentals of equipment.
XL COMPLIANCE INFORMATION AND REPORTS
A- The contractor will provide all information and reports required by the owner or
the Agency, and will permit access to its facilities and any books, records,
accounts and other sources of information relative to the requirements,ails
contract. Where information required is in the exclusive possession of =n.tother
who fails, or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall certify this
fact to the owner, and the Agency, and shall detail efforts to obtain the
infornation.
B. Whenever the owner or developer submits a requisition to the Agency for a
progress payment for work performed, the requisition shall include copies of
affidavits and the completed minority and/or women business progress payments
reports(Attachment MIIFA form 181-3A).
C. The contractor's monthly staffing report form 181-1 shall be submitted to the
Agency by the I& day of each month for work completed the previous month.
(Attachment MHFA form 181-1)-
► XII, PENALTIES FOR NON-REPORTING
awi _ 7
SEP-20-00 10: 10 FROM:MHFA ID:6176541027 PAGE 7/14
1. NiBE goal% or$ •�
2. WBE goal% or S
a. In the event these goals are not met,the contractor must demonstrate that minority
or women-owned firms are not available to bid competitively in the applicable
sub-trade classification. Where a subcontractor awards work to a lower-tier
subcontractor, he or she shall be subject to this provision, and the same
percentage goals applicable to the general contractor shall apply to him/her.
b. The general contractor and all sub-contractors shall, at the request of the Equal
Opportunity Director or his/her designee furnish a copy of a letter of intent to
award to the Agency's Equal Opportunity Division.
C. In order for credit to be allocated toward achievement of the MBE or WBE goal,
the minority or woman subcontractor must actually perform the work under the
subcontract. Any work which is awarded by the minority or woman
subcontractor to an entity which does not qualify as an MBE or WBE goal wilI
not be counted toward the goal.
d. As soon as practical, but no later than the preconstruction conference, the .�
contractor shall submit to the Equal Opportunity Division, in writing or by
telephone,but confirmed in writing,the following information:
1. Efforts made to solicit bids from minority/women subcontractors;
2. The dollar amounts of the bids awarded to minority/women subcontractors;
3. The reason for declining the bid of a minority or woman subcontractor, if
the affirmative action goal(s)have not been met; and
4. 'Total dollar amount of awards and minority/women subcontractors
percentages of the total awards, together with copies of executed letters of
iiitent that have been sent to all subcontractors.
e. Prior to the initial constriction loan closing, the E.O. Director shall make a
determination of the general contractor's good faith compliance efforts to achieve
affirmative action requirements. The following information shall be submitted:
1_ Firms to which subcontracts have beau awarded(identify MlWBEs);
2. Firms to which executed letters of intent have been completed. (identify
N WBEs);and
3. Firms with which verbal commitments have been made(identify M/WBEs).
6
V. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REOMEMENTS
A. The Agency, as it may deem necessary, shall require the formation of a Liaison
Committee shall be composed of representatives fro-,n the developer, the owner, the
Agency and minority and woman community organizations. As appropriate,the Agency
"" may also request a representative from the State Office of Minority and Women Business
Assistance(SONT`VBA.) to serve on the-Committee.
B_ The contractor, and the designated equal employment opportunity officer for the
construction company,shall recognize the Liaison Committee as a resource to assist with
the achievement of affirmative action goals. All matters relating to the recruitment,
referral,employment and training of minorities and women vvill be referred to the Liaison
Committee.
VT. REPORTING
A. The contractor shall prepare projected workforce tables on a quarterly basis. These tables
shall be broken down by week, including the Mork hours required in each trade_ Copies
of all tables shall be furnished to the Agency and the Liaison Committee a week in
advance of the commencement of the period covered. The tables are to be submitted as
updated. No contractor is to initiate work on the site until compliance with this
0 section has been completed.
B. Records of employment referral orders shall be prepared by the contractor and shall be
made available to the Agency and to the Liaison Committee on request.
C. The contractor shall prepare employment reports on forms developed by the Agency
(Agency Form 1$1-1)_ These reports shall list the hours worked in each trade by each
employee. Each employee shall be identified as minority,non-minority or woman.
D. Copies of the employment reports shall be submitted to the Agency(when applicable,to
the Liaison Committee) on or before the I e day of each month or at such other time
required by the Agency,together with the requisition for funds.
V)I STANDARAS OF COMPLIANCE AND APPROVAL
A. The contractor shall take affirmative action using every possible measure to involve
minority and woman subcontractors QA/WBTs) in all sub-bid work_ This affirmative
action shall cover both pre-bid and post-bid periods. While bids are in preparation, the
contractor shall notify SOMWBA, or its designee, of all work, senices and supplies for
which the contractor intends to negotiate bids. The contractor shall take affirmative
action to reach the percentage and dollar amounts set forth below:
S
SEP-20-00 10:09 FROM:MHFA ID:617SS41027 PAGE 5/14
w
includes,but is not limited to: advertising; recruitment; layoff, termination; rates
of pay, or other forms of compensation; conditions or privileges of employment;
and selection for apprenticeship. The contractor shall post hereafter
inconspicuous places, available for employees and applicants for employment,
notices to be provided by the agency setting forth the laver of the Commonwealth
(M.G.L. Chapter 151(b)and Executive Orders 227 and 237);
C. To .undertake affirmative action, using every possible measure designated to
elimm- ate any discriminatory barriers due to the effects of past and/or present
discrimination in the terms and conditions of employment and the utilization of
rninority/women owned businesses. Such affirmative action shall entail positive
and aggressive measures to ensure equal opportunity in the areas of hiring,
upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment, layoff or termination, rate of
compensation, in-service or apprenticeship training programs, and the utilization
of minority and women owned businesses;and
A. To attached this contract and include it by reference into the general construction
contract and all subcontracts for construction and/or services. Each subcontractor
or supplier/bidder shall be bound to the same equal opportunity and affirmative .�
action obligations as the contractor_
MW
TV. GOALS
A. On this development,the general contractor and subcontractors shall maintain: "°
1. A minority hiring percentage goal of %. This goals represents the
ratio of minority employee work hours to total employee work hours in each "`
trade;and
2. A woman hiring percentage Goal of %. This goal represents the am
ratio of woman employee work hours to total employee work hours in each
trade.
MW
These goals will include,but not limited to,those"classes of work" listed in section 44F
or chapter 149 of the M.G.L.
AW
E. For the hiring of minority and woman workers, apprentices, trainees and or
advanced trainees,the contractor shall rely on the following referrals from:
1_ Traditional sources utilized by the construction industry, and MW
2. Agencies designated by the Agency or the Liaison Committee. (If one is
designated by the Agency for this project).
4 "'
ISEP-20-00 10:08 FROM,MHFA ID:6178S41027 PAGE 4/14
1 ,
"Liaison Committee" A committee formed by the Agency to assist in the monitorinz of
affirmative action goals during construction.
"EO Director" The Director of the Equal Opportunity Division of the Agency.
"Goals" The numerical percentages for the employment of minorities and
women and the award of MfWBE contracts.
w
"Compliance Standard"- Compliance standard means "every possible measures", as used
herein, and is the standard by -which affirmative action efforts are
to be evaluated. This means the same as`best efforts"with respect
to the actions taken by the owner/developer and includes the
obligation for the owner/contractor to provide the Agency with
evidence of its compliance efforts.
"Collective Bargaining A collective bargaining agreement is an agreement between a
a Agreements contractor and a labor union or organization. Contractors will not
be required to tiiolate their lawful collective bargaining agreements
to meet the affirmative employment goals in the hiring of
journeymen, apprentices, trainees, advanced trainees, and laborers.
The contractor and subcontractors shall rely on referrals generated
not only under collective bargaining agreements, but also from
other sources such as minority or women community referral
organizations. M.G.L., Chapter 149 — Massachusetts General
Law, chapter 149 S44F, defines and lists those classes of work
which shall be used in the construction of housing developments.
II. PARTIES TO THIS CONTRACT
The parties to this contract include the mortgagor (hereinafter the "owner"), the
developer, the general contractor (herein after referred to as "contractor") and the
Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency(the"Agency").
LQ. AGREEMENT
During the performance of this contract,the general contractor and all subcontractors will
be hereinafter collectively referred to as the "contractor" unless otherwise mentioned
individually. The assignees,and successors in interest agree as follows:
air
.A,_ To abide by the provisions of federal executive order 11246, state Executive
Orders 227 and 237, as amended, and to incorporate the order in all non-exempt
contracts entered into;
B_ No to discriminate against any employee,or applicant for employment because of
0 race, color, religion, creed, national origin, age, sex or handicapped status. This
40 3
i
SEP-20-00 10:07 FROM=MHFA ID:6178S41027 PACE 3/14
Whereas, the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency,pursuant to the project documents, has the right
to approve the general contractor selected by the owner,and
Whereas,pursuant to Executive Orders 227 and 237, the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency has
the obligation to assure compliance with certain affirmative action goals and requirements by the
owner/developer and the general contractor;and
Whereas,the establishment of goals and carrying out of a program of affirmative action in the awarding
of subcontracts and in the hiring of laborers provide a means of assuring compliance with the above-
mentioned executive orders, and as a condition of Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency's approval of
the general contractor, now therefore the parties enter into the following contract on this day of
1999.
�. DEFINITIONS: ..
"Affirmative Action" Affirnative steps to ensure equality of opportunity in the internal
affairs of state govt,,=ent, as well as m their relations with the ..
public, including, those persons and organizations doing, business
with the Commonwealth.
.t
"Mimoxity" Blacks,Hispanics, Asian Americans and Native Amen-cans, [State
Office of Minority and Women Business.Assistance Definition].
"Agency" The Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency.
"Developer" Any firm designated by the owner to act as the entity responsible
for the development, execution and implementation of plans and
specifications, approved by the Agency, and for which the Agency
has granted a mortgage to the owner.
"Owner" The person(s)who are granted a mortgage(s)by the Agency for the
purpose of construction of housing units and attendant facilities_
"General Contractor" Any firm designated by the owner to act as the entity responsible
for the construction or rehabilitation of a project, approved by the .�
owner, and for which the Agency has granted a mortgage to the
oWnez_
"IMBE" Minority Business Enterprise—a firm that is at least 51%minority
owned, managed and controlled. (State Office of Minority and
Women Business Assistance Definition_]
"V�BI✓" 'Woman Business Enterprise — a firm that is at least 51% female .�
owned,managed and controlled. [State Office of Minority Women
Business Assistance Definition].
AM
SEP-20-00 10:07 FROM:MHFA ID:S179S41027 PAGE 2/14
MASSACHUSETTS HOUSING FINANCE AGENCY
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY/AFFIR-MA.TIVE ACTION CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DATE: N1I4FA#:
DEVELOPMENT-NAME AND ADDRESS:
w
OWNER-NI A- E AND ADDRESS:
DEVELOPER NkME AND ADDRESS:
GENERAL,CONTRACTOR-NAME AND ADDRESS:
CONSTRUC'T'ION CONTRACT TE%NL
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT COST: $
MINORITY CONTRACT GOAL PERCENTAGE(See Section Vim:
MINORITY CONTRACT GOAL AMOUNT(See Section VTT): S
MINORITY HIRING GOAL(See Section TV): %
WOMAN CONTRACT GOAL PERCENTAGE(Section V11): %
44 WOMAN CONTRACT GOAL AMOUNT(See Sectiou V11): $
WOMAN HIRING GOAT,(See Section IV):
Contract Forms
no
.w
W
Aw
..
IM
i
INSIRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3
L. ESTUVIATING
1. General Bidders are reminded that not every detail of construction can be
shown on the drawings and that not every part of every assembly can be listed
-A
in the specifications. The Owner assumes that General Bidders are experienced
tradesman who estimate and supply all the required materials for their trades
and perform in a workmanlike manner.
2. No solicitations for extra cost shall be entertained because not every item is
detailed-
3. If any inconsistency shall be found to exist within the Contract Documents,the
greater quantity or better quality shall be assumed.
M. CHANGE ORDERS
1. When change order work is approved,The Owner will approve the following
maximums above the direct costs.
a. Where only the general bidder(or his direct sub-contractors)are
involved, 15%overhead and profit.
END OF SECnom
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2
2. The locations of existing structures and wires are shown on the drawings in
accordance with the best available information in the Owner's possession. The
completeness and accuracy of said information are not guaranteed and the
Contractor shall have no grounds for additional compensation because of
excessive expense due to encountering any existing pipes,wires structures,
etc.
F. SPECIAL JOB REQLURUEMS
1. An inspection walk-thru of the work areas will be held at the convenience of
contractors as organized by the construction manager and architect '
2. All components,materials parts,and labor executed under this contract shall be
warranted for a period of no less than two(2)years from the date of Substantial
Completion.
G. GENERAL BIDS
1. The bidder shall agree to substantially complete the work by September 1, 2003.
6. The Owner may reject as informal,bids which are incomplete, conditional, or
obscure,or which contain additions not called for, erasures not properly ..x
initialed,alterations,or irregularities of any kind; or the Board may waive such
informalities within the general laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
.W
H FILED SUB-BID PROCEDURES No Filed Sub-Bids Required
L CONTRACT ANARDS
1. Bid bonds,performance bonds and payment bonds will not be required.
J. ALTERNATES
1. None
K. DAMAGES
1. Liquidated damages in the amount of one hundred dollars($100)per day shall
be withheld by the Owner for failure to achieve substantial completion within
the allotted time.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1
A. GENERAL
1. The project involves improvements,repairs and handicap renovations in
twenty-nine including 12 town houses, one community building, 13 buildings
of 12 flats and three buildings of 24 flats.
B. CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS:
1. Construction management will be performed by agents of the Owner who will
solicit bids for portions of the work.
C. DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
*� I. Detailed drawings, specifications plus all other Contract Documents may be
obtained at the Office of Roy S. Brown,Architects, 85 Chilson Road,
Wilbraham, Massachusetts 01095.
D. QUESTIONS REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS
1. Any questions regarding the intent or meaning of the specifications and the
equality or use of products or methods,other than those definitely designated
or described on the drawings or in the specifications, shall be submitted in
writing by the subcontractors to the Architect together with drawings,
detailed specifications or other data in sufficient detail to enable the
Architect to determine the equality of the product or method,at least five(5)
days before the advertised openings of the bids.
2. The Architect shall arrange as addenda, which shall become a part of the
contract and specifications, all questions so received with his decision
regarding each,and he shall send a copy of these addenda to specification to
the General Contractor.
3. Unless such action shall have been taken by the Bidder and approval obtained,
he agrees to use the product or method designated or described in the
specifications.
E. EXISTING CONDITIONS
1. Bidders are required to submit their proposals upon the following express
conditions, which shall apply to and become part of every bid received,viz.:
Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the location of the
proposed work and by such other means as they may desire, as to actual
conditions and requirements of the work.
Country bane Estates
TABLE OF C QNTENTS
Section 06001: Rough Carpentry
Section 06200: Finish Carpentry """"" ""
Section 06410: Cabinetwork ...................................
............................._.... 1 to 5
Section 07175• ........................-.•
Water Repellent Coating............................................................... 1 to 3
Section 07200: Insulatin ................................................. 1 to 3
Section 07320: Roof Shingles...................
Section 07460: Vinyl Siding and Metal.Fascia System._....._.......... ._I..
1 to 4
Section 07600: Flashing ---•_••••.•-.__...
ping and Sheet Metal......................... ................... 1 to 3
Section 07900: "'""""""'-"""'
Joint Sealants............._............• 1 to 7
Section 08110: Standard Steel Doors........... «�
Section 08111- Hollow to 3
ollow Metal Frames..................................... 1 to 3
Section 08210: Wood Doors........................................ ................................ 1 to 2
Hardware
Section 08700- ....'.'.
.................
Section 08800: ......................................... I t09
Glazing.............................. 1 to 3
Section 09260: Gypsum Wallboard Systems._............ .........
Section 09650: Resilient Flooring " ""
Section 09690
Carpet.. ......................... ...................... 1 to 7
Section 09900: Painting...............
Section 10800: Toilet Accessories....................
Section 11400; Appliances '.•.
Ppliances ..............
..................................................................... 1 to 2
Section 14212: Hydraulic Elevators............................................................ .
. ..-....... 1 to 4
Section 15050: Plumbing(Basic Methods and Requirements)............................... 1 to 3
Section 15060: Pipe and Pipe Fittings... .......
Section 15090: Su ._...•................................. . 1 to 2
Supports,Anchors and Seals......................................................... 1 to 2
Section 15100: Valves,Cocks and Faucets............................................................
Section 15252: Pi in 1 to 2
Piping and Equipment Insulation.....................................
Section 15400: Plumbing Sy 1 to 3
Systems..........................................._.._._......................... 1 '""
Section 15450: Plumbing Fixtures and Trim.....................
Section 15 1 to 3
600: Mechanical .........:.... '
Section 1610 .......... -- ..................
0: Electrical..........
......................................... ..................... 1 to 17
Section 17000: Replacement ��-'�•�""""'
p ementLog_......_.......--•--
.................................. •--........... 1 to 252
aw
.*
Page 2
Country lane Estates
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS............................................................................. 1 to 3
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY & CONSTRUCTION FORMS...................I.......I...... I to 18
GENERAL CONDITIONS....................... .. I to 44
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS................................................... I to 4
GENERAL RF.OUREME TS
Section 01010: Summary of Work.......................................................................... I to 5
Section 01027: Applications for Payment.................
Section 01028: Change Order Procedures............................................................... 1 to 3
Section 01040: Coordination................................................................................... 1 to 2
Section 01045: Cutting and Patching........................................................................1 to 3
Section 01090: Reference Standards........................................................................ 1 to 5
Section 01120: Alteration Project Procedures..........................................................I to 4
Section 01200: Project Meetings............................................................................. 1 to 3
Section 01300: Submittals........................................................................................ 1 to 3
Section 0 13 10: Progress Schedules......................................................................... 1 to 3
Section 01330: Materials and Equipment.....................................
Section 01340: Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples................................... 1 to 3
Section 01370: Schedules of Values........................................................................ 1 to 2
Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls............................l to 3
Section 01520: Construction Aids............................................................................ 1 to 2
Section01530: Barriers........................................................................................... I to 2
Section01540: Security.......................................................................................... 1
Section 01569: Construction Cleaning..................................................................... 1
Section 01600: Materials and Equipment...................
..............................................Ito 4
Section 0 16 10: Transportation and Handling.......................................................... 1 to 2
Section 01620: Storage and Protection.................................................................... 1 to 2
Section 01630: Product Options and Substitutions...................................................I to 4
Section 01700: Contract Closeout........................................................................... I to 4
Section 01710: Final Cleaning................................................................................. I to 2
Section 01720: Project Record Documents............................................................. I to 3
"! Section 01730: Operations and Maintenance Data...................................................l to 4
Section 01740: Warranties and Bonds..................................................................... 1 to 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Section 02110: Site Preparation.............................................................................. 1 to 2
Section 02072: Minor Demolition for Remodeling.............................................. l to 2
Section 02513: Asphalt (Bituminous) Concrete Pavement.................................... I to 5
Section 02882: Recreational and Playground Equipment ....................................... 1 to 4
Section 03001: Concrete...................................................................................... I to 10
Section 05500: Metal Fabrications ....................................................................... 1 to 7
Page 1
r7D - 01
SPECIFICATIONS
PROPERTY IMPROVEMENTS
Country Lane Estates
491 Bridge Road
Florence, MA 01062
NESPA PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC.
General Contractor
3 80 Union Street
West Springfield, MA 01089
X date
MASSACHUSETTS NORTHAMPTON LTD. PARTNERSHIP
Owner
3 80 Union Street
West Springfield, MA 01089
413 -781 -0712
X date
1
Financed by: Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency
Department of Housing&Community Development
Roy S. Brown,Architects
85 Chilson Road
Wilbraham,Massachusetts 01095
ph: (413) 596-2360
Fax: (413) 596-2360
X date "
DA E:
July 12, 2002 Ica